Hattersley Technical Web 0813 v3

You might also like

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 260

IS SUE 3

WATER
HEATING
VENTILATION

New

AIR CON
GAS

FUTURE VALVE TECHNOLOGY

Now
includes

Technical Guide
TCV

DPCV

PRV

Press-Fit

INTRODUCTION

About Hattersley
The origins of Hattersley
date to 1897, when
20 year-old Richard
Hattersley started a
small tool-making
business in Halifax.
In the early 1900s he
relocated to Ormskirk,
and in 1910 he joined with three other
engineering companies, including
Newman Hender & Co. of Woodchester,
to form United Brassfounders & Engineers.
By 1937 Hattersley & Newman Hender
both enjoyed worldwide sales, with
Hattersley exporting to some 73 countries.
During the second world war, both
companies entered war production,
making fuses for armaments, brass rods
for munitions factories and, of course,
special valves for military purposes.
In 2004, Crane Limited purchased the
Hattersley valve brand and business from
Hattersley Newman Hender Limited,
a subsidiary of Tomkins plc.

Quality Assurance
Rigid quality control and inspection at all
stages of manufacture ensure that Hattersley
products are suitable for their intended
application and will give reliable service.
Every valve is individually tested in
accordance with the relevant product
standard.
Hattersley is an approved manufacturer
under various quality schemes, including
the British Standard Institution (BSI) Kitemark,
and is ISO9001:2008 accredited. In addition,
the company has been approved and/or
listed by third party organisations including
the United Kingdom Water Regulations
Advisory Scheme.
Future
Today, the Hattersley brand is synonymous
with quality, reliability and service to the very
highest standards, and has industry
experience in many market sectors including
heating and ventilation, chemicals, textiles,
drugs, waste treatment and power
generation. Hattersley can supply a skilfully
engineered solution for every application.
Flagship products include a full range of
commissioning valves suitable for constant
and variable flow systems.

Cover photo:
Project: The Cube, Birmingham
Distributor: BSS
Contractor: Robert Prettie & Co.
Sector: Mixed Use
2

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

CONTENTS

Contents
PUBLIC HEALTH RANGE

INTRODUCTION
About Hattersley
Sister Brands
List of Symbols
Valve Selection Guide

2
4-5
7
8-10

BALANCING VALVES
Balancing Automatic

11

Balancing Static

21

Differential Pressure Control Valves

51

Hook-Up II

57

Hook-Up II & PICV

68

Pressure Independent Control Valves

75

MultiComm

79

ProComm

81

Introduction

205

Ball Valve

206

Check Valves

207

Non-Return Valve

208

Pressure Reducing Valves

209

Thermal Circulation Valves

212

Thermostatic Mixing Valves

217

NABIC
NABIC Safety & Control Valves

223

BROWNALL
Brownall Plant Room Valves

237

MISCELLANEOUS
TRADITIONAL VALVES

Flange Tables

243

83

Typical Kv Values

253

Ball Valves

85

Quality Assurance

255

Butterfly Valves

99

Air Vents/De-Aerators

Check Valves

115

Gate Valves

129

HATTERSLEY PROJECTS

Gland Cocks/Drain Taps

151

Hattersley Projects

Globe Valves

155

Lubricated Plug Valves

163

Press-Fit Valves

177

Radiator Valves

187

FIGURE NUMBER INDEX

Strainers

197

Figure Number Index

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

257

258-259

SISTER BRANDS

Sister Brands
www.baa.com/photolibrary

Today, Hattersley is a
leading brand of Crane
Building Services & Utilities,
and is joined by an array of
complementary building
services brands which
include NABIC, Brownall,
Wade, Rhodes and IAT.
Heathrow Terminal 5 is equipped with a range of
Hattersley products.

One of the UK's leading suppliers of gunmetal safety valves,


NABIC has long been recognised as the industry standard
for commercial and industrial hot water applications. With
the introduction of new products, this leadership has been
extended to cover other building service fluids such as
steam and air.

The Brownall range of automatic air eliminators cover low,


medium and high pressure applications and are suitable for
use with water, aviation fuel, diesel and light oils. The range
is completed by three-way vent valves, offering efficient
performance and reliable service combined with potential
savings in time and cost by simplifying the venting system
for single/multiboiler or calorifier installations.

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

SISTER BRANDS

An extensive range of low and medium pressure brass


compression fittings, valves and accessories. The range
also covers SISTEM-P and compact push in fittings,
nickel plated BSP fittings, quick release couplings,
air guns, recoil hoses and tubing.

Rhodes is a market leader in the design and


manufacture of sight flow indicator equipment,
having produced indicators since 1951.
Rhodes sight flow indicators can be found in
process, petrochemical and pharmaceutical
plants all over the world.

TM

The importance of safe and wholesome (potable) water


systems has never been greater, and a range of I.A.T.
products complements the existing Hattersley range.

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

S Shand-Brown

Project: Henrietta House, London


Sector: Commercial
Client: CB Richard Ellis of London
Contractor: Silverline Engineering
Distributor: T G Lynes
Specification: Range of Hattersley Isolation Valves
A range of Isolating Valves have been specified for installation within the fancoils of Henrietta House,
a prestigious office development in Londons West End. The building has been refurbished and
CB Richard Ellis of London has relocated its headquarters to the office.
The building is 7 floors tall and provides 9000m of luxurious office space. The Hattersley valves,
including the newly designed Fig. 100 Ball Valve range, will control the heating and cooling of each
floor. Hattersley was selected because its valves are light, compact and easy to install and operate.
For Silverline Engineering, the fact that design features include improved leak protection and
resistance to damage on site, will ensure a long and maintenance-free life expectancy.

List of Symbols
3PMV

Isolating valve
IV

100

950/970

Double regulating valve

1432

DRV

Three-port motorised valve

M541

2PMV

1832

Orifice plate
OP

1000

Two-port motorised valve

MH733

Pressure gauge

M2000/3000/4000

Strainer

Variable orifice commissioning station


VOCS

MH737

Fixed orifice regulating valve


See fixed orifice commissioning
FORV

STR

817

820

920

Non-Return valve
NRV

47

860/865

Flexible coupling

Pump
FC

TP

Fixed orifice commissioning station


FOCS

1732

Test point

MH2733

631

750

4PMV

Differential pressure valve

Four-port motorised valve

F400

R400

DPCV

Combination valve

Constant flow controller


CFC

305

AUTO FLOW

305F

PICV

CV

Drain off cock


DOC

Manual air vent

81HU
MAV

Angled thermostatic valve

0813_v3

TRV

3180

Note: Product codes listed are the most popular, check valve sections for other choices.

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

VALVE SELECTION GUIDE

Valve Selection Guide


Application

Valve Type

Size Range

LTHW Max 90C

MTHW Max 120C

CHW

HTHW Max 150C

Ball / Gate

15mm - 50mm

100 / 30

100 / 30

100-EXT / 30

33-PN32 Gate

Isolation
Butterfly

65mm - 300mm 950, 970 or 4970 950, 970 or 4970 950, 970 or 4970

4990-PN25 (2)

Swing

15mm - 50mm

47

47

47

48

Wafer / Swing

65mm - 300mm

860 / 651

860 / 651

860 / 651

M650-PN25 Swing

Check
15mm - 50mm

Double Check

65mm - 300mm
DRV

15mm - 50mm

1432

1432

1432

1200DR-PN40

Regulating(1)

Butterfly DRV /
Globe

65mm - 300mm

953W / MH733

953W / MH733

953W / MH733

4993-PN25(2)

Flow
Measurement(1)

Metering
Stations

15mm - 50mm

1000

1000

1000

M4000-PN40

65mm - 300mm

M2000-PN16

M2000-PN16

M2000-PN16

M3000-PN40

FODRV

15mm - 50mm

1732

1732

1732

5200-PN40

Commissioning(1)

FODRV

65mm - 300mm

MH2733

MH2733

MH2733

Metrex Units

65mm - 300mm

5953 / 5973

5953 / 5973

5953 / 5973

DPCV*

Flow or Return
Mount

15mm - 50mm

F400 / R400

F400 / R400

F400 / R400

Return Mount

50mm - 250mm

VFG2 + AFP.

VFG2 + AFP.

VFG2 + AFP.

10mm - 50mm

305

305

305

50mm - 250mm

305F

305F

305F

DRV

15mm - 50mm

1432.PF

1432.PF

1432.PF

FODRV

15mm - 50mm

1732.PF

1732.PF

1732.PF
100.PF

PICV*

Press-Fit

Motorflow
(Control)(1)
Automatic Flow
Balancing*
Strainers

Drains
Thermostatic
Mixing Valves
Radiator Valves
Thermostatic
Radiator Valves

Ball

15mm - 50mm

100.PF

100.PF

Check

15mm - 50mm

47.PF

47.PF

47.PF

Strainer

15mm - 50mm

817.PF

817.PF

817.PF

15mm - 20mm

1832

1832

1832

15mm - 50mm

1050 / 1051

1050 / 1051

1050 / 1051

65mm - 300mm

2050

2050

2050

15mm - 50mm

817

817

817

65mm - 300mm

820 / 920

820 / 920

820 / 920

Plant/Rm

81HU

81HU

81HU

General

371

371

371

M3000/4993(2)

807

15mm - 20mm
Wheel

Angle Pattern

Lockshield
Standard

Angle Pattern

Remote

3150
3300LS
3180
3075/2RS

Straight Pattern

Straight Pattern

3250
3400LS
3280
3275/RS

*For Balancing Valves please see page 10.


For Fan Coil Assembly please see page 10.

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

0813_v3

(1) Standard, Medium, and Low Flow options available.


(2) 4990 / 4993 PN16, PN25, PN40 Steel Butterfly Valves.

VALVE SELECTION GUIDE

Application

Valve
Type

Size Range

Mains
Cold Water

Hot &
Cold Water
Services

Gate

15mm - 50mm

30C

30C

13

950W / 970W

17PN16
(to 80mm)
42

Isolation
Butterfly 65mm - 300mm 950W / 970W
Swing

15mm - 50mm

47

47

In-Line

65mm - 300mm

761

761

Steam
(Sat)
Condensate
to 10Bar

Check

Double Check

Regulating(1)
Flow
Measurement(1)

15mm - 50mm

249C / 249

65mm - 300mm

2761

15mm - 50mm

1432 / 1432L

65mm - 300mm

953W

15mm - 50mm

1000

65mm - 300mm

M2000

15mm - 50mm

1732

65mm - 300mm

5953W

0123

Air

Gas
(Isolation)

Main
incoming gas
M541-PN16 951W / 971W to building
65mm 300mm
47
971YL (FL
M651-PN16
Butterfly)
Inside
building
15mm 50mm
HNH Fig.
100YL (Ball)
65mm 200mm
201M-PN16
(Plug)
30

113 Ball

Commissioning(1)

Motorflow
(Control)(1)
Automatic Flow
Balancing

15mm - 20mm
15mm - 50mm
65mm - 300mm
15mm - 50mm

817

807

Strainers
65mm - 300mm
Drains
Thermostatic
Mixing Valves

Plant/Rm

81HU

General

371

15mm - 20mm

77 / 78

113

Wheel
Radiator Valves

Lockshield

Thermostatic
Radiator Valves

Standard

Thermal Control
Valves (TCV)

1/2" and 3/4"

Remote
2900 / 2910

0813_v3

(1) Standard, Medium, and Low Flow options available.


(2) 4990 / 4993 PN16, PN25, PN40 Steel Butterfly Valves.

*For Balancing Valves please see page 10.


For Fan Coil Assembly please see page 10.

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

VALVE SELECTION GUIDE

Valve Selection Guide


FAN COIL ASSEMBLY
Application

Fan Coil Valve


Assemblies
Hook Up II(1)

Valve Type

Size Range

LTHW Max 90C

MTHW Max 120C

HTHW Max 150C

CHW

With FODRV

15mm - 25mm

H266, H268

C266, C268

With Motorised
FODRV

15mm - 25mm

H267, H269

C267, C269

With Autoflow

15mm - 25mm

With PICV

15mm - 25mm

With PICV and


Metering Station

15mm - 25mm

H262, H264

C262, C264

H366P, H368P,
H370P
H366PF, H36PF8,
H370PF

C366, C368, H370


C366PF, C368PF,
C370PF

(1) Standard, Medium, and Low Flow options available.

BALANCING VALVES
Application

Valve Type

Size Range

LTHW Max 90C

MTHW Max 120C

CHW

DPCV

Flow or Return
Mount

15mm - 50mm

F400 / R400

F400 / R400

F400 / R400

Return Mount

50mm - 250mm

VFG2 + AFP.

VFG2 + AFP.

VFG2 + AFP.

10mm - 50mm

305

305

305

PICV
Automatic Flow
Balancing

50mm - 250mm

305F

305F

305F

15mm - 50mm

1050 / 1051

1050 / 1051

1050 / 1051

65mm - 300mm

2050

2050

2050

COMMISSIONING VALVE SIZING CHART


Type

Size

COMPACT HOOK-UP

Signal at
1kPa

Signal at
4.6kPa

1000L / 1732L

1/2"

0.503

0.014

0.030

1000M / 1732M

1/2"

1.003

0.028

0.060

1000 / 1732

1/2"

1.943

0.054

0.116

1000 / 1732

3/4"

4.181

0.116

0.249

1000 / 1732

1"

7.46

0.207

0.444

1000 / 1732

11/4"

15.33

0.426

0.913

1000 / 1732

11/2"

23.06

0.641

1.374

1000 / 1732

2"

47.7

1.325

2.842

M2000 / MH2733

65

98.58

2.74

5.87

M2000 / MH2733

80

137.4

3.82

8.19

M2000 / MH2733

100

224.9

6.25

13.40

M2000 / MH2733

125

341.1

9.48

20.32

M2000 / MH2733

150

491.5

13.7

29.3

M2000 / MH2733

200

835.4

23.2

49.8

M2000 / MH2733

250

1252

34.8

74.6

M2000 / MH2733

300

1818

50.5

108.3

Based on medium grade pipe and water with an SG of 1.

Fig. No.

Description

266H

Hook-Up with 1732 DRV, strainer and blow


down valve for LTHW and MTHW applications.

266C

Hook-Up with 1732 DRV, strainer, blow down


valve and extension stem on lever operated
ball valve for chilled water applications.

267H

Hook-Up with 1832 motorised FODRV,


strainer and blow down valve for LTHW and
MTHW applications.

267C

Hook-Up with 1832 motorised FODRV strainer,


blow down valve and extension stem on lever
operated ball valve for chilled water
applications.

268H

Hook-Up with 1732 DRV for LTHW and MTHW


applications.

268C

Hook-Up with 1732 DRV for chilled water


applications and extension stem on lever
operated ball valve.

262H

Hook-Up with 1050 Autoflow for LTHW and


MTHW applications.

262C

Hook-Up with 1050 Autoflow for chilled


water applications and extension stem on
lever operated ball valve.

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

0813_v3

10

HTHW Max 150C

BALANCING VALVES - AUTOMATIC

Balancing Valves - Automatic


Hattersley Autoflow (automatic balancing) valves give users and specifiers
a major alternative to traditional commissioning products.
Autoflow offers a radical, cost-effective method of regulating hot and chilled
water systems. It is available in DZR copper alloy in sizes 1/2" to 2" with
threaded ends and ductile iron in sizes from 21/2" to 14" (65 to 350mm).
FEATURES
Automatically maintains flow at the specified
rate regardless of fluctuations in pressure
Factory selection of the appropriate
cartridge provides desired flow rate
Tamperproof
Self adjusting universal DZR assembly
with multi-purpose functions
Compact size
Energy efficient, preventing overflows
or excess flow rates
BENEFITS
Ensures constant volume irrespective of
pressure fluctuations caused by pump speed or
overflows from operation of remote control valve
Design changes can be easily made by
selection of the appropriate cartridge,
eliminating the need for recommissioning
Easy to insulate
Can be installed in any pipework configuration does not require straight lengths of pipe
Dynamic flow-limiting characteristics permit
variable volume systems to function correctly
DZR Y-Pattern and universal pattern can
optionally be used as strainers

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

11

BALANCING VALVES - AUTOMATIC

Fig. 1050 & 1051 DZR Autoflow

PORT IDENTIFICATION, THREADS AND SPECIFYING INFORMATION


How to specify Hattersley Autoflow Valves
Automatic balancing valves have replaceable
cartridges with flow rates determined at the
factory. The flow cartridges are stainless steel
or nickel finish. Deep drawn metal cartridges
are not acceptable. Each cartridge is coded
to indicate specific flow rate duty. The flow
cartridge is 17 to 200 kPa rated as standard.
Rating 34 to 400 kPa available as option.
1/2 to 2" sizes are available with two body

types, standard Y-Pattern and universal


Y-Pattern with integral isolating ball valve and
union connection. Bodies are DZR copper
alloy with pressure tapping ports and are
fitted with colour coded test points. Optional
extended stems are available with universal
type to allow for insulation.

Fig. 1051 shown


Port Identification and Connection Size - Figures 1050 & 1051

End connections are threaded as standard.


1/2 to 2" sizes have optional strainer facility

in lieu of flow cartridge.


Maximum pressure:
Maximum temperature:

25 bar
120C

Hattersley Autoflow Ref:


1/2 to 2" DZR Y-Pattern:
1/2 to 2" DZR Universal Pattern:
65 to 350mm Ductile Iron:
NES Ref: Y11.2230

Fig. 1050
Fig. 1051
Fig. 2050

12

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

BALANCING VALVES - AUTOMATIC

Fig. 1050, 1051 DZR Autoflow


FLOW RATES
Flow Rates for Valves 6" (150mm) and above
Valve
Size
6
8
10
12
14
1/2"

Velocity
(m/s)
0.25
0.25
0.24
0.23
0.25

Maximum
Flow (l/s)
34
60
94
128
162

Velocity
1.79
1.79
1.76
1.70
1.82

Body
Flow
(l/s)
0.021
0.032
0.042
0.047
0.056
0.063
0.079
0.095
0.110
0.126
0.142
0.158
0.166
0.174
0.189
0.221
0.253
0.284
0.316
0.379
0.442

3/4"

Recommended
Minimum Flow (l/s)
4.7
8.5
12.6
17.7
22.7

0813_v3

Code
T
Y
U
Z
V
A
AX
AY
AZ
B
BX
BY
BU
BZ
C
CY
D
DY
E
F
G

Cartridge
Size (inch)
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.75
0.75
0.75

Adaptor (inch to inch)


No Adaptor
No Adaptor
No Adaptor
No Adaptor
No Adaptor
No Adaptor
No Adaptor
No Adaptor
No Adaptor
No Adaptor
No Adaptor
No Adaptor
No Adaptor
No Adaptor
No Adaptor
No Adaptor
No Adaptor
No Adaptor
No Adaptor
No Adaptor
No Adaptor

Pipe Velocity
(m/s)
0.10
0.16
0.21
0.23
0.28
0.31
0.39
0.47
0.54
0.62
0.70
0.78
0.82
0.85
0.93
1.09
1.24
1.40
1.55
1.86
2.17

Code
T
Y
U
Z
V
A
AX
AY
AZ
B
BX
BY
BU
BZ
C
CY
D
DY
E
F
G
H

Cartridge
Size (inch)
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.75
0.75
0.75
0.75

Adaptor (inch to inch)


No Adaptor
No Adaptor
No Adaptor
No Adaptor
No Adaptor
No Adaptor
No Adaptor
No Adaptor
No Adaptor
No Adaptor
No Adaptor
No Adaptor
No Adaptor
No Adaptor
No Adaptor
No Adaptor
No Adaptor
No Adaptor
No adaptor
No adaptor
No adaptor
No adaptor

Pipe Velocity
(m/s)
0.06
0.09
0.12
0.13
0.15
0.17
0.22
0.26
0.30
0.34
0.39
0.43
0.45
0.47
0.52
0.60
0.69
0.78
0.86
1.03
1.21
1.38

The following tables list the flow


rates attainable using the
standard range of cartridges
and adaptors for valves up to
100mm (4") size.
Above this size a multi-cartridge
permutation is used to obtain
the desired flow rate.
These tables indicate the
minimum and maximum flow
rates for each size from 150 to
350mm (6 to 14"). Flow rates
increase in increments of
approximately 0.32l/s.

Body
Flow
(l/s)
0.021
0.032
0.042
0.047
0.056
0.063
0.079
0.095
0.110
0.126
0.142
0.158
0.166
0.174
0.189
0.221
0.253
0.284
0.316
0.379
0.442
0.505

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

For Commissioning Valve


Coefficients please refer to
pages 45-47.
Every effort has been made to
ensure that the information
contained in this publication is
accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no
responsibility or liability for
typographical errors or omissions
or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication
and reserves the right to change
without notice.

13

BALANCING VALVES - AUTOMATIC

Fig. 1050, 1051 DZR Autoflow

FLOW RATES
1" Body
Flow
(l/s)
0.042
0.047
0.064
0.079
0.095
0.110
0.126
0.158
0.169
0.189
0.221
0.253
0.284
0.316
0.379
0.442
0.505
0.568
0.631
0.694
0.758
0.821
0.884
0.947
1.010
1.073
1.136

Code
U
Z
A
AX
AY
AZ
B
BY
BU
C
CY
D
DY
E
F
G
H
I
AO
AA
AB
AC
AD
AE
AF
AG
AH

Cartridge
Size (inch)
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.75
0.75
0.75
0.75
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.25

Adaptor (inch to inch)


1.25 to 0.75
1.25 to 0.75
1.25 to 0.75
1.25 to 0.75
1.25 to 0.75
1.25 to 0.75
1.25 to 0.75
1.25 to 0.75
1.25 to 0.75
1.25 to 0.75
1.25 to 0.75
1.25 to 0.75
1.25 to 0.75
1.25 to 0.75
1.25 to 0.75
1.25 to 0.75
1.25 to 0.75
No adaptor
No adaptor
No adaptor
No adaptor
No adaptor
No adaptor
No adaptor
No adaptor
No adaptor
No adaptor

Pipe Velocity
(m/s)
0.07
0.08
0.11
0.13
0.16
0.19
0.22
0.27
0.29
0.32
0.38
0.43
0.49
0.54
0.65
0.75
0.86
0.97
1.08
1.19
1.29
1.40
1.51
1.62
1.73
1.83
1.94

Code
C
CY
D
DY
E
F
G
H
I
AO
AA
AB
AC
AD
AE
AF
AG
AH
AI

Cartridge
Size (inch)
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.75
0.75
0.75
0.75
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.25

Adaptor (inch to inch)


1.25 to 0.75
1.25 to 0.75
1.25 to 0.75
1.25 to 0.75
1.25 to 0.75
1.25 to 0.75
1.25 to 0.75
1.25 to 0.75
No adaptor
No adaptor
No adaptor
No adaptor
No adaptor
No adaptor
No adaptor
No adaptor
No adaptor
No adaptor
No adaptor

Pipe Velocity
(m/s)
0.19
0.22
0.25
0.28
0.31
0.37
0.43
0.50
0.56
0.62
0.68
0.74
0.81
0.87
0.93
0.99
1.05
1.12
1.18

11/4" Body
Flow
(l/s)
0.189
0.221
0.253
0.284
0.316
0.375
0.442
0.505
0.568
0.631
0.694
0.758
0.821
0.884
0.947
1.010
1.073
1.136
1.199

For Commissioning Valve Coefficients please refer to pages 45-47.

14

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

BALANCING VALVES - AUTOMATIC

Fig. 1050, 1051 DZR Autoflow

FLOW RATES
11/2" Body
Flow
(l/s)
0.442
0.505
0.568
0.631
0.694
0.758
0.821
0.884
0.947
1.010
1.073
1.136
1.199
1.263
1.389
1.515
1.641
1.768
1.894
2.020
2.146
2.273
2.399
2.525
2.651
2.778

Code
G
H
I
AO
AA
AB
AC
AD
AE
AF
AG
AH
AI
BO
BB
BD
BF
BH
CO
CB
CD
CF
CH
DO
DB
DD

Cartridge
Size (inch)
0.75
0.75
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.25
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Adaptor (inch to inch)


2 to 0.75
2 to 0.75
2 to 1.25
2 to 1.25
2 to 1.25
2 to 1.25
2 to 1.25
2 to 1.25
2 to 1.25
2 to 1.25
2 to 1.25
2 to 1.25
2 to 1.25
No adaptor
No adaptor
No adaptor
No adaptor
No adaptor
No adaptor
No adaptor
No adaptor
No adaptor
No adaptor
No adaptor
No adaptor
No adaptor

Pipe Velocity
(m/s)
0.32
0.37
0.41
0.46
0.50
0.55
0.60
0.64
0.69
0.73
0.78
0.82
0.87
0.92
1.01
1.10
1.19
1.28
1.37
1.46
1.56
1.65
1.74
1.83
1.92
2.01

Code
AC
AD
AE
BO
BB
BD
BF
BH
CO
CB
CD
CF
CH
DO
DB
DD
DF
DH
EO

Cartridge
Size (inch)
1.25
1.25
1.25
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Adaptor (inch to inch)


2 to 1.25
2 to 1.25
2 to 1.25
No adaptor
No adaptor
No adaptor
No adaptor
No adaptor
No adaptor
No adaptor
No adaptor
No adaptor
No adaptor
No adaptor
No adaptor
No adaptor
No adaptor
No adaptor
No adaptor

Pipe Velocity
(m/s)
0.37
0.40
0.43
0.57
0.63
0.69
0.74
0.80
0.86
0.92
0.97
1.03
1.09
1.14
1.20
1.26
1.32
1.37
1.43

2" Body
Flow
(l/s)
0.821
0.884
0.947
1.263
1.389
1.515
1.641
1.768
1.894
2.020
2.146
2.273
2.399
2.525
2.651
2.778
2.904
3.030
3.157

For Commissioning Valve Coefficients please refer to pages 45-47.


0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

15

BALANCING VALVES - AUTOMATIC

Fig. 2050 Ductile Iron Autoflow


FLOW RATES
21/2" Body
Flow
(l/s)
1.199
1.263
1.389
1.515
1.641
1.768
1.894
2.020
2.146
2.273
2.399
2.525
2.651
2.778
2.904
3.030
3.157
3.283
3.535
3.788
4.040
4.293
4.545

Code
AI
BO
BB
BD
BF
BH
CO
CB
CD
CF
CH
DO
DB
DD
DF
DH
EO
EB
EF
FO
FD
FH
GB

Cartridge
Size (inch)
1.25
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5

Adaptor (inch to inch)


2.5 to 1.25
2.5 to 2
2.5 to 2
2.5 to 2
2.5 to 2
2.5 to 2
2.5 to 2
2.5 to 2
2.5 to 2
2.5 to 2
2.5 to 2
2.5 to 2
2.5 to 2
2.5 to 2
2.5 to 2
2.5 to 2
2.5 to 2
No adaptor
No adaptor
No adaptor
No adaptor
No adaptor
No adaptor

Pipe Velocity
(m/s)
0.32
0.34
0.37
0.41
0.44
0.48
0.51
0.54
0.58
0.61
0.65
0.68
0.72
0.75
0.78
0.82
0.85
0.89
0.95
1.02
1.09
1.16
1.23

Code
CD
CF
CH
DO
DB
DD
DF
DH
EO
EB
EF
FO
FD
FH
GB
GE
HO
HE
IO
IE
AOO
AOE
AAO
AAE
ABO
ABE
ACO
ACE

Cartridge
Size (inch)
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3

Adaptor (inch to inch)


3 to 2
3 to 2
3 to 2
3 to 2
3 to 2
3 to 2
3 to 2
3 to 2
3 to 2
No adaptor
No adaptor
No adaptor
No adaptor
No adaptor
No adaptor
No adaptor
No adaptor
No adaptor
No adaptor
No adaptor
No adaptor
No adaptor
No adaptor
No adaptor
No adaptor
No adaptor
No adaptor
No adaptor

Pipe Velocity
(m/s)
0.42
0.44
0.47
0.49
0.52
0.54
0.57
0.59
0.62
0.64
0.69
0.74
0.79
0.84
0.89
0.93
0.99
1.05
1.11
1.17
1.23
1.30
1.36
1.42
1.48
1.54
1.60
1.67

3" Body ANSI

16

For Commissioning Valve


Coefficients please refer to
pages 45-47.
Every effort has been made to
ensure that the information
contained in this publication is
accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no
responsibility or liability for
typographical errors or omissions
or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication
and reserves the right to change
without notice.

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

0813_v3

Flow
(l/s)
2.146
2.273
2.399
2.525
2.651
2.778
2.904
3.030
3.157
3.283
3.535
3.788
4.040
4.293
4.545
4.735
5.050
5.366
5.682
5.997
6.313
6.629
6.944
7.260
7.576
7.891
8.207
8.523

BALANCING VALVES - AUTOMATIC

Fig. 2050 Ductile Iron Autoflow

FLOW RATES
4" Body ANSI (fittings provided for installation in PN16 rated systems)
Flow
(l/s)
5.366
5.682
5.997
6.313
6.629
6.944
7.260
7.576
7.891
8.207
8.523
8.838
9.154
9.470
9.785
10.101
10.416
10.732
11.048
11.363
11.679
11.995
12.310
12.626
12.942
13.257
13.573
13.889
14.204
14.520
14.836
15.151
15.467
15.783
16.098
16.414
16.729
17.045

Code
HE
IO
IE
AOO
AOE
AAO
AAE
ABO
ABE
ACO
ACE
ADO
ADE
AEO
AEE
AFO
AFE
AGO
AGE
AHO
AHE
AIO
AIE
BOO
BOE
BAO
BAE
BBO
BBE
BCO
BCE
BDO
BDE
BEO
BEE
BFO
BFE
GO

Cartridge
Size (inch)
3/B
3/B
3/B
3/B
3/B
3/B
3/B
3/B
3/B
3/B
3/B
3/2
3/2
3/3
3/3
3/3
3/3
3/3
3/3
3/3
3/3
3/3
3/3
3/3
3/3
3/3
3/3
3/3
3/3
3/3
3/3
3/3
3/3
3/3
3/3
3/3
3/3
3/3

Adaptor (inch to inch)


No adaptor
No adaptor
No adaptor
No adaptor
No adaptor
No adaptor
No adaptor
No adaptor
No adaptor
No adaptor
No adaptor
No adaptor/3 to 2
No adaptor/3 to 2
No adaptor
No adaptor
No adaptor
No adaptor
No adaptor
No adaptor
No adaptor
No adaptor
No adaptor
No adaptor
No adaptor
No adaptor
No adaptor
No adaptor
No adaptor
No adaptor
No adaptor
No adaptor
No adaptor
No adaptor
No adaptor
No adaptor
No adaptor
No adaptor
No adaptor

Pipe Velocity
(m/s)
0.62
0.65
0.69
0.73
0.77
0.81
0.84
0.87
0.91
0.95
0.98
1.02
1.06
1.09
1.13
1.16
1.20
1.24
1.27
1.31
1.35
1.38
1.42
1.46
1.49
1.53
1.56
1.60
1.64
1.67
1.71
1.75
1.78
1.82
1.86
1.89
1.93
1.96

For Commissioning Valve Coefficients please refer to pages 45-47.


0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

17

BALANCING VALVES - AUTOMATIC


25 BAR

Fig. 1050 (Flow Control)


DZR Y-Pattern Autoflow
FEATURES & BENEFITS

CFC

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION

Ensures constant volume irrespective


of changing conditions
Energy efficient, preventing overflows
or excess flow rates
Tamperproof

Component
Body
Cover
Seals
Drain Plug
Test Point
Flow Cartridge
Flow Cartridge
Adaptor

DZR Copper Alloy


DZR Copper Alloy
EPDM
Brass
Figure 631
Stainless Steel
Brass

PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING

DIMENSIONAL DRAWING

21 bar at 120C
25 bar up to 100C
C

TEST PRESSURES
(HYDRAULIC)
Shell: 37.5 bar

Specification D
BS EN
ASTM

Material

12164 CW602N
12164 CW602N
12164 CW614N
10270 X10CrNr18-8
12164 CW619N

A276-304

SPECIFICATION
Taper threaded BS EN 10266 (ISO 7-1)
formerly BS 21.
Autoflow regulator is factory set for
correct flow.
Cartridge removable from body to provide
access for change, inspection and cleaning
without removing body from pipeline.
Supplied with two Figure 631 test points.

28

A
24

Nom
Size

in

A
mm
B
mm
C (Approx)
mm
E
(BS21 Pl)
Weight
kg

1/2

3/4

11/4

11/2

101
51
56

106
51
56

141
68
60

148
68
60

177
104
65

179
104
65

1/4

1/4

1/2

1/2

1/2

1/2

0.52

0.55

0.98

1.1

2.2

2.4

Pressure bar

20

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

16
12
8
4
0
0

For Commissioning Valve Coefficients please refer to pages 45-47.

20 40 60 80 100 120 140


Temperature C

18

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

BALANCING VALVES - AUTOMATIC

Fig. 1051 (Flow Control)


DZR Universal Autoflow and Ball Valve
FEATURES & BENEFITS

CFC

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION

Ensures constant volume irrespective


of changing conditions
Energy efficient, preventing overflows
or excess flow rates
Tamperproof

Component
Body
Tail Pipe
Union Nut
Ball (hard
chrome plated)
Stem
Stem Seals
Seats
Cover
Drain Plug
Test Point
Flow Cartridge
Flow Cartridge
Adaptor
Seals

DZR Copper Alloy


DZR Copper Alloy
Brass

12164 CW602N
12164 CW602N
12164 CW614N

Brass
Brass
PTFE or PTFE/
Neoprene
PTFE or PTFE/
Neoprene
DZR Copper Alloy
Brass
Figure 631
Stainless Steel
Brass

12164 CW614N
12164 CW614N
-

12164 CW602N
12164 CW614N
10270 X10CrNr18-8
12164 CW614N

EPDM

PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING

DIMENSIONAL DRAWING
F

See pressure/temperature chart

D
Specification
BS EN
ASTM

Material

TEST PRESSURES
(HYDRAULIC)
Shell: 37.5 bar

A276-304

SPECIFICATION
Taper threaded BS EN 10266 (ISO 7-1)
formerly BS 21.
Autoflow regulator factory set to
automatically ensure correct flow.
Cartridge removable from body to provide
access for change, inspection and cleaning
without removing body from pipeline.
Supplied with two Figure 631 test points.

A
E
28
24

221
68
60
66

253
103
65
87

253
103
65
87

1/4

1/4

1/2

1/2

1/2

1/2

100
1.1

100
1.1

120
2.3

120
2.3

140
4.6

140
4.6

Pressure bar

219
68
60
66

16

2in

160
51
56
51

n
/i

157
51
56
51

1 2

11/2

11/4

12
8
4
0
0

For Commissioning Valve Coefficients please refer to pages 45-47.

/ in

to

3/4

3 4

20

in

A
mm
B
mm
C (Approx)
mm
D
mm
E
(BS21 Pl)
F
mm
Weight
kg

1/2

o
/ t

1 2

1 4

Nom
Size

1in

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

20 40 60 80 100 120 140


Temperature C

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

19

BALANCING VALVES - AUTOMATIC


PN16

Fig. 2050
Ductile Iron Autoflow

CFC

FEATURES & BENEFITS

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION

Ensures constant volume irrespective


of changing conditions
Energy efficient, preventing overflows
or excess flow rates
Tamperproof

Component
Body
Flow Cartridge
Adaptor
Test Points
Flow Cartridge
Seals
Drain Plug
Eye Bolt

Specification D
BS EN
ASTM

Material
Ductile Iron
Brass

1563 EN GJS 500/7 A536 60-40-18


12164 CW614N

Figure 631
Nickel Plated Brass
EPDM
Brass
Steel

12164 CW614N
-

PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING

DIMENSIONAL DRAWING

Supplied with lifting eye bolt to assist


with installation.
Autoflow regulator factory set to
automatically ensure correct flow.
Changes to flow specification can be
accommodated by changing the
relevant flow regulators.
Supplied complete with two Figure 631
test points and drain plug.

16 bar from -10 to 120C


B

TEST PRESSURES
(HYDRAULIC)
FLOW

Shell: 24 bar
D

SPECIFICATION
Ductile iron body designed to fit between
ANSI 150 flanges. A pair of ANSI 150
slip-on flanges will be supplied with the
assembly where required for installation
into BS1387 tube.

18
16

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

14

mm
in

65
21/2

80
3

100
4

150
6

mm
in
B (Approx)
mm
in
D
mm
in
*Weight (max) kg

148
5.82
108
4.25
6.1

223
8.78
127
5.00
10

244
8.78
155
6
173
6.82
12

258
8.78
175
7
216
8.50
19

200
8

250
10

300
12

279
279
279
8.78 8.78 8.78
205
235
250
8
9
10
280
340
406
11.00 13.35 16.00
30
35
53

350
14
279
8.78
300
12
450
17.72
69

Pressure bar

Nom
Size

12
10
8
6
4
2
0

For Commissioning Valve Coefficients please refer to pages 45-47.

20 40 60 80 100 120 140


Temperature C

20

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

BALANCING VALVES - STATIC

Balancing Valves - Static


Hattersleys range of static balancing valves
includes Double Regulating Valves and Fixed
Orifice Double Regulating Valves. The integral
fixed orifice design offers greater accuracy,
makes set-up easier and involves fewer

connections resulting in lower installation costs.


Available in medium and low flow versions,
Hattersleys static balancing valves offer positive
flow control at all handwheel settings.

ONE VALVE SYSTEM (MEASUREMENT AND REGULATION AT ONE POINT)


Commissioning Set Components
Service

Commissioning
Set (CS)
Fig. No.

Metering
Station (MS)
Fig. No.

Double Regulating
Valve (DRV)
Fig. No.

End
Connections

1732 / 1832

1000

1432

Screwed

1732C / 1832C

1000

1432C

Compression

15-54mm

Bronze/DZR

Chilled Water

1732L / 1832L

1000L

1432

Screwed

1/2"

Bronze/DZR

LTHW, MTHW

1732LC / 1832LC

1000L

1432C

Compression

15mm

Bronze/DZR

1732M / 1832M

1000M

1432

Screwed

1/2"

Bronze/DZR

1732MC / 1832MC

1000M

1432C

Compression

15mm

Bronze/DZR

5200

1200DR

Flanged

15-50mm

Bronze

4000

Stainless Steel

HTHW

Size
Range
1/2

- 2"

Body
Material
Bronze/DZR

DRV AND VARIABLE ORIFICE DOUBLE REGULATING VALVES


Service

VODRV
Fig. No.

End
Connections

Size Range

Body
Material

Chilled Water
LTHW MTHW
HTHW

1432
M737
1200DRV

Screwed
Flanged
Flanged

1/2 - 2"
50-300mm
15-50mm

DZR
Cast Iron
Bronze

Preferred Arrangement
F
IV

Terminal

R
CS

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

21

BALANCING VALVES - STATIC

Fig. 631
Standard Pressure Test Points (max 120C)
BS 7350
When fitted to measuring devices
and strainers, test points are
supplied with cap retainers in red
and blue for upstream and
downstream port identification. This
meets the requirements of BS 7350.

TP

Test points are fitted with green


cap retainers.
Figure 631 - 10 test points per pack
Figure 633 - 5 test points per pack
Hattersley Figure 631 test points are
WRAS Approved products and are
listed in the water fittings and
materials directory.

Strategically placed test points allow


access to live fluid systems for
pressure and temperature
measurements. Maximum
temperature is 120C and maximum
pressure is 3450kPa. Suitable for
Chilled Water, LTHW and MTHW.
Test Probes
The application of a silicone lubricant
to the probe shaft prior
to insertion is recommended.

The single piece DZR copper alloy


body houses a uniquely designed
elastomeric core, providing excellent
sealing performance and wear
resistance.

Test points are available in either


standard length, Figure 631, or
extended length, Figure 633, both
threaded 1/4" BSP (Tr). The extended
length test point requires special test
probe available from Hattersley.

Double sealing on the cap is


provided by precision metal to metal
jointing backed up by a resilient
O-Ring, allowing convenient, positive
finger tightening.

36mm

68mm
Elastomer Seal

For Commissioning Valve Coefficients please refer to pages 45-47.

22

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

BALANCING VALVES - STATIC

Fig. 750
High Pressure Test Points (max 180C)

TP

Suitable for 40 bar pressure up to 180C


including HTHW service.

FEATURES & BENEFITS


Double isolating
Uses standard air vent key
Fitted with cap retainers in red
and blue for upstream and
downstream port identification.
When used in pairs on measuring
devices this meets the
requirements of BS 7350
Recommended by Hattersley and
fitted as standard to Hattersley
M3000 and 4000 metering stations
Copper alloy construction
Accepts commercially available probes
Threaded 1/4 ISO 7 (Tr)

DIMENSIONAL DRAWING

50mm

30mm

For Commissioning Valve Coefficients please refer to pages 45-47.


0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

23

BALANCING VALVES - STATIC


PN20 - SERIES B (THREADED)

Fig. 1000
DZR Brass Metering Stations
FEATURES & BENEFITS

OP

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION

Precise and accurate measurement,


conforming to BS 7350:1990
Dezincification resistant material preventing
corrosion cracking and fungal growth
WRAS Approved for use with potable water
Supplied with red and blue test points for
upstream and downstream port identification

Component
Metering Station
Test Point

Material

Specification
BS EN

DZR Brass
Figure 631

12165 CW602N
-

PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING

DIMENSIONAL DRAWING

Threaded Ends
PN20 Series B
15 bar at 120C
20 bar from -10 to 100C

TEST PRESSURES

SPECIFICATION
Kitemarked to BS 7350:1990.
WRAS Approved Product.
Supplied fitted with two Figure 631 test points
Figure 1000 end connections threaded to
BS EN 10266 (ISO 7-1) formerly BS 21.
Taper female with the exception of the 1/2" inlet
which is parallel.

Shell: 30 bar

20

Threaded Ends

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS


Nom
Size

mm
in

1/2

15

3/4

22

28
1

32
11/4

40
11/2

50
2

A (Threaded)
B
Weight

mm
mm
kg

57
55
0.29

58
61
0.30

66
65
0.40

72
71
0.50

72
73
0.54

82
79
0.77

Pressure bar

16

12

0
0

20 40 60 80 100 120 140


Temperature C

For Commissioning Valve Coefficients please refer to pages 45-47.

24

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

BALANCING VALVES - STATIC


PN20 - SERIES B (THREADED)

Fig. 1000L & 1000M


DZR Brass Low & Medium Flow Metering Stations
FEATURES & BENEFITS
Precise and accurate measurement,
conforming to BS 7350:1990
Dezincification resistant material preventing
corrosion cracking and fungal growth
WRAS Approved for use with potable water
Supplied with red and blue test points for
upstream and downstream port identification

DIMENSIONAL DRAWING

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Component
Metering Station
Test Point

TEST PRESSURES
B

Material

Specification
BS EN

DZR Brass
Figure 631

12165 CW602N
-

PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING
Threaded Ends
PN20 Series B
15 bar at 120C
20 bar from -10 to 100C

OP

Shell: 30 bar

SPECIFICATION
Generally in accordance with BS 7350:1990.
WRAS Approved Product.
Supplied fitted with two Figure 631 test points.
Outlet connection taper threaded BS EN 10266
(ISO 7-1) formerly BS 21.
Inlet connection screwed BS 2779 (ISO 228)
parallel.
Suitable for use with flow rates down to 0.01l/s.

20

Threaded Ends

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS


Nom
Size

mm
in

1/2

15

A (Threaded)
B
Weight

mm
mm
kg

57
55
0.29

Pressure bar

16

12

0
0

20 40 60 80 100 120 140


Temperature C

For Commissioning Valve Coefficients please refer to pages 45-47.


0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

25

BALANCING VALVES - STATIC


PN20 (THREADED) PN16 (COMPRESSION)

Fig. 1432, 1432L, 1432C, 1432LC


Bronze Double Regulating Valve
FEATURES & BENEFITS

DRV

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION

Provides precise and accurate flow regulation


Easy to operate with handwheel and
numerical indicator
Robust bronze body for long service life
WRAS Approved for use with potable water
Positive flow control at all handwheel settings

Component
Handwheel
Stem
Stem Seals
Disc
Disc Seal (1-2")
Bonnet
Body

Material
Plastic
DZR copper alloy
EPDM
DZR copper alloy
PTFE
DZR copper alloy
Bronze

PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING
Threaded Ends
BS 7350 PN20
17.2 bar at 120C
20 bar at -10 to 100C
Compressions Ends
5 bar at 120C
6 bar at 110C
10 bar at 65C
16 bar from -10 to 30C

DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS

TEST PRESSURES
Shell: 30 bar
Seat: 22 bar

Specification
BS EN
12165 CW602N
12165 CW602N
12165 CW602N
1982 CC491K

SPECIFICATION
Kitemarked to BS 7350:1990.
Handwheel operated.
Numerical indicator.
Inside screw non-rising handwheel.
Characterised regulating disc.
Flow charts available.
End connections threaded.
Sizes 1 to 2" taper threaded BS EN 10266
(ISO 7-1) formerly BS 21.
Sizes 1/2 & 3/4" to ISO 228 parallel.
Sizes DN15 & DN20 when used with
compression. adaptors suitable for copper
pipe to BS EN 1057 R250 (half hard).
WRAS Approved Product.

APPLICATION

Figure 1432 can be used with Hattersley


metering stations for commissioning.

20

A
mm
A (Compression) mm
B
mm
Weight
kg

1/2L

1/2

3/4

87
105
110
0.54

87
105
110
0.54

96
118
111
0.58

11/4

11/2

100 114
132 133
0.88 1.05

125
148
1.43

146
149
1.88

si
res
mp
Co

in

Pressure bar

16

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS


Nom
Size

Threaded Ends

12

on

0
0

For Commissioning Valve Coefficients please refer to pages 45-47.

En
ds

20 40 60 80 100 120 140


Temperature C

26

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

BALANCING VALVES - STATIC


PN20 (THREADED) PN16 (COMPRESSION)

Fig. 1732, 1732M, 1732L, 1732C, 1732MC, 1732LC


Bronze Fixed Orifice Double Regulating Valve (FODRV)

FOCS
4

FEATURES & BENEFITS

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION

Provides precise and accurate flow regulation


Easy to operate with handwheel and
numerical indicator
Integral orifice and test points no need for
separate DRV and metering station
WRAS Approved for use with potable water
Positive flow control at all handwheel settings

Component

Material

Handwheel
Stem
Stem Seals
Disc
Disc Seal (1-2")
Bonnet
Body
Orifice Insert
Figure 631 Test Valve

Plastic
DZR copper alloy
EPDM
DZR copper alloy
PTFE
DZR copper alloy
Bronze
DZR copper alloy
DZR copper alloy

PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING
Threaded Ends
BS 7350 PN20
17.2 bar at 120C
20 bar at -10 to 100C
Compressions Ends
5 bar at 120C
6 bar at 110C
10 bar at 65C
16 bar from -10 to 30C

DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS

TEST PRESSURES
Shell: 30 bar
Seat: 22 bar
B

Specification
BS EN
12165 CW602N
12165 CW602N
12165 CW602N
1982 CC491K
12165 CW602N
12165 CW602N

SPECIFICATION
Kitemarked to BS 7350:1990.
Handwheel operated.
Numerical indicator.
Inside screw non-rising handwheel.
Characterised regulating disc.
Integral fixed orifice.
Supplied with two Figure 631 test points.
Flow charts available.
End connections threaded.
Sizes 1 to 2" taper threaded
BS EN 10266 (ISO 7-1) formerly BS 21.
Sizes 1/2 & 3/4" to ISO 228 parallel.
Sizes DN15 & DN20 when used with
compression adaptors suitable for copper
pipe to BS EN 1057 R250 (half hard).
WRAS Approved Product.

20

A
mm
A (Compression) mm
B
mm
Weight
kg

1/2L

1/2M

87
105
110
0.61

87
105
110
0.61

1/2

3/4

11/4

87
96 100 114
105 118
110 111 132 133
0.61 0.65 0.95 1.13

11/2

125 146
148 149
1.52 1.98

si
res
mp
Co

in

Pressure bar

16

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS


Nom
Size

Threaded Ends

12

on

0
0

For Commissioning Valve Coefficients please refer to pages 45-47.

En
ds

20 40 60 80 100 120 140


Temperature C

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

27

BALANCING VALVES - STATIC


PN16
2PMV

MotoBalance S1832, S1832M, S1832L


Fixed Orifice Double Regulating Valve (FODRV)

FOCS

FEATURES & BENEFITS

Designed for installation in circuits where


combined functions of actuated regulation
and flow measurement are required
Easy to adjust/set flow using graduated
dial and setting key
Tamperproof - once flow is set with key,
it cannot be adjusted without key
The DN15 valve is also available in medium flow
(S1832M) and low flow (S1832L). Dials are
colour coded for easy identification:
S1832 - Standard Flow - White - 0.061 to
0.132 l/s
S1832M - Medium Flow - Yellow - 0.03 to
0.07 l/s
S1832L - Low Flow - Green - 0.016 to 0.04 l/s

Fig. S1832

Fig. S1832 with Actuator

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
No.

Component

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11

P84 test points fitted enable accuracy of flow


measurement of +/- 5% across all drive settings
Profiled disc gives equal percentage flow control
Y-Pattern globe valve
Integral square edged entrance orifice plates
Double regulating feature allows the valve to be
used for isolation and to be re-opened to its
pre-set position to maintain required flow rates

Material

Body
Bonnet
Stem
Flow Setting Key
Fig. 631 Pressure Tapping Point
Orifice Insert
Plug
Disc
Backing Washer
O-Ring Retainer
Crane Actuator (Optional Accessory)

Bronze BS EN 1982 CC49IK


DZR Brass BS EN 12164 CW602N
Stainless Steel BS EN 10088-3
Nylon Grade PA6
DZR Brass BS EN 12164 CW602N
DZR Brass BS EN 12164 CW602N
DZR Brass BS EN 12164 CW602N
EPDM WRAS Approved
Stainless Steel BS EN 10088-3
DZR Brass BS EN 12164 CW602N
N/A

DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS
11

11
.8
-+

NO
0
DI CL MIN .4
ME OS A
NS IN L
IO G
N

2
1

10

C APPROX
WITH CRANE ACTUATOR

M3
TH 0 X
RE 1.5
AD

PRESSURE/TEMPERATURE RATINGS
The maximum static pressure is 16 bar, the maximum differential pressure is 1.2 bar.
Compression
Threaded

Temperature C
Pressure

bar

-10 to 100

110

120

Temperature C

25

14.8

13.5

Pressure

65

120

16

10

bar

Intermediate pressure ratings shall be determined by interpolation.

Nom.
Size
DN15
DN15
DN15
DN20

Dimensions (mm)
A
B
C
87
66
115
87
66
115
87
66
115
96
66
115

Flow
(Kv)
1.245
0.667
0.58
2.300

Head
Loss (K)
30.27
90.42
325.80
34.55

Motobalance should be fitted with an


actuator. Modulating (AM710) and
Three-Point Actuators (A700) are
available from Hattersley.

END CONNECTIONS

DIMENSIONS, COEFFICIENTS & WEIGHTS


Fig.
No.
S1832
S1832M
S1832L
S1832

OPERATOR

-10 to 30

KVs
2.2
1.1
0.58
4.7

Weight
(kg)
0.45
0.45
0.45
0.51

Sizes DN15 & DN20 - parallel threaded to


BS EN ISO 228-1 (formerly BS 2779).
Threaded ANSI is also available. Please
add suffix AT to denote American Thread.
When using compression adaptors, the
maximum pressure must not exceed
16 bar (in line with BS EN 1254/2).

For Commissioning Valve Coefficients please refer to pages 45-47.

28

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

BALANCING VALVES - STATIC


PN40

Fig. 1200DR
Bronze Double Regulating Valves
FEATURES & BENEFITS

DRV

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION

Provides precise and accurate flow regulation


Easy to operate with handwheel
Robust bronze body for long service life
Suitable for high pressure applications

Component

Material
BS EN

Stem
Gland Packing
Bonnet
Swivel Nut
Disc
Seat
Body

Manganese Bronze
Asbestos Free
Bronze
Manganese Bronze
Stainless Steel
Stainless Steel
Bronze

B62

B62

Conforms to BS 7350:1990.
Rising stem.
Screwed bonnet.
Flanged to BS EN 1092-3 PN40.
Fitted with parabolic regulating disc in
Stainless Steel, double regulating
device and indicator.
Flow charts available.

BS 5154 PN40 Series A


34 bar at 180C
40 bar from -10 to 120C

TEST PRESSURES

12164 CW721R
1982 CC491K
12164 CW721R
1982 CC491K

SPECIFICATION

PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING

DIMENSIONAL DRAWING

Specification
ASTM

Shell: 60 bar
Seat: 44 bar

Use with Figure M4000 to make


Commissioning Set 5200.

44

40
36

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS


mm

15

20

25

32

40

50

A
B (Open)
D
E (Open)
Weight

mm
mm
mm
mm
kg

133
168
95
64
2.5

146
187
105
79
3.5

162
213
115
92
4.9

184
238
140
98
7.5

200
267
150
117
10

238
306
165
121
14

Pressure bar

32

Nom
Size

28
24
20
16
12
8
4
0

For Commissioning Valve Coefficients please refer to pages 45-47.

40 80 120 160 200 240


Temperature C

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

29

BALANCING VALVES - STATIC


PN16 - SIZES 50-300mm

Fig. M2000
Stainless Steel Metering Stations
FEATURES & BENEFITS

OP

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION

Compact, wafer design for fitting in tight spaces


Component
Accurate flow measurement
Orifice Plate
Supplied with red and blue test points for
upstream and downstream port identification

E
120C Max

BS EN
Stainless Steel

Extension Sleeve

Stainless Steel

Test Points

Figure 631

PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING

DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS
3

Material

DC

FLOW

16 bar from -10 to 120C


Note: The Test Point Figure 631 has a
maximum working temperature of 120C.
For higher temperature requirements
contact Hattersley Sales Office.

TEST PRESSURE

Specification
ASTM

10088-1 X2 CrNiNo17-12-2
A276-316L
10088-1 X2 CrNiNo17-12-2
A276-316L
-

SPECIFICATION
Kitemarked to BS 7350:1990.
Outside diameter locates metering station
centrally on the relevant BS EN 1092-2
PN16 flange bolting.
Compatibility with other flanges available.
Supplied complete with extensions and
Figure 631 test points.
Flow charts available.

Shell: 24 bar
Use with Figure MH733 to make
Commissioning Set MH2733.

TAPPING POSITION SHOWN


RELATIVE TO ORIFICE.
FOR TRUE ANGULAR POSITION
SEE TABLE.

18
A

16
14

Nom
Size

mm

A
B
C
D
E
Weight

mm
mm
mm
mm
deg.
kg

50

65

20
20
119 123.5
109 129
53.1 68.8
90
90
1.4
1.5

80

100

125

150

200

20
20
20
20
20
129 134 146
159
175
144 164 194
220
275
80.8 105.1 130.1 156.1 204.2
90
90
90
90
90
1.8
2.2
2.6
3
4.4

250

300

20
195
331
255
90
5.7

20
218
386
305.8
90
7.1

Pressure bar

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

12
10
8
6
4
2
0

For Commissioning Valve Coefficients please refer to pages 45-47.

20 40 60 80 100 120 140


Temperature C

30

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

BALANCING VALVES - STATIC


PN16 - SIZES 350-600mm

Fig. M2000
Stainless Steel Metering Stations
FEATURES & BENEFITS

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION

Compact, wafer design for fitting in tight spaces


Component
Accurate flow measurement
Orifice Plate
Supplied with red and blue test points for
upstream and downstream port identification

E
120C Max

DC

FLOW

TAPPING POSITION SHOWN


RELATIVE TO ORIFICE.
FOR TRUE ANGULAR POSITION
SEE TABLE.

Stainless Steel

Extension Sleeve

Stainless Steel

Test Points

Figure 631

16 bar from -10 to 120C


Note: The Test Point Figure 631 has a
maximum working temperature of 120C
If other test points are fitted the maximum
operating temperature should be obtained
from the test point manufacturer.

TEST PRESSURE
Shell: 24 bar

Material

PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING

DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS
3

OP

Specification
BS EN
ASTM
10088-1 X2 CrNiNo17-12-2
AISI 316
10088-1 X2 CrNiNo17-12-2
AISI 316
-

SPECIFICATION
Outside diameter locates metering station
centrally on BS EN 1092-2 PN16 flange
bolting.
Adaptations to suit other flanges available.
Supplied complete with extensions and
Figure 631 test points.
Flow charts available.

NOTE
When used with a butterfly valve a minimum
of 5 diameters of straight length of same
diameter pipe as the valve must be fitted on
both sides of the metering station.
18

16
14

Nom
Size

mm

350

400

450

500

600

A
B
C
D
E
Weight

mm
mm
mm
mm
deg.
kg

21
217
446
339.5
90
12.4

21
236
498
388.7
90
14.5

21
256
585
433
90
18

23
280
620
492
90
22.1

23
321
737
592.4
90
36.1

Pressure bar

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

12
10
8
6
4
2
0

For Commissioning Valve Coefficients please refer to pages 45-47.

20 40 60 80 100 120 140


Temperature C

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

31

BALANCING VALVES - STATIC


PN25

Fig. M3000
Stainless Steel Metering Stations
FEATURES & BENEFITS

OP

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION

Compact, wafer design for fitting in tight spaces


Component
Accurate flow measurement
Body
Supplied with red and blue test points for
upstream and downstream port identification
Extension Sleeve
Valve Controlled
Test Points

Material
Stainless Steel
Stainless Steel
Figure 750

Specification
BS EN
ASTM
10088-1 X2CrNiMo 17-12-2
AISI 316
-

SPECIFICATION
PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING Outside diameter locates metering station

DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS

24.2 bar at 180C


25 bar from -10 to 120C
Note: The Valve Controlled Test Point
Figure 750 has a maximum working
temperature of 180C. If other test
points are fitted the maximum operating
temperature should be obtained from
the test point manufacturer.

centrally on the relevant BS EN 1092-2


flange bolting.
Compatibility with other flanges available.
Supplied complete with extensions
and Figure 750 test points.
Flow charts available.

Use with double regulating valve to


make Commissioning Set.
28

24

Nom
Size

mm

50

65

80

100

125

150

200

250

300

A
B
C
Weight

mm
mm
mm
kg

20
165
220
1.3

20
175
240
1.6

20
185
255
1.9

20
195
280
2.1

20
208
306
2.8

20
223
336
3.3

20
253
396
5.0

20
282
453
6.0

20
312
513
7.0

Note: Weight shown above includes extensions, test points, gaskets and box.

Pressure bar

20

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

16
12
8
4
0
0

For Commissioning Valve Coefficients please refer to pages 45-47.

40 80 120 160 200


Temperature C

32

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

BALANCING VALVES - STATIC


PN40

Fig. M4000
Stainless Steel Metering Stations
FEATURES & BENEFITS

OP

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION

Suitable for high pressure applications


Compact, flanged design for fitting in
tight spaces
Accurate flow measurement
Supplied with red and blue test points for
upstream and downstream port identification

Component

Material

Specification
BS EN
ASTM

Metering Station

Stainless Steel

Valve Controlled
Test Point

Figure 750

10088-1 X2CrNiMo 17-12-2


AISI 316 17
-

DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS

PRESSURE/
SPECIFICATION
TEMPERATURE RATING Conforms to BS 7350.
PN40 Series A
34 bar at 180C
40 bar from -10 to 120C
Note: The Valve Controlled Test Point
Figure 750 has a maximum working
temperature of 180C. If other test
points are fitted the maximum operating
temperature should be obtained from
the test point manufacturer.

B
C
D

TEST PRESSURES

One piece full flange diameter.


Integral orifice plate.
Flange dimensions to BS EN 1092-2 PN40.
Supplied complete with Figure 750 test points.
Flow charts available.
Can also be used with Figure 1200 PN40
isolating valve to form an orifice valve (PTV).

Use with Figure 1200DR to make


Commissioning Set 5200.

Shell: 60 bar

44
40

36

Nom
Size

mm

15

20

25

32

40

50

A
B
C
D
Weight

mm
mm
mm
mm
kg

18
95
140
95
1.4

18
100
150
105
1.6

18
105
160
115
1.8

18
115
185
140
2.5

18
120
195
150
2.9

18
130
210
165
3.5

Pressure bar

32

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

28
24
20
16
12
8
4
0

For Commissioning Valve Coefficients please refer to pages 45-47.

40 80 120 160 200 240


Temperature C

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

33

BALANCING VALVES - STATIC


PN16 - SIZES 65-300mm

Fig. MH733
Double Regulating Valve (DRV)
FEATURES & BENEFITS

DRV

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION

The double regulating feature allows the


valve to be used for isolation and to be
re-opened to its pre-set position to maintain
required flow rate

Component
Body
Bonnet
Bonnet gasket
Disc (All sizes)
Disc Bush
Stem
Gland (65 to 150mm)
Gland (200 to 300mm)
Gland Nut
Packing
Seat Ring

Material
Ductile Iron
Ductile Iron
Non-asbestos
EPDM Coated Cast Iron
Bronze
410 SS
Brass
Cast Iron
Brass
Non-asbestos
Bronze

PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING

DIMENSIONAL DRAWING

APPLICATION

16 bar from -10 to 120C


Ratings align with BS EN 1092-2 PN16
(formerly BS 4504)
B

SPECIFICATION
Y-Pattern globe valve with a
characterised throttling disc and
ends flanged to BS EN 1092-2 PN16.
The valve opening may be set to control
flow at a pre-determined rate. Operation
of the valve is by means of a hand wheel
incorporating a micrometer device.
An ANSI version is also available
(MHA733).

DIMENSIONS, WEIGHTS & COEFFICIENTS*


Face-to-face
A (mm)

65
290
80
310
100
350
125
400
150
480
200
600
250
730
300
850
* Fully open position

Use with Figure M2000 to make


Commissioning Set MH2733.

18

Centre-to-top
B (mm)

Weight
(kg)

Flow
(Kv)

Headloss
(K)

262
267
300
325
340
525
575
645

15.8
19.5
28.0
37.5
50.5
123.0
192.0
251.0

85
111
146
250
380
600
1211
1521

4.9
5.5
9.2
7.3
6.5
7.8
4.6
6.0

16
14
Pressure bar

DN

In two unit systems, the MH733


has sufficient authority to regulate
flow in circuits incorporating a flow
measurement device.
Fitted with 4 x 1/4" BSPT plugs
which can be replaced with Figure
631 test points onsite to convert to
Figure MH737.
Conform to BS 7350.

12
10
8
6
4
2
0

For Commissioning Valve Coefficients please refer to pages 45-47.

20 40 60 80 100 120 140


Temperature C

34

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

BALANCING VALVES - STATIC


PN16

Fig. MH737
Variable Orifice Double Regulating Valve (VODRV)
FEATURES & BENEFITS

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION

The double regulating feature allows the


valve to be used for isolation and to be
re-opened to its pre-set position to maintain
required flow rate

Component
Body
Bonnet
Bonnet gasket
Disc (All sizes)
Disc Bush
Stem
Gland (65 to 150mm)
Gland (200 to 300mm)
Gland Nut
Packing
Seat Ring

Material
Ductile Iron
Ductile Iron
Non-asbestos
EPDM Coated Cast Iron
Bronze
410 SS
Brass
Cast Iron
Brass
Non-asbestos
Bronze

PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING

DIMENSIONAL DRAWING

APPLICATION
Primarily used in injection or other
circuits requiring a double
regulating valve for system
balancing. Accuracy of flow
measurement is 10% at the full
open position of the valve. Some
reduction in accuracy occurs at
partial openings of the valve in
accordance with BS 7350.

16 bar from -10 to 120C


Ratings align with BS EN 1092-2 PN16
(formerly BS 4504)
B

SPECIFICATION
These are Y-Pattern globe valves
suitable for flow regulation and isolation.
Valves are supplied with Figure 631 test
points to enable flow measurement.
Valves conform to requirements of
BS 7350 and ends are flanged to
BS EN 1092-2 (formerly BS 4504).
An ANSI version is also available
(MHA737).

DIMENSIONS, WEIGHTS & COEFFICIENTS*


Face-to-face
A (mm)

65
290
80
310
100
350
125
400
150
480
200
600
250
730
300
850
* Fully open position

18

Centre-to-top
B (mm)

Weight
(kg)

Flow
(Kv)

Headloss
(K)

262
267
300
325
340
525
575
645

15.8
19.5
28.0
37.5
50.5
123.0
192.0
251.0

85
111
146
250
380
600
1211
1521

4.9
5.5
9.2
7.3
6.5
7.8
4.6
6.0

For Commissioning Valve Coefficients please refer to pages 45-47.

16
14
Pressure bar

DN

VOCS

12
10
8
6
4
2
0

20 40 60 80 100 120 140


Temperature C

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

35

BALANCING VALVES - STATIC


PN16

Fig. 953 & 953G


Ductile Iron with Double Regulating Feature
FEATURES & BENEFITS

DRV

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION

Robust iron body materials for long service life


Precise flow regulation
Flanged with handwheel easy to install
and operate
Positive flow control at all handwheel settings

Component
Body
Shaft
Disc
Disc
Liner
Bearings

Material

Specification
BS EN
ASTM

Ductile Iron
Stainless Steel
Aluminium Bronze
Stainless Steel
EPDM
PTFE Coated Steel

10088-1 X17CrNi16-2 AISI 431


1982 CC333G
B148 C95800
10270 X10CrNr18-8 A276 304
-

PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING

SPECIFICATION
Valves up to and including 200mm
can be supplied lever operated or
fully enclosed gear operated.
All operators fitted with double
regulating feature.
Flow charts available.

EPDM Seat
16 bar from -10 up to 120C

SERVICE RATING
Suitable for Chilled Water, LTHW and MTHW

NOTE

TEST PRESSURES

Butterfly valves should not be less


than 30 open when used for
regulation duties.

Shell: 24 bar
Seat: 17.6 bar

18

DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS

16

Nom
Size

mm

50

A
B
C
D
E
F
G
Weight

mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg

195 207 213 232


83 95 102 124
44 48 48 54
32 32 32 32
102 121 130 171
260 260 260 260
32 46 64 90
3.5
4 5.4 6.7

65

80

100 125 150


245
136
57
32
197
260
111
9

257
150
57
32
219
260
145
9.9

14
Pressure bar

Fig. 953
200
A

305
197
63
44
268
356
193
16.4

12
10
8
6
4
2
0

20 40 60 80 100 120 140


Temperature C

C
G

E
D

Fig. 953G

Nom
Size

mm

50

65

A
B
C
D
E
F
G
K
Weight

mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg

162
83
44
42
102
150
32
240
15

175
95
48
42
121
150
46
240
15.5

80 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600
181
102
48
42
130
150
64
240
16.9

200
124
54
42
171
150
90
240
18.2

213
136
57
42
197
300
111
240
20.5

225
150
57
42
219
300
145
240
21.4

260
197
63
40
268
300
193
230
29

292
210
70
40
332
300
241
230
33.5

337
248
79
40
410
300
290
230
45.8

368
279
79
40
435
300
325
230
56.2

400
305
89
508
450
380
277
88.4

422
381
108
543
450
427
277
110.2

479
381
133
592
450
474
321
160.5

562
457
156
708
450
574
335
260

B
C
G

For Commissioning Valve Coefficients please refer to pages 45-47.

36

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

BALANCING VALVES - STATIC


PN16

Fig. 973 & 973G


Ductile Iron with Double Regulating Feature
FEATURES & BENEFITS

DRV

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION

Robust iron body materials for long service life


Precise flow regulation
Flanged with handwheel easy to install
and operate
Positive flow control at all handwheel settings

Component

Material
BS EN

Body
Shaft
Disc
Disc
Liner
Bearings

Ductile Iron
Stainless Steel
Aluminium Bronze
Stainless Steel
EPDM
PTFE Coated Steel

Specification
ASTM

1561 EN-JLI030
10088-1 X17CrNi16-2
1982 CC333G
10270 X10CrNr18-8
-

PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING

A126 CI B
AISI 431
B148 C95800
A276 304

SPECIFICATION
Generally conforms to BS EN 593: 2009.
Valves up to and including 200mm can be
supplied lever operated or fully enclosed
gear operated.
All operators fitted with double
regulating feature.
Flow charts available.

EPDM Seat
16 bar from -10 up to 120C

SERVICE RATING
Suitable for Chilled Water, LTHW and MTHW

TEST PRESSURES

NOTE

Shell: 24 bar
Seat: 17.6 bar

Butterfly valves should not be less than


30 open when used for regulation duties.
Stainless Steel disc option 4973 - 4973G.
18

DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS

16

A
B
C
D
E
F
G
Weight

mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg

50

65

195 207
83 95
44 48
32 32
102 121
260 260
32 46
4
4.5

80
213
102
48
32
130
260
64
7.2

Pressure bar

Fig. 973
Nom
Size

14

100 125 150 200


232
124
54
32
171
260
90
12.6

245
136
57
32
197
260
111
13.5

257
150
57
32
219
260
145
14.9

305
197
63
44
268
356
193
24.1

12
10
8
6
4
2
0

20 40 60 80 100 120 140


Temperature C

B
K
C
G

Fig. 973G

Nom
Size

mm

50

65

80

A
B
C
D
E
F
G
K
Weight

mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg

162
83
44
42
102
150
32
240
15.5

175
95
48
42
121
150
46
240
16

181
102
48
42
130
150
64
240
18.7

100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500
200
124
54
42
171
150
90
240
24.1

213
136
57
42
197
300
111
240
25

225
150
57
42
219
300
145
240
26.4

260
197
63
40
268
300
193
230
36.7

292
210
70
40
332
300
241
230
47.1

337
248
79
40
410
300
290
230
62.1

368
279
79
40
435
300
325
230
84.9

400
305
89
508
450
380
277
123.8

422
381
108
543
450
427
277
139.7

For Commissioning Valve Coefficients please refer to pages 45-47.

479
381
133
592
450
474
321
215.5

600
562
457
156
708
450
574
335
337.3

B
C
G

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

37

BALANCING VALVES - STATIC


PN25 - DN50-300

Fig. 4983G
Ductile Iron Fully-lugged Double Regulating Valve
FEATURES & BENEFITS

DRV

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION

Robust iron body materials for long service life


Precise flow regulation
Flanged with handwheel easy to install
and operate
Positive flow control at all handwheel settings

DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS

Component

Material

Body
Plug
Liner
Shaft (lower)
Disc
Shaft (upper)
O-Ring
Lock Plate
Snap Ring
Gearbox

Specification
BS EN

Ductile Iron
Carbon Steel
EPDM
Steel
Stainless Steel
Steel
EPDM
Brass
Carbon Steel
-

SPECIFICATION

PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE
RATING

A fully lugged butterfly valve for use


with PN25 flanges.
High temperature EPDM liner for
applications up to 120C.
A double regulating gearbox as standard.
Can be used in conjunction with a flow
measurement device, Figure M3000 to
regulate and measure flow.

25 bar from -10 to 120C


A
K

H1

1563 EN GJS 56017


AISI 431
SS304
AISI 431
ASTM B16 C36000
-

TEST PRESSURES
Shell: 37.5 bar
Seat: 27.5 bar

N-M

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS


Nom
Size

mm

A
B
H
D
E
L
K
N-M
H-I
Weight

mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg

28
24

65

80

100

125

150

200

250

300

140
152
160
180
191
202
241
274
315
68
76
85
100
120
132
160
200
230
35
35
35
35
35
35
45
45
45
90
90
90
90
90
90
125
125
125
43
45
46
51.5
56
56.5
60
68.5
79.5
160
160
160
160
160
160
238
238
238
125
145
160
190
220
250
310
370
430
4-M16 8-M16 8-M16 8-M20 8-M24 8-M24 8-M24 12-M27 16-M27
172.5 184.5 192.5 212.5 223.5 234.5 278.0 311.0 366.0
10.0 10.8
11.0 13.0
16.0
18.5
29.8 40.0
53.0

20
Pressure bar

50

16
12
8
4
0
0

For Commissioning Valve Coefficients please refer to pages 45-47.

20 40 60 80 100 120 140


Temperature C

38

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

BALANCING VALVES - STATIC


PN16

Fig. 5953 & 5953G


Semi-lugged Metrex Commissioning Sets

FOCS
4

FEATURES & BENEFITS

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION

Robust iron body materials for long service life


Precise flow regulation and accurate
measurement
Flanged with handwheel easy to install
and operate
Positive flow control at all handwheel settings

Component

Material

Valve
Test Points
Extension Sleeve
Housing
Orifice Plate

Figure 953G
Figure 631
Gunmetal
Cast Iron
(Nickel Plated)
Stainless Steel

PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE
RATING

DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS
J

SERVICE RATING
H

1400LG2
B62
1705 G-CuSn5ZnPb
1452 Gr220 A126 CI B 1691 GG22
970 316S31 AISI 316

SPECIFICATION

EPDM Seat
16 bar from -10 to 120C

Suitable for Chilled Water,


LTHW and MTHW

TEST PRESSURES
Shell: 24 bar
Seat: 17.6 bar

A close coupled
commissioning set
comprising a lugged butterfly
valve and metering station to
offer all the advantages of the
close coupled concept
together with an accuracy
of 5% of flow rate.
Gear operation provides
infinitely variable settings
between fully open and
closed positions.
The commissioning set is
supplied as a single unit.

Specification
ASTM
DIN

BS EN

17440 X5CrNiMo1812

Supplied complete with


Figure 631 test points and
necessary bolting for
connection of the valve
end to the system.
Comprehensive flow
charts available.

NOTE
The valve should be not
less than 30 open for
regulation duties. Wrench
operated version available
in sizes 50 to 200mm.
Figure 9973G available,
stainless steel disc.

18
16

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS


mm

50

65

80

100

125

150

200

250

300

A
B
H
J
K
Weight

mm
mm
mm
mm
dia
kg

133
135
182
123
125
10.0

151
145
190
123
125
10.8

166
160
197
123
125
11.0

192
165
219
123
125
13.0

221
180
232
123
125
16.0

246
190
254
123
125
18.5

300
225
278
123
125
29.8

358
255
281
228
300
40.0

418
275
306
228
300
53.0

Pressure bar

14

Nom
Size

12
10
8
6
4
2
0

For Commissioning Valve Coefficients please refer to pages 45-47.

20 40 60 80 100 120 140


Temperature C

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

39

BALANCING VALVES - STATIC


PN16

Fig. 5973 & 5973G


Fully-lugged Metrex Commissioning Sets Chilled Water

FOCS
4

FEATURES & BENEFITS

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION

Robust iron body materials for long service life


Precise flow regulation and accurate
measurement
Flanged with handwheel easy to install
and operate
Positive flow control at all handwheel settings

Component

Material
BS EN

Valve
Test Points
Extension Sleeve
Housing
Orifice Plate

Figure 973 (see


page 37 for materials)
Figure 631
Bronze
Cast Iron
Stainless Steel

PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE
RATING

Specification
ASTM

1982 CC491K
B62
1561 EN-JLI040
A126 Cl B
10088-1 XSCrNiMo 17-12-2
AISI 316

SPECIFICATION

EPDM Seat
16 bar from -10 to 120C

SERVICE RATING
Suitable for Chilled Water,
LTHW and MTHW

TEST PRESSURES
Shell: 24 bar
Seat: 17.6 bar

A close coupled commissioning set comprising a lugged


butterfly valve and metering station to offer all the
advantages of the close coupled concept together
with an accuracy of 5% of flow rate.
Gear operation provides infinitely variable settings between
fully open and closed positions.
The commissioning set is supplied as a single unit.
Supplied complete with Figure 631 test points and necessary
bolting for connection of the valve end to the system.
Comprehensive flow charts available.

NOTE
The valve should be not less than 30 open for regulation
duties. Wrench operated version available in sizes 50 to
200mm. Figure 9973G available, stainless steel disc.

DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS
J

18
16
14

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS


Nom
Size

mm

50

65

80

100

125

150

200

250

300

A
B
H
J
K dia
Weight (geared)

mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg

133
135
182
123
125
13

151
145
190
123
125
15

166
160
197
123
125
21

192
165
219
123
125
26

221
180
232
123
125
33

246
190
254
123
125
45

300
225
278
123
125
69

358
255
281
228
300
94

418
275
306
228
300
131

Pressure bar

12
10
8
6
4
2
0

20 40 60 80 100 120 140


Temperature C

For Commissioning Valve Coefficients please refer to pages 45-47.

40

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

BALANCING VALVES - STATIC


PN25 DN50-150

Fig. 4993G
Steel Fully-lugged Double Regulating Valve
FEATURES & BENEFITS

DRV

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION

Precise flow regulation


Flanged with handwheel easy to install
and operate
Positive flow control at all handwheel settings
Bi-directional isolation
Double eccentric disc

Component

BS EN
Body
Body Seat
Disc
Disc Seal Ring
Retaining Ring
Stem
Disc Pin
Bottom Cap
Gland Packing
Bearings
Gearbox
Handwheel

DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS

Material
Steel
Stainless Steel
Stainless Steel
PTFE or
PTFE/Neoprene
Stainless Steel
Stainless Steel
Stainless Steel
Steel
PTFE or
PTFE/Neoprene
Bronze-PTFE
Cast Iron
Stainless Steel

Specification
ASTM

10213-2 GP240GH
10270 X10CrNr18-8
10270 X10CrNr18-8

A216 WCB
A276-304
A276-304

10270 X10CrNr18-8
10270 X10CrNr18-8
10270 X10CrNr18-8
10213-2 GP240GH
-

A276-304
A276-304
A276-304
A216 WCB

1561 EN-JLI030
10270 X10CrNr18-8

A126 CI B
A276-304

PRESSURE/
SPECIFICATION
TEMPERATURE RATING Designed to BS EN 593: 2009.

Face to face dimensions to BS EN 558-1


basic series 16.
Reinforced PTFE disc seal.
Stainless steel body seat.
Double eccentric disc.
Bi-directional isolation.
Valves fitted with double regulating feature.
Actuator flange ISO 5211/1.
To suit flange connections BS EN 1092-2
PN25, alternative flanges available.

25 bar from -10 to 135C


20.7 bar at 149C
3.4 bar at 204C

TEST PRESSURES

Shell: 37.5 bar


Seat: 27.5 bar

28
24

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS


mm

50

65

80

100

125

150

A
B
H
C
D dia
E
F
Weight

mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg

43
123
215
27
125
39
152
10

46
131
215
27
200
39
159
12

64
150
220
27
200
39
159
17

64
175
281
35
250
52
184
24

70
187
294
35
300
52
197
33

76
218
317
42
300
67
223
47

For Commissioning Valve Coefficients please refer to pages 45-47.

Pressure bar

20

Nom
Size

16
12
8
4
0
0

40

80 120 160 200 240


Temperature C

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

41

BALANCING VALVES - STATIC


PN25 DN200-500

Fig. 4993G
Steel Fully-lugged Double Regulating Valve
FEATURES & BENEFITS

DRV

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION

Precise flow regulation


Flanged with handwheel easy to install
and operate
Positive flow control at all handwheel settings
Bi-directional isolation
Double eccentric disc

Component
Body
Body Seat
Disc
Disc Seal Ring
Retaining Ring
Stem
Disc Pin
Bottom Cap
Gland Packing
Bearings
Gearbox
Handwheel

Material

Specification
BS EN
ASTM

Steel
Stainless Steel
Stainless Steel
PTFE or
PTFE/Neoprene
Stainless Steel
Stainless Steel
Stainless Steel
Steel
PTFE Graphite
Bronze-PTFE
Cast Iron
Stainless Steel

PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING

DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS
F

Shell: 37.5 bar


Seat: 27.5 bar

10270 X10CrNr18-8
10270 X10CrNr18-8
10270 X10CrNr18-8
1561 EN-JLI030
-

A276-304
A276-304
A276-304

A126 CI B

SPECIFICATION

25 bar from -10 to 135C


20.7 bar at 149C
3.4 bar at 204C

A216 WCB
A276-304
A276-304

Designed to BS EN 593:2009.
Face-to-face dimensions to BS EN 558-1
basic series 16.
Reinforced PTFE disc seal.
Stainless steel body seat.
Double eccentric disc.
Bi-directional isolation.
Valves fitted with double regulating feature
Actuator flange ISO 5211/1.
To suit flange connections BS EN 1092-2
PN25, alternative flanges available.

TEST PRESSURES
H

10213-2 GP240GH
10270 X10CrNr18-8
10270 X10CrNr18-8
-

28
24

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS


Nom
Size

mm

200

250

300

350

400

450

500

A
B
H
C
D dia
E
F
Weight

mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg

89
294
369
42
300
67
223
73

114
333
396
50
457
90
279
126

114
382
461
50
457
123
331
167

127
398
477
50
457
154
356
243

140
448
557
66
610
138
477
340

152
473
583
66
610
138
477
454

152
555
643
66
610
138
477
493

Pressure bar

20
16
12
8
4
0
0

For Commissioning Valve Coefficients please refer to pages 45-47.

40

80 120 160 200 240


Temperature C

42

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

BALANCING VALVES - STATIC


PN40 DN65-150

Fig. 4993G
Steel Fully-lugged Double Regulating Valve
FEATURES & BENEFITS

DRV

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION

Precise flow regulation


Flanged with handwheel easy to install
and operate
Positive flow control at all handwheel settings
Bi-directional isolation
Double eccentric disc

Component
Disc Seal Ring
Retaining Ring
Stem
Disc Pin
Bottom Cap
Gland Packing
Bearings
Gearbox
Handwheel
Body
Body Seat
Disc

Material
PTFE or PTFE/
Neoprene
Stainless Steel
Stainless Steel
Stainless Steel
Steel
PTFE Graphite
Bronze-PTFE
Cast Iron
Steel
Steel
Stainless Steel
Stainless Steel

PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING

DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS
F

40 bar from -10 to 90C


20.7 bar at 149C
3.4 bar at 204C

TEST PRESSURES
H

Specification
BS EN
ASTM

Shell: 60 bar
Seat: 44 bar

10270 X10CrNr18-8
10270 X10CrNr18-8
10270 X10CrNr18-8
1561 EN-JLI030
10213-2 GP240GH
10270 X10CrNr18-8
10270 X10CrNr18-8

A126 CI B
A216 WCB
A276-304
A276-304

SPECIFICATION
Designed to BS EN 593:2009.
Face to face dimensions to BS EN 558-1
basic series 16.
Reinforced PTFE disc seal.
Stainless steel body seat.
Double eccentric disc.
Bi-directional isolation.
Valves fitted with double regulating feature.
Actuator flange ISO 5211/1.
To suit flange connections BS EN 1092-2
PN40, alternative flanges available.

A276-304
A276-304
A276-304

45
40

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS


mm

50

65

80

100

125

150

A
B
H
C
D dia
E
F
Weight

mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg

43
123
215
27
125
39
152
10

46
131
215
27
200
39
159
12

64
150
220
27
200
39
159
17

64
175
281
35
250
52
184
24

70
187
294
35
300
52
197
33

76
218
317
42
300
67
223
47

For Commissioning Valve Coefficients please refer to pages 45-47.

Pressure bar

35

Nom
Size

30
25
20
15
10
5
0

40 80 120 160 200 240


Temperature C

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

43

BALANCING VALVES - STATIC


PN40 DN200-500

Fig. 4993G
Steel Fully-lugged Double Regulating Valve
FEATURES & BENEFITS

DRV

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION

Precise flow regulation


Flanged with handwheel easy to install
and operate
Positive flow control at all handwheel settings
Bi-directional isolation
Double eccentric disc

Component
Body
Body Seat
Disc
Disc Seal Ring
Retaining Ring
Stem
Disc Pin
Gland Packing
Bearings
Gearbox
Handwheel

Material

Specification
BS EN
ASTM

Steel
Stainless Steel
Stainless Steel
PTFE or PTFE/
Neoprene
Stainless Steel
Stainless Steel
Stainless Steel
PTFE Graphite
Bronze-PTFE
Cast Iron
Steel

PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING

DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS
F

Shell: 60 bar
Seat: 44 bar

10270 X10CrNr18-8
10270 X10CrNr18-8
10270 X10CrNr18-8
1561 EN-JLI030
-

A276-304
A276-304
A276-304

A126 CI B

SPECIFICATION

40 bar from -10 to 90C


20.7 bar at 149C
3.4 bar at 204C

A216 WCB
A276-304
A276-304

Designed to BS EN 593:2009.
Face to face dimensions to BS EN 558-1
basic series 16.
Reinforced PTFE disc seal.
Stainless steel body seat.
Double eccentric disc.
Bi-directional isolation.
Valves fitted with double regulating feature.
Actuator flange ISO 5211/1.
To suit flange connections BS EN 1092-2
PN40, alternative flanges available.

TEST PRESSURES
H

10213-2 GP240GH
10270 X10CrNr18-8
10270 X10CrNr18-8
-

45
40

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS


mm

200

250

300

350

400

450

500

A
B
H
C
D dia
E
F
Weight

mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg

89
294
369
42
300
67
223
79

114
333
396
50
457
90
279
143

114
382
461
50
457
123
331
203

127
398
477
50
457
154
356
288

140
448
557
66
610
138
477
415

152
473
583
66
610
138
477
469

152
555
643
66
610
138
477
589

For Commissioning Valve Coefficients please refer to pages 45-47.

Pressure bar

35

Nom
Size

30
25
20
15
10
5
0

40 80 120 160 200 240


Temperature C

44

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

BALANCING VALVES - STATIC

Cast Iron and Steel Commissioning Valves Coefficients


Fig. M2000
Nom
Size
mm
Flow Kv
Headloss Factor
Kvs

50
71.91
0.45
48.24

65
155.9
0.4
98.58

80
217.3
0.4
137.4

100
380.2
0.35
224.9

125
576.6
0.35
341.1

150
830.8
0.35
491.5

200
1412
0.35
835.4

Nom
mm
Size
Flow Kv
Headloss Factor
Kvs

250
2116
0.35
1252

300
3073
0.35
1818

350
3810
0.35
2254

400
4968
0.35
2939

450
6087
0.35
3601

500
7958
0.35
4708

600
11621
0.35
6875

Fig. M3000
Nom
Size
mm
Flow Kv
Headloss Factor
Kvs

50
-

65
155.9
0.4
98.58

80
217.3
0.4
137.4

100
380.2
0.35
224.9

125
576.6
0.35
341.1

150
830.8
0.35
491.5

200
1412
0.35
835.4

250
2116
0.35
1252

300
3073
0.35
1818

50
-

65
85

80
111

100
146

125
250

150
380

200
600

250
1211

300
1521

50

65

80

100

125

150

200

250

300

85

111

146

250

380

600

1211

1521

50
0.45
48.24

65
0.4
98.58

80
0.4
137.4

100
0.35
224.9

125
0.35
341.1

150
0.35
491.5

200
0.35
835.4

250
0.35
1252

300
0.35
1818

50
0.45
48.24

65
0.4
98.58

80
0.4
137.4

100
0.35
224.9

125
0.35
341.1

150
0.35
491.5

200
0.35
835.4

250
0.35
1252

300
0.35
1818

50
1.86

65
0.95

80
0.50

100
0.29

125
0.37

150
0.43

200
0.31

250
0.56

300
0.33

85

204

370

820

982

1353

2923

3374

6350

Fig. MH733
Nom
Size
mm
Flow Kv (fully open)
Fig. MH737
Nom
Size

mm

Flow Kv (fully open)


Fig. 5953G
Nom
Size
mm
Headloss Factor
Kvs
Fig. 5973G
Nom
Size
mm
Headloss Factor
Kvs
Fig. 4983G PN25
Nom
Size
mm
Headloss Factor
Kvs

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

45

BALANCING VALVES - STATIC

Bronze Commissioning Valves Coefficients


The headloss of the DRV is obtained from the graph at the fully
open position at the particular design flow rate. The total
headloss of the metering station and DRV (commissioning set),
when directly coupled or independently located, is the
summation of the two separate values.

Headloss Factor %
The headloss across a metering station is less than the
differential pressure (P) signal indicated at the pressure
tappings as shown on the metering station flow charts.
The value of headloss for the metering station is shown
as a percentage of the signal in the tables below.
Fig. 1000
Nom
Size
Flow Kv
Headloss Factor
Kvs

mm

15
2.244
0.75
1.943

22
5.4
0.6
4.181

Fig. 1000C
Nom
Size
Flow Kv
Headloss Factor
Kvs

32
21.68
0.5
15.33

40
34.38
0.45
23.06

Fig. 1000M
mm

15
2.354
0.75
2.039

50
71.1
0.45
47.7

Fig. 1000L

Nom
Size
Flow Kv
Headloss Factor
Kvs

Fig. 1000MC
Nom
Size
Flow Kv
Headloss Factor
Kvs

28
9.63
0.6
7.46

mm

15
1.101
0.83
1.003

mm

15
0.539
0.9
0.511

Nom
Size
Flow Kv
Headloss Factor
Kvs

mm

15
0.533
0.9
0.506

Fig. 1000LC
mm

Nom
Size
Flow Kv
Headloss Factor
Kvs

15
1.129
0.83
1.029

Fig. 1432, 1432L, 1432C, 1432LC


Nom
Size
in
1432 Flow Kv (fully open)
1432L Flow Kv
1432C Flow Kv
1432LC Flow Kv

1/2L

1/2

3/4

2.26
-

2.14
2.26
2.14
2.26

3.6
3.6
-

1
6.37
-

11/4
12.3
-

11/2
21.3
-

2
31.3
-

Fig. 2432, 2432LM, 2432LL


Nom
Size
2432 Flow Kv
2432LM Flow Kv
2432LL Flow Kv

in

1/2

3/4

1.549
0.99
0.519

2.995
-

1
5.31
-

11/4
10.7
-

11/2
18.11
-

2
28.65
-

46

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

BALANCING VALVES - STATIC

Bronze Commissioning Valves Coefficients


Fig. 1732, 1732M, 1732L, 1732C, 1732MC, 1732LC
Nom
in
Size
1732 Flow Kv
1732 Kvs
1732M Flow Kv
1732M Kvs
1732L Flow Kv
1732L Kvs
1732C Flow Kv
1732C Kvs
1732MC Flow Kv
1732MC Kvs
1732LC Flow Kv
1732LC Kvs

1/2L

1/2M

1/2

1.87
1.943
1.06
1.003
0.57
0.506
1.87
2.037
1.06
1.029
0.57
0.511

3/4

3.14
4.181
3.14
4.457
-

1
5.59
7.46
-

11/4
10.8
15.33
-

11/2
18.1
23.06
-

2
29.1
47.7
-

Fig. 1832, 1832M, 1832L


Nom
Size
1832 Flow Kv
1832 Kvs
1832M Flow Kv
1832M Kvs
1832L Flow Kv
1832L Kvs

in

1/2

3/4

1.703
1.943
1.056
1.003
0.532
0.506

2.973
4.181
-

Fig. 1200DR
Nom
Size
Flow Kv

mm

15
4.74

20
9.96

25
18.46

35
26.71

40
42.15

50
70.95

mm

15
2.293
0.75
1.986

20
5.331
0.6
4.129

25
9.506
0.6
7.363

35
22.15
0.5
15.66

40
36.36
0.45
24.39

50
70.91
0.45
47.57

Fig. 4000
Nom
Size
Flow Kv
Headloss Factor
Kvs

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

47

48

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

S Shand-Brown

Project: Sea Containers House, London


Sector: Commercial
Contractor: BBESL
Distributor: BSS
Specification: Press-Fit Valves, Hook-Ups, General Isolating Valves, Strainers, Non-Return Valves,
DPCV, Commissioning Valves and WRAS Approved Valves.

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

49

Project: The Baltic Arts Centre, Gateshead, Tyne & Wear


Sector: Arts
Contractor: Atelier Ten
Specification: Range of Hattersley Commissioning and Traditional Valves.

50

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE CONTROL VALVES

Differential Pressure Control Valves


Extremely efficient, the DPCV is set to a
maximum differential pressure limit, under
dynamic balancing conditions, which ensures
flow cannot exceed a desired rate. It therefore
helps reduce energy consumption and the risk of
noise, and simplifies the commissioning process.
The EPM diaphragm, which separates the upper
and lower chamber of the valve, in combination
with the balanced piston, is key to stabilising
differential pressure within the system.
The rubber-seated piston, controlled by the
diaphragm, closes the valve on rising differential
pressure and opens it on falling differential
pressure. The valve will continue to move in this
way until equilibrium of pressure is achieved.
This ensures the maximum desired flow rates or
differential pressures are not exceeded.
Installing a DPCV in a system to control
differential pressure can also help to minimise
the risk of noise.
Installing a DPCV in a circuit ensures the system
remains balanced, independent from any
changes in other areas of the circuit, which
greatly simplifies the balancing and
commissioning procedure. It also maintains the
control authority of the 2-port control valve.
Available in sizes from DN15 to DN50, in flow and
return configurations, the DPCV operates at a
temperature range of -10C to 100C and is PN16
rated. The pressure differential is set on
installation, across a 20 to 80 kPa range, and can
be easily adjusted on commissioning as required
by the changing conditions.
Hattersley offers other accessories which are
highly recommended in order to achieve an
optimum performance.

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

51

DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE CONTROL VALVES

Differential Pressure Control Valves


features & benefits

Diaphragm
Separates and balances
the upper and lower
chambers and therefore
the differential pressure.
The diaphragm reacts
quickly to fluctuation in
pressure.

Adjuster
Easily sets differential
pressure across a
20-100 kPa range,
and can be adjusted
to maintain desired
flow rates or
differential pressure,
matching circuit
conditions.

Integral Pressure
Balance Tube
Pressure from before
the load is linked to
the upper chamber
(flow mounted
configuration only).

Bosses enable fitting of test


points for DP confirmation
and system diagnostics.

Impulse Tube
Alongside the DPCV, an impulse tube is supplied as
standard. It is essential to the valves performance
as it taps pressure from the other side of the circuit
and links it to the valves chambers.

52

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE CONTROL VALVES


PN16

Fig. F400 Flow


Fig. R400 Return

New
DPCV

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
No.

Component

1
2
3
4
5
INT
INT
NT

Body
Bonnet
Chamber
Adjuster
Plug R 1/4"
Stem / Piston
Diaphragm
O-Ring Seals

Material
Bronze BS EN 1982 (CC491K)
Bronze BS EN 1982 (CC491K)
Bronze BS EN 1982 (CC491K)
Nylon Grade PA6
DZR Brass BS EN 12164 (CW602N)
Stainless Steel BS EN 10088 - 1:2005
Rubber EPDM
Rubber EPDM

See diagrams for item numbers


INT denotes an internal component not visible on these drawings

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS


Size

DN15

DN20 DN25

87
96
100
175
175
185
Rp 1/2" Rp 3/4" Rc 1"
Parallel Parallel Taper

DN32

DN40

DN50

114
125
190
195
Rc 11/4" Rc 11/2"
Taper
Taper

146
205
Rc 2"
Taper

A
B
End Connection
EN10226
Flow
(Fully Open)

mm
mm
in

Kv

2.32

3.2

6.45

11.0

15.39

24.68

Weight

kg

2.32

2.36

2.53

2.73

3.01

3.46

DN15 & DN20 End Connections: EN10226 Rp Parallel


DN25 to DN50 End Connections: EN10226 Rc Taper

Male-ended DPCV F300 is available on request.

DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS
119

119

Flow Configuration
Top View
4

Return Configuration
Top View
IMPULSE TUBE
CONNECTION

IMPULSE TUBE
CONNECTION

A
107

Flow & Return Configuration


Side View

Flow Configuration
Front View

80

Return Configuration
Front View

For Commissioning Valve Coefficients please refer to pages 45-47.


0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

53

DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE CONTROL VALVES


PN16

Companion Valve DPF1732

New
FOCS

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Component

No.

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS


Fig.
No.

Fully Open

Body

Bronze BS EN 1982 (CC491K)

Bonnet DN15 to DN32


Bonnet DN40 to DN50

DZR Brass BS EN 12164 (CW602N)


Bronze BS EN1982 (CC491K)

Stem

DZR Brass BS EN 12164 (CW602N)

Disc (DN25 Only)


Disc ( DN32 to DN50)

DZR Brass BS EN 12164 (CW602N)


DZR Brass BS EN 12164 (CW602N)

Handwheel

Plastic

O-Ring Seal

EPDM Rubber WRAS Approved

Orifice Insert

DZR Brass BS EN 12164 (CW602N)

Test Valve

DZR Brass BS EN 12164 (CW602N)

Plug R 1/8"

DZR Brass BS EN 12164 (CW602N)

10

Plug R 1/4"

DZR Brass BS EN 12164 (CW602N)

DPF
1732

A
mm
B
mm
C
mm
D
mm
E End Connection
EN10226

DN15
87
105
50
34
Rp 1/2"
Parallel

DN20 DN25
96
100
106
127
54
62
36
39
Rp 3/4" Rc 1"
Parallel Taper

DN32
114
128
66
43
Rc 11/4"
Taper

Material

DN40 DN50
125
146
143
144
70
78
46
48
Rc 11/2" Rc 2"
Taper Taper

DPF
1732L

DPF
1732M

DN15
87
105
50
34
Rp 1/2"
Parallel

DN15
87
105
50
34
Rp 1/2"
Parallel

Flow

Kv

1.87

3.14

5.59

10.8

18.1

29.1

0.57

1.06

Head Loss

30.27

34.55

27.85

22.60

14.76

14.62

325.8

94.20

KVs
kg

1.943
0.57

4.181
0.61

7.46
0.90

15.33
1.07

23.06
1.42

47.7
1.97

0.506
0.57

1.003
0.57

Weight

DN15 & DN20 End Connections: EN10226 Rp Parallel


DN25 to DN50 End Connections: EN10226 Rc Taper

Male-ended Companion Valve is available on request.

DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS
90

3
2

9
8

IMPULSE TUBE
CONNECTION POINT

4
1

10

PLUGS CAN BE
REPLACED AT SITE
WITH TEST POINTS
FOR DIFFERENTIAL
PRESSURE VERIFICATION

54

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE CONTROL VALVES


DPCV

DPCV Typical Installation Layouts

DPCV
Impulse
Tube

Load

2 Port
Control
Valve

Companion
Valve

Example Flow Configuration (F400)

Companion
Valve
Impulse
Tube

Load
P1

P2
DPCV

2 Port
Control
Valve

Example RETURN Configuration (R400)

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

55

DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE RELIEF VALVES

Fig. 302

FEATURES & BENEFITS

Large diameter handwheel


Easy to read indicator scale
Fine adjustment
Easy setting
Manual locking by screwdriver
End connections

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Component
Handwheel
Retaining Clip
Spring Compressor
Compressor Seals
Spring
Disc
Disc Facing
Body
Compression Ring
Compression Nut

Material

Specification
BS EN

Polymer
Stainless Steel
Brass
EPDM
Stainless Steel
Brass
EPDM
Brass
Brass
Brass

12165 CW617N
12165 CW617N
12165 CW617N
12165 CW617N

DIMENSIONAL DRAWING

12

PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING

10

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS


Nom
Size
A
B
C
D
E
Weight

in

3/4"

11/4"

in
in
mm
mm
mm
kg

G3/4
G3/4
59
26
104
0.45

G11/4
G11/4
89
41
158
1.19

SETTING RANGE
1 to 6 mH20 (10 to 60 kPa)

Pressure bar

10 bar max
110C max

8
6
4
2
0
0

20 40 60 80 100 120 140


Temperature C

56

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

HOOK-UP II

Hook-Up II
Hook-Up II provides flow control, measurement,
flushing and isolation, using bronze and DZR
brass components. It is PN16 rated with versions
suitable for chilled, low and medium temperature
hot water, ranging from -10C to a maximum of
120C. Available in 1/2", 3/4" and 1" sizes.

BENEFITS
For the design engineer there are many
advantages. With all the components supplied
as one pre-tested unit, minimal design
involvement is needed and the performance of
the entire unit is known in advance.

The Hook-Up II is pre-fabricated using proven,


stringently tested Hattersley products. The fully
assembled unit is tested to BS EN 12266-1:2003
prior to delivery. For a complete list of
components see the specification for
each figure number on the following pages.

For the contractor the need for only four


connections offers significant reductions in
costs. The fully tested, guaranteed and
standardised components are pressure tested
before leaving Hattersley. Apart from the
cleaning of the strainer, the Hook-Up II is
designed to be maintenance free.

The newly designed Hook-Up II features a


number of design improvements. A single cast
H-Body reduces the number of joints, the weight
and the size of the module. A combination of
components can be selected to attach to the
H-Body, depending on the site specifications.

This brochure outlines our standard range but


other configurations can be made by special
arrangement. Our technical team will assist
with valve sizing etc.

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

57

HOOK-UP II

Commissioning Set

Flow and Return Connections:

Flow Connection from Pipework

Flow Connection to the


Terminal Unit

Return Connection from the


Terminal Unit

Return Connection to Pipework

Adjusts and sets the flow rate


with proven high accuracy.
Customers can opt for
manually set FODRV valve
or a motorised
FODRV valve (right).

Centralised
Isolation Valve
Allows easy back
flushing, forward
flushing and isolation.
An extension stem is
added for chilled
water services

Flushing bypass

11

Figure 266 for heated water is shown here.

58

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

HOOK-UP II

Pressure Test Points


On commissioning valves
for flow measurement.
On strainer to check
pressure drop across
load.

Draincock
For routine maintenance,
allows flushing of
strainer without need to
remove basket.

3
End Connectors

Simple connection to
system. BSP female
threads allow
connections to any
possible pipes using
adaptors. Installed
directly on flow and
return connections of
heating and cooling
terminal units ie. fan coils
and chilled beams.
5

C
B

Strainer (optional)
Keeps system clean.
Filters flow before it
reaches terminal unit.

Union Connector
Allows custom alignment
and features an integral
O-Ring to ensure joints
are pressure tight.

Extension Stems
New H-Body

Reference Tags

is factory tested before


and after final assembly.
Consists of one compact
casting; reducing weight
and size.

Each unit is tagged with


individual fan coil reference
numbers and relevant
customer information as
requested.

10

For chilled water services,


extension stems are fitted
as standard to the
isolation ball valve to
enable lagging.

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

59

60

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

Project: Wembley WO5 Development, London


Sector: Commercial
Client: Quintain
Distributor: Pipe Center City
Architect: PRP/The Manser Practice
Project Manager: Stace LLP
Mechanical Contractor: FCS Services
Specification: Hattersley Hook-Up II
Hattersley Hook-Up II flow management modules have been specified for the HVAC system of
Quintains new mixed-use development in the Wembley WO5 district, which surrounds the
Wembley Arena. The project will have 3 phases; the student accommodation will be constructed
first, followed by apartments and then a 4* Hilton Hotel. Hattersley valves will be installed in all
stages of the development to provide heating, ventilation and air conditioning.
The Hook-Up II is ideal for this project as it provides easy flow control and accurate flow
measurement, along with flushing and isolating capabilities from a single, pre-fabricated unit.
Only four connections need to be made on site, speeding up installation time and reducing costs.
All modules are tested in advance so design engineers know the exact performance of the entire
unit prior to installation.
The construction of student halls of residence has just started and will comprise 656 bedrooms,
communal kitchens and car parking over 11 floors.

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

61

HOOK-UP II
PN16

Fig. C266 & H266


Manual (with Drain and Strainer)
FEATURES & BENEFITS

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION

Ultra compact, prefabricated unit


Provides flow control, measurement,
flushing and isolation
Can be tailored to customers specifications
For use with Chilled Water, LTHW and MTHW
Reduces time, costs and specification risks

Component
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

H-Body
Fig. 1732/M/L FODRV
Fig. 1807 Strainer Ball
Union Connector
Fig. 103 Blow Down Valve
Fig. 631 Test Point
Adaptors for 1" only*
Union Nut

Material

Specification
BS EN

Bronze
Bronze
DZR Brass
DZR Brass
DZR Brass
DZR Brass
DZR Brass
Brass

1982 CC491K
1982 CC491K
12165 CW602N
12164 CW602N
12165 CW602N
12164 CW602N
12164 CW602N
12164 CW614N

*For 1" system pipework, adaptors can be fitted to our standard units.

SPECIFICATION

PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING

Both modules can adopt a left or


right-handed configuration.

PN16 -10 to 120C

SERVICE RATING

TEST PRESSURES

Figure C266 is suitable for chilled


water applications.

Tested to BS EN 12266-1:2003

Fig. C266 for


chilled water

Fig. H266 for


heated water

Figure H266 is suitable for LTHW


and MTHW applications.

D1

DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS

Fig. C266

Fig. H266

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

J1

C
B

3/4 female

143
170
205
38
105
110
168
110
80
42
2.35

143
185
215
47
119
120
175
111
80
42
2.70

1 female
150
221
251
50
123
120
190
132
80
42
70
3.40

JJ

8
4
7

1/2 female

in
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg

OVER HANDWHEEL LUGS

Nom
Size
A
B
C
D
D1
E
F
G
H
J
J1
Weight

(right-hand
configuration
shown)

62

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

HOOK-UP II
PN16

Fig. C268 & H268


Manual (without Drain and Strainer)
FEATURES & BENEFITS

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION

Ultra compact, prefabricated unit


Provides flow control, measurement,
flushing and isolation
Can be tailored to customers specifications
For use with Chilled Water, LTHW and MTHW
Reduces time, costs and specification risks

Component

Material

Specification
BS EN

1. H-Body (DN15 - DN20)


2. Fig. 1732/M/L DRV
3. Fig. 100 Ball Valve
4. Union Connector
5. Adaptors for 1" only*
6. Union Nut

Bronze
Bronze
DZR Brass
DZR Brass
DZR Brass
Brass

1982 CC491K
1982 CC491K
12165 CW602N
12165 CW602N
12165 CW602N
12164 CW614N

*For 1" system pipework, adaptors can be fitted to our standard units.

PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING

SPECIFICATION
Both modules can adopt a left or
right-handed configuration.

PN16 -10 to 120C

SERVICE RATING

TEST PRESSURES

Figure C268 is suitable for chilled


water applications.
Figure H268 is suitable for LTHW
and MTHW applications.

Tested to BS EN 12266-1:2003

Fig. C268 for


chilled water

Fig. H268 for


heated water

G
D

D1

DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS

Fig. H268

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

1/2 female

3/4 female

143
120
45
110
168
110
80
42
1.90

143
125
54
119
175
111
80
42
2.20

1 female
150
149
57
123
190
132
80
42
70
2.75

J1

6
4

in
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg

OVER HANDWHEEL LUGS

Nom
Size
A
B
D
D1
F
G
H
J
J1
Weight

Fig. C268

(right-hand
configuration
shown)

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

63

HOOK-UP II
PN16

Fig. C267 & H267


MotoBalance (with Drain and Strainer)
FEATURES & BENEFITS

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION

Ultra compact, prefabricated unit


Provides flow control, measurement,
flushing and isolation
Can be tailored to customers specifications
For use with Chilled Water, LTHW and MTHW
Reduces time, costs and specification risks

Component
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

H-Body
Fig. 1832/M/L FODRV
Fig. 1807 Strainer Ball
Union Connector
Fig. 103 Blow Down Valve
Fig. 631 Test Point
Union Nut

Material

Specification
BS EN

Bronze
Bronze
DZR Brass
DZR Brass
DZR Brass
DZR Brass
Brass

1982 CC491K
1982 CC491K
12165 CW602N
12164 CW602N
12165 CW602N
12164 CW602N
12164 CW614N

PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING

SPECIFICATION
Both modules can adopt a left or
right-handed configuration.

PN16 -10 to 120C

SERVICE RATING

TEST PRESSURES

Figure C267 is suitable for chilled


water applications.

Tested to BS EN 12266-1: 2003

Figure H267 is suitable for LTHW


and MTHW applications.

Fig. C267 for


chilled water

Fig. H267 for


heated water

G1

DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS

Fig. H267

D1

Fig. C267

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS


C

1/2 female

3/4 female

125
170
205
38
105
110
168
43
85
80
42
2.20

125
185
215
47
119
120
175
43
85
80
42
2.54

4
7

in
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg

Nom
Size
A
B
C
D
D1
E
F
G
G1
H
J
Weight

(right-hand
configuration
shown)

64

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

HOOK-UP II
PN16

Fig. C269 & H269


MotoBalance (without Drain and Strainer)
FEATURES & BENEFITS

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION

Ultra compact, prefabricated unit


Provides flow control, measurement,
flushing and isolation
Can be tailored to customers specifications
For use with Chilled Water, LTHW and MTHW
Reduces time, costs and specification risks

Component

Material

Specification
BS EN

1. H-Body (DN15 - DN20)


2. Fig. 1832/M/L DRV
3. Fig. 100 Ball Valve
4. Union Connector
5. Union Nut

Bronze
Bronze
DZR Brass
DZR Brass
Brass

1982 CC491K
1982 CC491K
12165 CW602N
12165 CW602N
12164 CW614N

PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING

SPECIFICATION

PN16 -10 to 120C

Both modules can adopt a left or


right-handed configuration.

TEST PRESSURES
(HYDRAULIC)

Figure C269 is suitable for chilled


water applications.

SERVICE RATING

Tested to BS EN 12266-1

Fig. C269 for


chilled water

Figure H269 is suitable for LTHW


and MTHW applications.

Fig. H269 for


heated water

G1

D1

DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS

Fig. C269

Fig. H269

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS


3/4 female

125
120
45
110
168
43
85
80
42
1.75

125
125
54
119
175
43
85
80
42
2.04

5
44

11

in
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg

1/2 female

Nom
Size
A
B
D
D1
F
G
G1
H
J
Weight

(right-hand
configuration
shown)

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

65

HOOK-UP II
PN16

Fig. C262 & H262


Autoflow (with Drain and Strainer)
FEATURES & BENEFITS

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION

Ultra compact, prefabricated unit


Provides flow control, measurement,
flushing and isolation
Can be tailored to customers specifications
For use with Chilled Water, LTHW and MTHW
Reduces time, costs and specification risks

Component
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

H-Body
Fig. 1051 Autoflow
Fig. 1807 Strainer Ball
Union Connector
Fig. 103 Blow Down Valve
Fig. 631 Test Point
Adaptors for 1" only*
Union Nut

Material

Specification
BS EN

Bronze
DZR Brass
DZR Brass
DZR Brass
DZR Brass
DZR Brass
DZR Brass
Brass

1982 CC491K
12165 CW602N
12165 CW602N
12164 CW602N
12165 CW602N
12164 CW602N
12164 CW602N
12164 CW614N

*For 1" system pipework, adaptors can be fitted to our standard units.

SPECIFICATION

PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING

Both modules can adopt a left or


right-handed configuration.

PN16 -10 to 120C

SERVICE RATING

TEST PRESSURES

Figure C262 is suitable for chilled


water applications.
Figure H262 is suitable for LTHW
and MTHW applications.

Tested to BS EN 12266-1:2003

Fig. C262 for


chilled water

Fig. H262 for


heated water

Fig. H262

D1

G1

DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS

Fig. C262

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS


in

1/2 female

3/4 female

1 female

mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg

130
170
205
51
105
110
220
43
85
80
42
2.78

135
185
215
51
119
120
225
43
85
80
42
3.09

140
221
251
68
123
120
295
43
85
80
42
70
4.67

J1
B

A
B
C
D
D1
E
F
G
G1
H
J
J1
Weight

Nom
Size

(right-hand
configuration
shown)

66

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

HOOK-UP II
PN16

Fig. C264 & H264


Autoflow (without Drain and Strainer)
FEATURES & BENEFITS

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION

Ultra compact, prefabricated unit


Provides flow control, measurement,
flushing and isolation
Can be tailored to customers specifications
For use with Chilled Water, LTHW and MTHW
Reduces time, costs and specification risks

Component
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

H-Body (DN15 - DN20)


Fig. 1051 Autoflow
Fig. 100 Ball Valve
Union Connector
Adaptors for 1" only*
Union Nut

Material

Specification
BS EN

Bronze
DZR Brass
DZR Brass
DZR Brass
DZR Brass
Brass

1982 CC491K
12165 CW602N
12165 CW602N
12165 CW602N
12164 CW602N
12164 CW614N

*For 1" system pipework, adaptors can be fitted to our standard units.

PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING

SPECIFICATION
Both modules can adopt a left or
right-handed configuration.

PN16 -10 to 120C

SERVICE RATING

TEST PRESSURES

Figure C264 is suitable for chilled


water applications.
Figure H264 is suitable for LTHW
and MTHW applications.

Tested to BS EN 12266-1: 2003

Fig. C264 for


chilled water

Fig. H264 for


heated water

G1

D1

DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS

Fig. C264

Fig. H264

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS


B

1/2 female

130
120
45
110
220
43
85
80
42
51
2.33

3/4 female

135
125
54
119
225
43
85
80
42
51
2.59

1 female
140
149
57
123
295
43
85
80
42
70
68
4.07

J1

in
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg

Nom
Size
A
B
D
D1
F
G
G1
H
J
J1
K
Weight

(right-hand
configuration
shown)

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

67

HOOK-UP II
PN16

Fig. 366P & 366PF


Hook-Up II & PICV (with Strainer & Drain)

New

FEATURES & BENEFITS


Ultra compact, prefabricated unit - now available with Pressure
Independent Control Valve
Provides accurate flow rates & differential pressure control as well
as flow measurement (Fig. 366PF), system flushing and isolation
Fully assembled & factory tested unit reduces installation time,
costs and specification risks
All units for chilled water are supplied with extension stems
(C366P & C366PF). Units for LTHW have no extension stems
(H366P & H366PF) - add an extra Metering Station for
Fig. C366P
Fig. H366PF
verification of flow rates (C366PF & H366PF)
On/Off or modulating actuators are available separately
DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS
to match specification
(Left-hand configuration shown)

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION

A1 (Fig. 366P)
A2 (Fig. 366PF)

Description

Material

By-pass H-Body

Bronze BS EN 1982 CC491K

Fig.1807 DZR Strainer*

DZR Brass BS EN 12165 CW602N

Fig.305 PICV*

Brass CW617N

Union Connector

DZR Brass BS EN 12164 CW602N

Male to Male Union Connector DZR Brass BS EN 12164 CW602N

Male to Female Connector

DZR Brass BS EN 12164 CW602N

Fig.1000 Metering Station*

DZR Brass BS EN 12165 CW602N

80

No.

* Individual datasheets available

C
mm

D
mm

E
mm

Weight
kg

245

210

110

75

103

2.29

245

210

110

75

103

2.39

275

225

120

77

107

3.09

300

250

120

77

107

3.39

320

280

120

88

116

4.88

290

210

110

75

103

2.68

290

210

110

75

103

2.68

320

225

120

77

107

3.39

345

250

120

77

107

3.69

370

280

120

88

116

5.28

SPECIFICATION

LTHW
VERSION

B
mm

43
TYP

A2
mm

Fig. 366P
DN15/15
Fig. 366P
DN20/15
Fig. 366P
DN20/20
Fig. 366P
DN25/20
Fig. 366P
DN25/25
Fig. 366PF
DN15/15
Fig. 366PF
DN20/15
Fig. 366PF
DN20/20
Fig. 366PF
DN25/20
Fig. 366PF
DN25/25

A1
mm

85
TYP

Size

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

CHW
VERSION

PRESSURE/TEMPERATURE RATING
PN16 -10 to 120C

END CONNECTIONS
Flushing By-pass body - BSP Parallel Strainers & Tailpieces - BSP Taper

Bronze (BS EN 1982 CC491K) fan-coil valve / terminal unit valve assembly. Pre-assembled to the requirements of each individual terminal unit to include a
flushing by-pass with integral isolation valves, Pressure Independent Control Valve (PICV), with options for low flow, metering station, strainer, drain and pressure
test points as and where specified. Extended handles will be fitted for Chilled Water applications. On/Off or modulating actuator is required to control the PICV.
Valve assembly will be labelled to include the terminal unit reference number and flow rate. Generally as Hattersley Figure 366P Hook-Up II system.

68

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

HOOK-UP II
PN16

Fig. 1366P & 1366PF


Hook-Up II & PICV (with Strainer, Drain & Ball Valve)

New

FEATURES & BENEFITS


Ultra compact, prefabricated unit - now available with
Pressure Independent Control Valve
Provides accurate flow rates & differential pressure control as well
as flow measurement (Fig. 1366PF), system flushing and isolation
Fully assembled & factory tested unit reduces installation time,
costs and specification risks
All units for chilled water are supplied with extension stems
(C1366P & C1366PF). Units for LTHW have no extension stems
(H1366P & H1366PF) - add an extra Metering Station for
Fig. C1366P
Fig. H1366PF
verification of flow rates (C1366PF & H1366PF)
On/Off or modulating actuators are available separately
DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS
to match specification
(Left-hand configuration shown)

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

A1 (Fig. 1366P)

Description

A2 (Fig. 1366PF)

Material

By-pass H-Body
Fig.305 PICV*
Union Connector
Fig.100 DZR Ball Valve*
Male to Female Connector
Fig.1952mm M x M Connector
Fig.1807 Strainer/Drain
Fig.1000 Metering Station*

Bronze BS EN 1982 CC491K


Brass CW617N
DZR Brass BS EN 12164 CW602N
DZR Brass BS EN 12164 CW602N
DZR Brass BS EN 12164 CW602N
Brass CW617N
DZR Brass BS EN 12165 CW602N
DZR Brass BS EN 12165 CW602N

80

No.

* Individual datasheets available

B
mm

C
mm

D
mm

Weight
kg

300

210

75

103

2.62

300

210

75

103

2.62

315

225

77

107

3.48

340

250

77

107

3.78

400

280

88

116

5.53

340

210

75

103

2.91

340

210

75

103

2.91

360

225

77

107

3.78

385

250

77

107

4.08

445

280

88

116

5.93

SPECIFICATION

LTHW
VERSION

A2
mm

43
TYP

Fig. 1366P
DN15/15
Fig. 1366P
DN20/15
Fig. 1366P
DN20/20
Fig. 1366P
DN25/20
Fig. 1366P
DN25/25
Fig. 1366PF
DN15/15
Fig. 1366PF
DN20/15
Fig. 1366PF
DN20/20
Fig. 1366PF
DN25/20
Fig. 1366PF
DN25/25

A1
mm

85
TYP

Size

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

CHW
VERSION

PRESSURE/TEMPERATURE RATING
PN16 -10 to 120C

END CONNECTIONS
Flushing By-pass body - BSP Parallel Strainers & Tailpieces - BSP Taper

Bronze (BS EN 1982 CC491K) fan-coil valve / terminal unit valve assembly. Pre-assembled to the requirements of each individual terminal unit to include a
flushing by-pass with integral isolation valves, Pressure Independent Control Valve (PICV), with options for low flow, metering station, strainer, drain and pressure
test points as and where specified. Extended handles will be fitted for Chilled Water applications. On/Off or modulating actuator is required to control the PICV.
Valve assembly will be labelled to include the terminal unit reference number and flow rate. Generally as Hattersley Figure 366P Hook-Up II system.
0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

69

HOOK-UP II
PN16

Fig. 368P & 368PF


Hook-Up II & PICV (with Strainer & Drain)

New

FEATURES & BENEFITS


Ultra compact, prefabricated unit - now available with Pressure
Independent Control Valve
Provides accurate flow rates, precise temperature & differential
pressure control as well as flow measurement (Fig. 368PF),
system flushing and isolation
Fully assembled & factory tested unit reduces installation time,
costs and specification risks
All units for chilled water are supplied with extension stems
(C368P & C368PF). Units for LTHW have no extension stems
(H368P & H368PF) - add an extra Metering Station for
verification of flow rates (C368PF & H368PF)
On/Off or modulating actuators are available separately
to match specification

Fig. H368P

Fig. H368PF

DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS
(Left-hand configuration shown)
A1 (Fig. 368P)
A2 (Fig. 368PF)

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
1

Description

Material

By-pass H-Body

Bronze BS EN 1982 CC491K

Fig.100 DZR Ball Valve*

DZR Brass BS EN 12164 CW602N

Fig.305 PICV*

Brass CW617N

Union Connector

DZR Brass BS EN 12164 CW602N

Male to Male Union Connector DZR Brass BS EN 12164 CW602N

Male to Female Connector

DZR Brass BS EN 12164 CW602N

Fig.1000 Metering Station*

DZR Brass BS EN 12165 CW602N

80

No.

* Individual datasheets available

A2
mm

B
mm

C
mm

D
mm

Weight
kg

245

160

75

103

2.03

245

160

75

103

2.03

275

160

77

107

2.56

300

185

77

107

2.86

320

210

88

116

4.12

290

160

75

103

2.32

290

160

75

103

2.32

320

160

77

107

2.86

345

185

77

107

3.16

370

210

88

116

4.52

43
TYP

LTHW
VERSION

SPECIFICATION

Fig. 368P
DN15/15
Fig. 368P
DN20/15
Fig. 368P
DN20/20
Fig. 368P
DN25/20
Fig. 368P
DN25/25
Fig. 368PF
DN15/15
Fig. 368PF
DN20/15
Fig. 368PF
DN20/20
Fig. 368PF
DN25/20
Fig. 368PF
DN25/25

A1
mm

85
TYP

Size

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

CHW
VERSION

PRESSURE/TEMPERATURE RATING
PN16 -10 to 120C

END CONNECTIONS
Flushing By-pass body - BSP Parallel Strainers & Tailpieces - BSP Taper

Bronze (BS EN 1982 CC491K) fan-coil valve / terminal unit valve assembly. Pre-assembled to the requirements of each individual terminal unit to include a
flushing by-pass with integral isolation valves, Pressure Independent Control Valve (PICV), with options for low flow, metering station, strainer, drain and pressure
test points as and where specified. Extended handles will be fitted for Chilled Water applications. On/Off or modulating actuator is required to control the PICV.
Valve assembly will be labelled to include the terminal unit reference number and flow rate. Generally as Hattersley Figure 368P Hook-Up II system.

70

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

HOOK-UP II
PN16

Fig. 1368P & 1368PF


Hook-Up II & PICV (with Ball Valve only)

New

FEATURES & BENEFITS


Ultra compact, prefabricated unit - now available with Pressure
Independent Control Valve
Provides accurate flow rates, precise temperature & differential
pressure control as well as flow measurement (Fig. 1368PF),
system flushing and isolation
Fully assembled & factory tested unit reduces time, costs and
specification risks
All units for chilled water are supplied with extension stems
(C1368P & C1368PF). Units for LTHW have no extension stems
(H1368P & H1368PF) - add an extra Metering Station for
verification of flow rates (C1368PF & H1368PF)
On/Off or modulating actuators are available separately
to match specification

Fig. C1368P

Fig. H1368PF

DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS
(Left-hand configuration shown)

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
No.

A1 (Fig. 1368P)
A2 (Fig 1368PF)

Description

Material
6

By-pass H-Body

Bronze BS EN 1982 CC491K

Fig.305 PICV*

Brass CW617N

Union Connector

DZR Brass BS EN 12164 CW602N

Fig.100 DZR Ball Valve*

DZR Brass BS EN 12164 CW602N

Male to Female Connector

DZR Brass BS EN 12164 CW602N

Fig.1952mm M x M Connector Brass CW617N

Fig.1000 Metering Station*

80

DZR Brass BS EN 12165 CW602N


1

* Individual datasheets available

B
mm

C
mm

D
mm

Weight
kg

300

155

75

103

2.26

300

155

75

103

2.26

315

160

77

107

2.95

340

185

77

107

3.25

400

210

88

116

4.77

340

155

75

103

2.55

340

155

75

103

2.55

360

160

77

107

3.25

385

185

77

107

3.55

445

210

88

116

5.17

SPECIFICATION

LTHW
VERSION

A2
mm

43
TYP

Fig. 1368P
DN15/15
Fig. 1368P
DN20/15
Fig. 1368P
DN20/20
Fig. 1368P
DN25/20
Fig. 1368P
DN25/25
Fig. 1368PF
DN15/15
Fig. 1368PF
DN20/15
Fig. 1368PF
DN20/20
Fig. 1368PF
DN25/20
Fig. 1368PF
DN25/25

A1
mm

85
TYP

Size

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

CHW
VERSION

PRESSURE/TEMPERATURE RATING
PN16 -10 to 120C

END CONNECTIONS
Flushing By-pass body - BSP Parallel Strainers & Tailpieces - BSP Taper

Bronze (BS EN 1982 CC491K) fan-coil valve / terminal unit valve assembly. Pre-assembled to the requirements of each individual terminal unit to include a
flushing by-pass with integral isolation valves, Pressure Independent Control Valve (PICV), with options for low flow, metering station, strainer, drain and pressure
test points as and where specified. Extended handles will be fitted for Chilled Water applications. On/Off or modulating actuator is required to control the PICV.
Valve assembly will be labelled to include the terminal unit reference number and flow rate. Generally as Hattersley Figure 1368P Hook-Up II system.
0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

71

HOOK-UP II
PN16

Fig. 370P & 370PF


Hook-Up II & PICV (with Drain only)

New

FEATURES & BENEFITS


Ultra compact, prefabricated unit - now available with Pressure
Independent Control Valve
Provides accurate flow rates, precise temperature & differential
pressure control as well as flow measurement (Fig. 370PF),
system flushing and isolation
Fully assembled & factory tested unit reduces installation time,
costs and specification risks
All units for chilled water are supplied with extension stems
(C370P & C370PF). Units for LTHW have no extension stems
(H370P & H370PF) - add an extra Metering Station for
verification of flow rates (C370PF & H370PF)
On/Off or modulating actuators are available separately
to match specification

Fig. H370P

Fig. H370PF

DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS
(Left-hand configuration shown)

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

A1 (Fig. 370P)

Description

A2 (Fig. 370PF)

Material

By-pass H-Body
D342 Draincock*
Fig.305 PICV*
Union Connector
Male to Male Union Connector
Male to Female Connector
Fig.100TH Ball Valve*
J44 HEX Bronze Nipple
Fig.1000 Metering Station*

Bronze BS EN 1982 CC491K


Bronze BS EN 1982 CC491K
Brass CW617N
DZR Brass BS EN 12164 CW602N
DZR Brass BS EN 12164 CW602N
DZR Brass BS EN 12164 CW602N
DZR Brass BS EN 12164 CW602N
Bronze BS EN 1982 CC491K
DZR Brass BS EN 12165 CW602N

80

No.

* Individual datasheets available

B
mm

C
mm

D
mm

Weight
kg

245

225

75

61

2.23

245

225

75

61

2.23

275

245

77

67

2.86

300

270

77

67

3.16

A2
mm

43
TYP

A1
mm

320

320

88

67

4.62

290

225

75

61

2.52

290

225

75

61

2.52

320

245

77

67

3.16

345

270

77

67

3.46

LTHW
VERSION

85
TYP

Size
Fig. 370P
DN15/15
Fig. 370P
DN20/15
Fig. 370P
DN20/20
Fig. 370P
DN25/20
Fig. 370P
DN25/25
Fig. 370PF
DN15/15
Fig. 370PF
DN20/15
Fig. 370PF
DN20/20
Fig. 370PF
DN25/20
Fig. 370PF
DN25/25

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

CHW
VERSION

PRESSURE/TEMPERATURE RATING
PN16 -10 to 120C

SPECIFICATION

370

320

88

67

5.02

END CONNECTIONS
Flushing By-pass body - BSP Parallel Strainers & Tailpieces - BSP Taper

Bronze (BS EN 1982 CC491K) fan-coil valve / terminal unit valve assembly. Pre-assembled to the requirements of each individual terminal unit to include a
flushing by-pass with integral isolation valves, Pressure Independent Control Valve (PICV), with options for low flow, metering station, strainer, drain and pressure
test points as and where specified. Extended handles will be fitted for Chilled Water applications. On/Off or modulating actuator is required to control the PICV.
Valve assembly will be labelled to include the terminal unit reference number and flow rate. Generally as Hattersley Figure 370P Hook-Up II system.

72

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

HOOK-UP II
PN16

Fig. 1370P & 1370PF


Hook-Up II & PICV (with Drain & Ball Valve)

New

FEATURES & BENEFITS


Ultra compact, prefabricated unit - now available with Pressure
Independent Control Valve
Provides accurate flow rates, precise temperature & differential
pressure control as well as flow measurement (Fig. 1370PF),
system flushing and isolation
Fully assembled & factory tested unit reduces installation time,
costs and specification risks
All units for chilled water are supplied with extension stems
(C1370P & C1370PF). Units for LTHW have no extension stems
(H1370P & H1370PF) - add an extra Metering Station for
verification of flow rates (C1370PF & H1370PF)
On/Off or modulating actuators are available separately
to match specification

Fig. C1370P

Fig. H1370PF

DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS
(Left-hand configuration shown)

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

Description

A1 (Fig. 1370P)

Material

By-pass H-Body
D342 Draincock*
Fig.305 PICV*
Union Connector
Fig.100 DZR Ball Valve*
Male to Female Connector
J44 HEX Nipple
Fig.1952mm MxM Connector
Fig.1000 Metering Station*

A2 (Fig. 1370PF)

Bronze BS EN 1982 CC491K


Bronze BS EN 1982 CC491K
Brass CW617N
DZR Brass BS EN 12164 CW602N
DZR Brass BS EN 12164 CW602N
DZR Brass BS EN 12164 CW602N
Bronze BS EN 1982 CC491K
Brass CW617N
DZR Brass BS EN 12165 CW602N

80

No.

* Individual datasheets available

C
mm

D
mm

E
mm

Weight
kg

300

225

75

61

103

2.46

300

225

75

61

103

2.46

315

245

77

67

107

3.25

340

270

77

67

107

3.55

400

310

88

67

116

5.27

340

225

75

61

103

2.75

340

225

75

61

103

2.75

360

245

77

67

107

3.55

385

270

77

67

107

3.85

445

310

88

67

116

5.67

LTHW
VERSION

B
mm

A2
mm

43
TYP

Fig. 1370P
DN15/15
Fig. 1370P
DN20/15
Fig. 1370P
DN20/20
Fig. 1370P
DN25/20
Fig. 1370P
DN25/25
Fig. 1370PF
DN15/15
Fig. 1370PF
DN20/15
Fig. 1370PF
DN20/20
Fig. 1370PF
DN25/20
Fig. 1370PF
DN25/25

A1
mm

85
TYP

Size

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

CHW
VERSION

PRESSURE/TEMPERATURE RATING
PN16 -10 to 120C

END CONNECTIONS
Flushing By-pass body - BSP Parallel Strainers & Tailpieces - BSP Taper

SPECIFICATION
Bronze (BS EN 1982 CC491K) fan-coil valve / terminal unit valve assembly. Pre-assembled to the requirements of each individual terminal unit to include a
flushing by-pass with integral isolation valves, Pressure Independent Control Valve (PICV), with options for low flow, metering station, strainer, drain and pressure
test points as and where specified. Extended handles will be fitted for Chilled Water applications. On/Off or modulating actuator is required to control the PICV.
Valve assembly will be labelled to include the terminal unit reference number and flow rate. Generally as Hattersley Figure 1370P Hook-Up II system.
0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

73

Project: One Reading Central, Reading, Berkshire


Sector: Commercial
Contractor: GS Mechanical
Distributor: BSS
For Commissioning Valve Coefficients please refer to pages 45-47.
Specification: Hattersley Fixed Orifice Double Regulating Valves.

74

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

PRESSURE INDEPENDENT CONTROL VALVES

Pressure Independent Control Valves


Unique flow measurement for accurate
commissioning and troubleshooting
Pre-set flow rates
Reacts to system changes
to maintain stable flow rates
Equal percentage control characteristic
ensures improved system control
Also available as part of
Hook-Up II flow management system

Hook-Up II & PICV

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

75

PRESSURE INDEPENDENT CONTROL VALVES


PN16 - DN10 / DN50

Fig. 305
PICV offering full authority & an automatic balancing function
FEATURES & BENEFITS
Energy savings - Optimal control creates
energy savings when used as part of a
variable flow system
Accurate flow rates - Built-in differential pressure
controller ensures accurate system design flow
rates are achieved and eliminates overflows
caused by fluctuating system pressures, which
in turn reduces the system running costs
Easy to install - For use with fan coils, chilled
beams and other terminal units, the PICV is
compact and easy to install in limited and
difficult site conditions
Precise temperature control - Linear or equal
percentage characteristics, settable with an
actuator, contribute to precise environmental
temperature control
Low flow option - Sizes DN10 and DN15 are
available in low flow versions (add suffix LF)
Extensive range - Available in threaded (Figure
305) and flanged (Figure 305F) versions
Hook-Up II - See our PICV Hook-Up II Flow
Management Module in threaded sizes " to 1"

DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS

CV

New

DN10-32 Fig. 305

DN40-50 Fig. 305 with Actuator*

Please note that actuators and male BSP end connectors are sold separately. Please order 1
actuator and 2 end connectors per body from Hattersley using the Part numbers below.
Hattersley recommend the use of their 3 point and modulating actuators and cannot accept
responsibility for product performance if a different actuator is used.

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Component
Valve Bodies (DN10-32)
Valve Bodies (DN40-50)
Membranes and O-Rings
Disc (Pc) (DN10-32)
Disc (Pc) (DN40-50)
Seat (Pc) (DN10-32)
Seat (Pc) (DN40-50)
Disc (Cv)
Seat (Cv) (DN10-32)
Seat (Cv) (DN40-50)

Material
Brass CUZN40PB2 - CW 617N
Cast Iron EN-GJL-250 (GG 25)
EPDM
Steel to BS EN 10027 W.Nr. 1.4305
Brass CUZN40PB3 - CW 614N, W.Nr. 1.4305
EPDM
Steel to BS EN 10027 W.Nr. 1.4305
Brass CUZN40PB3 - CW614N
Brass CUZN40PB2 - CW617N
Steel to BS EN 10027 W.Nr 1.4305

Pc - Pressure Controller Part Cv - Control Valve Part

PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING
H3

H1

H1

OPERATOR

H2

H4

H1

PN16 / -10C to 120C

L2
B

L1

DN10-32

END CONNECTIONS

H5

H2

DN10-32

DN10-32 - with Actuator*

*Please note that the PICV, actuator and


end connectors are sold separately

DN40-50 - with Actuator*

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS


PICV
Size
DN10 LF
DN10
DN15 LF
DN15
DN20
DN25
DN32
DN40
DN50

Part No.
003B00305JW APA
003B00305JW
004B00305JW APA
004B00305JW
006B00305JW
010B00305JW
012B00305JW
014B00305JW
020B00305JW

External Male Threads to ISO 228/1.


Can be converted to Male BSP using
1952MM end connectors which are
available on request.

H2

L3

B Weight Max Flow


L1 L2 L3 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 ISO
Rate
3 Point Actuator
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm 228/1 kg
l/s
Fig. No
Part No.
53
53
65
65
82
104
130
110
130

36
36
45
45
56
71
90
-

79
79
79
79
79
79
79
-

73
73
75
75
77
88
102
192
192

Actuator - Modulating (ACT305MA/MB)


or Three-Point Actuators (ACT305TP)
available - these are ordered separate
to the valve.

20
20
25
25
33
42
50
174
174

100
100
102
102
105
117
128
315
315

138
138
141
141
143
155
166
-

109 G 1/2
109 G 1/2
116 G 1/2
116 G 3/4
125 G 1
142 G 11/4
160 G 11/2
G2
- G 21/2

0.38
0.38
0.48
0.48
0.65
1.45
2.21
6.9
7.8

0.042
0.076
0.076
0.125
0.25
0.47
0.89
2.08
3.47

ACT305TP
ACT305TP
ACT305TP
ACT305TP
ACT305TP
ACT305TP
ACT305TP
-

000305TP245
000305TP245
000305TP245
000305TP245
000305TP245
000305TP245
000305TP245
-

Modulating Actuator
Fig. No
Part No.
ACT305MA
ACT305MA
ACT305MA
ACT305MA
ACT305MA
ACT305MA
ACT305MA
ACT305MB
ACT305MB

000305MA245
000305MA245
000305MA245
000305MA245
000305MA245
000305MA245
000305MA245
000305MB245
000305MB245

Male BSP Adaptor*


Fig. No
Part No.
1952MM
1952MM
1952MM
1952MM
1952MM
1952MM
1952MM
1952MM
1952MM

003B01952JWP
003B01952JWP
004B01952JWP
004B01952JWP
006B01952JWP
010B01952JWP
012B01952JWP
014B01952JWP
020B01952JWP

For Commissioning Valve Coefficients please refer to pages 45-47.

76

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

PRESSURE INDEPENDENT CONTROL VALVES


PN16 - DN50 / DN250

Fig. 305F
PICV offering full authority & an automatic balancing function
FEATURES & BENEFITS
Energy savings - Optimal control creates energy
savings when used as part of a variable flow system
Easy to install - For use with fan coils, chilled beams
and other terminal units, the PICV is compact and easy
to install in limited and difficult site conditions
Precise temperature control - Linear or equal
percentage characteristics, settable with an actuator,
contribute to precise environmental temperature control
Extensive range - Available in threaded
(Figure 305) and flanged (Figure 305F) versions
Hook-Up II - See our PICV Hook-Up II Flow
Management Module in threaded sizes " to 1"

CV

New

Fig. 305F

Fig. 305F with Actuator*

Please note that actuators are sold separately. Please order 1 actuator per body from
Hattersley using the Part numbers below. Hattersley recommend the use of their
modulating actuators and cannot accept responsibility for product performance if a
different actuator is used.

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION

DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS

H1

H3

H1

H2

A
L1

L1

DN50-100 - with Actuator*

DN125-150 - with Actuator*

H3

O-Rings
Disc (Pc) (DN50-100)
Disc (Pc) (DN125)
Disc (Pc) (DN150-250)
Seat (Pc) (DN50-100)
Seat (Pc) (DN125-250)
Disc (Cv) (DN50-100)
Disc (Cv) (DN125)
Disc (Cv) (DN150-250)
Seat (Cv) (DN50-100)
Seat (Cv) (DN125-250)

Cast Iron EN-GJL-250 (GG25)


EPDM
Steel to BS EN 10027 W.Nr. 1.4571
Steel to BS EN 10027 W.Nr. 1.4568,
W.Nr. 1.4310
EPDM
Brass CUZN40PB3 - CW614N
Brass CUZN40PB2 - CW617N
Steel to BS EN 10027 W.Nr. 1.4305
Steel to BS EN 10027 W.Nr. 1.4305
Steel to BS EN 10027 W.Nr. 1.4027
Brass CUZN40PB3 - CW 614N
Steel to BS EN 10027 W.Nr. 1.4404NC
Steel to BS EN 10027 W.Nr. 1.4021
Steel to BS EN 10027 W.Nr. 1.4305
Steel to BS EN 10027 W.Nr. 1.4027

H1

Valve Bodies
Membranes / Bellow (DN50-100)
Membranes / Bellow (DN125)
Membranes / Bellow (DN150-250)

H3

Material

H2

Component

PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING

H2

Pc - Pressure Controller Part Cv - Control Valve Part

PN16 / -10C to 120C

OPERATOR
DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS
PICV
Size
DN50
DN65
DN80
DN100
DN125
DN150
DN200
DN250

Part No.
050M00305JND
065M00305JND
080M00305JND
100M00305JND
125M00305JND
150M00305JND
200M00305JND
250M00305JND

L1
mm
230
290
310
350
40
480
600
730

Actuator - Modulating (ACT305MB/MC/MD)


available - this is ordered separate to the valve.
H1
mm
192
233
236
249
232
268
401
397

H2
mm
174
172
177
187
518
465
483
533

H3
mm
315
373
376
389
507
518
618
708

A
EN1092-2
165
185
200
220
250
285
340
405

Weight
kg
0.3814.2
38
45
570.48
85.3
138
219
342

L1

DN200-250 - with Actuator*


Max Flow
Rate
I/s
3.47
5.56
7.78
10.56
25
40.28
52.78
77.78

*Please note that the


PICV, actuator and
end connectors are
sold separately

Modulating Actuator
Fig. No
ACT305MB
ACT305MB
ACT305MB
ACT305MB
ACT305MC
ACT305MC
ACT305MD
ACT305MD

Part No.
000305MB245
000305MB245
000305MB245
000305MB245
000305MC245
000305MC245
000305MD245
000305MD245

For Commissioning Valve Coefficients please refer to pages 45-47.


0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

77

Project: County Hall, Trowbridge


Sector: Public Sector
Distributor: BSS
Contractor: Mitie Eng
Specification: MultiComm and Hook-Ups.

78

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

MULTICOMM

MultiComm
On large projects, significant time and cost can be
eliminated by enabling commissioning at convenient
locations. Ends of corridors, or accessible cupboards
can be used, which would also eliminate disruption to
occupiers during maintenance works.
The MultiComm is an exceptionally efficient,
practical and versatile system:
Depending on flow rates, up to six terminals can be
served from a single MultiComm unit.
All units are custom built to suit site specification.
All site connections can be made without the need
to access the internal components.
MultiComm is suitable for variable flow or constant
flow systems.
All connections are BSPT Female, enabling standard
pipe or specialist adaptors to be used.
Fan coil units can be flushed, vented and balanced
without the time-consuming looping out procedure.
This can be carried out by one commissioning
engineer instead of a team.
A single strainer serves all circuits, eliminating
the need for individual strainers.
All systems can be flushed through the unique
Hook-Up H-Body.
The single DPCV
maintains constant
differential pressure
between manifolds.

Hattersley MultiComm provides one


easy access point for commissioning
and maintenance of multiple
heating/chilled water terminal units.

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

79

MULTICOMM

MultiComm
Mounting plate
for manifolds

Insulated box for


Heating or Chilling

Return Balancing Valves

DPCV for Variable


flow systems

Unique H-Body
for flushing

Flow Isolation
Valves

All connections
accessible without
entering box

Strainer

PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING
Maximum pressure: 16 bar
Temperature rating: -10 to 100C

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Component
H-Body
Strainer
Manifolds
Isolation Valves
Regulation Valves

Material
Bronze
Bronze (Fig. 817)
Bronze
DZR Brass (Fig. 100)
Bronze (1732 or 1832)

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS


TYPICAL SCHEMATIC

Units with outlets and inlets on same side


Outlets &
Inlets
Length
Height
Width
Weight

mm
mm
mm
kg

6x6

5x5

4x4

3x3

2x2

1120
250
290
40

1120
250
290
38

880
250
290
36

880
250
290
34

640
250
290
30

Units with outlets and inlets on opposite side


Outlets &
Inlets
Length
Height
Width
Weight

mm
mm
mm
kg

6x6

5x5

4x4

3x3

2x2

1120
200
400
40

1120
200
400
38

880
200
400
36

880
200
400
34

640
200
400
30

80

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

PROCOMM

ProComm
State of the-art electronics, microprocessor and hydraulics in one compact unit.
The ProComm makes the on-site
measurement of differential pressure and flow
rates of water in HVAC systems an extremely
simple operation.
With a range of sophisticated features
providing extremely accurate measurement,
coupled with a database of over 1300 valves
from 34 manufacturers worldwide, the
ProComm is the ultimate instrument for
commissioning engineers.
Ease of use

The nine button keypad allows simple


navigation through the menu system that
provides the option to select the most
appropriate screen for the work being carried
out. This can show the full parameter of data
available or simply a screen showing just the
differential pressure - useful for those wishing
to use the ProComm as a simple manometer.
Unlike any other commissioning unit, the most
commonly used functions Flow and
Pressure are shown as the default screen
from the Display menu. This means that for
most general commissioning purposes the
most valuable data is shown at the touch of
a button in large text.
DISPLAY
FLOW/PRESSURE
MULTI DISPLAY
PRESSURE

Sophistication

Accuracy of measurement is one of the most


important elements of the function of commissioning
units. The ProComm gives differential pressure
readings with accuracy better than 1% or 100
Pascals, plus, an integral damping system further
improves reading confidence on unstable systems.
This level of accuracy is achieved with the use of the
latest wet/wet sensor technology. ProComm
incorporates a unique crossover valve arrangement
designed to protect the sensor, if exposed to high
differential pressures.
More sophistication is available as Bluetooth can be
fitted as an option to enable direct communication
with a laptop, PDA or another ProComm (peer to
peer).
Convenience

Designed to be as portable as possible, the compact


and lightweight unit is easily operated in the hand
or may be clipped to a lanyard.
The complete ProComm unit includes:
1 x Carry case
1 x Handheld transducer and display unit
2 x Connector tubes with isolating valves (2 metres)
2 x Straight Mechseal style adaptors
2 x Angled binder style adaptors
1 x PP3 battery
1 x Lanyard
1 x Set of operating instructions
1 x Calibration certificate
1 x Quick start guide

FLOW
PRESSURE SCOPE
ABOUT

ZERO DP

19 C

2.2 Kv s

5.3 kPa
0.26 L/S

HATTERSLEY FIXED 1732 15mm

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

81

PROCOMM

ProComm

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION
Calibrated Range:
Accuracy:

0.3 kPa to 250 kPa


+/- 0.03 kPa 0.3 to 1kPa
+/- 0.05 kPa 1.0 to 10 kPa
+/- 5% 10kPa to 250kPa

Maximum Static Pressure: 10 bar


0.01 kPa < 100kPa
0.1 kPa >100kPa

Resolution:

ENVIRONMENT
Media Temperature:
Storage Temperature:

Max 95C
Ambient (Avoid low temperature to protect unit/sensor)

Power Supply:

PP3 9v battery.

Effective Operating Time:

20 hours with standard alkaline PP3 battery


(Dependent on use of backlight).

Calibration:

Annual calibration is recommended.

Valve Database:

1300 valves stored including all major European manufacturers.

Pre-set Defaults

Set
Default

Language

English

Pressure

kPa

Flow

Temperature

l/sec

Celsius

Menu
Option
French
Italian
Spanish
Pa
psi
bar
feet H2O
Inches H2O
metres H2O
mm H2O
cm H2O
l/min
l/hr
galls/m (imp)
galls/m (US)
m3/hr
Fahrenheit

The following settings


can be changed
by the user
Design Flow

0 l/sec

Target Flow

0%

Flow Alerts

ON

Light Timer

10 minutes

Auto off Timer

10 minutes

DP Cut Off

30 kPa

Update time

1 second

Sample time

3 seconds

Specific Gravity

01:00

82

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

AIR VENTS/DE-AERATORS

Air Vents/De-Aerators
Offering an efficient performance, the Hattersley Air Vents remove
inevitable and potentially dangerous air trapped in the system.
Designed to simplify the venting process, for single or multi-boiler
and calorifier installations, the range offers savings in time and costs.

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

83

AIR VENT
PN10

Fig. 775
Automatic Air Vent
FEATURES & BENEFITS

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION

Removes inevitable potentially dangerous


air trapped in system
Simplifies the venting process
Saves time and costs
WRAS Approved

Component
Body
Cover
Float
Seals
Anti Vacuum Cap
Non Return Valve

Material
Brass
Brass
Polypropylene
EPDM
Brass
Brass

Specification
BS EN
ASTM
12165 CW617N
12165 CW617N
12165 CW617N
12165 CW617N

PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING

DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS
A

B455 C38000
B455 C38000

B455 C38000
B455 C38000

NOTE
The Non-Return valve base allows
the Automatic Air Vent to be removed
without draining the system.

10 bar at 120C

MAXIMUM DISCHARGE
PRESSURE
2.5 bar
D

SPECIFICATION
C

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS


Nom
Size

in

A
mm
B
mm
C
mm
D
mm
Weight
kg
With Non-Return Valve
C
mm
D
mm
Weight
kg

3/8

1/2

3/4

48
54.5
11.5
89.5
0.18

48
54.5
11.5
89.5
0.18

48
56
12.5
92
0.25

48
56
12.5
92
0.25

28
106
0.23

28
106
0.23

Brass body and cover.


Polypropylene float.
EPDM seals.
WRAS Approved product.
Anti vacuum cap.
BSP parallel thread.
Non return valve option
available in sizes 3/8" and 1/2".
Isolation valve option
available in sizes 3/4" and 1".

12
10

Pressure bar

8
6
4
Max Discharge Pressure

2
0
0

20 40 60 80 100 120 140


Temperature C

84

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

BALL VALVES

Ball Valves
The Hattersley Series of ball valves consists of compact,
lightweight units which are easy to install and operate, yet
their ability to withstand robust construction ensures long,
trouble-free service life. They offer full flow with minimum
turbulence in the open position and bubble tight closure in
the closed position. Only a quarter-turn is required to fully
open or close the valve.

Multiple operating handle options


(Clockwise from top right), quarter
turn lever, extended stem lever,
T-Handle & lockshield

8
Secondary O-Ring
seal, for additional
leakage protection,
aids resistance to
site installation
damage
1

Loctite 648 is
used on the
main joint
threads to give
more strength
and resistance to
installation
damage
2

Hattersley pipe
threads meet
full gauge
length
6

Available
in different
taper thread
options BS EN 10226-2
or ANSI
B1.20.1
3

Quarter turn operation


provides positive isolation
in conjunction with PTFE,
WRAS approved seats
and stem seals

Ball is DZR brass chrome


plated, designed for a
long life. Temperature
range is -10 to 120C.
Ball is full bore
5

Primary metal
to metal seal

The New Figure 100 Series. See website for Next Generation DZR Ball Valves video.

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

85

BALL VALVES
PN25

Fig. 100 & 100EXT


Threaded DZR - Lever Operated
FEATURES & BENEFITS

Dezincification resistant
Light, compact and easy to install and operate
Improved leak protection
More resistant to damage during installation
Sizes from 1/4" to 2"
WRAS Approved

IV

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Component

Material

Hex-Nut
Lever
Sleeve
Packing Nut
Packing Gland
Body
Seats
Ball
O-Ring
Bonnet
Stem
Extension Stem Outer
Extension Stem Inner

Steel Plated
Steel Dacromet Plated
Green PVC
Brass CW617N
PTFE WRAS Approved
DZR Brass CW602N
PTFE WRAS Approved
DZR Brass CW602N Chrome Plated
Rubber EPDM WRAS Approved
DZR Brass CW602N
DZR Brass CW602N
Aluminium
Brass Nickel Plated

DIMENSIONAL DRAWING
L2

SIZE

Fig. 100

L1

L1
L

PRESSURE/TEMPERATURE
RATINGS THREADED
Temperature C

-10 to 100

120

25

21.8

Fig. 100EXT
Pressure

bar

Intermediate pressure ratings shall be determined by interpolation.

SPECIFICATION
UK End Connection: BS EN 10226-2:2005
formerly BS21 Taper.
US End Connection: ANSI B1.20.1:1983.
Operator: Lever.
Quarter turn.
PTFE seats and stem seal.
WRAS listed.
Suitable for LTHW, Chilled and Wholesome
(Potable) water services.

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS


Nom
Size
L
L1
L2
H
H
Weight
Weight

Fig.
100

in

mm
mm
100
mm
100
mm
100EXT mm
100
g
100EXT g

1/4

3/8

46 46
12 12
89 89
41 41
152 136
-

1/2

58.5
15.5
98.5
48
103
205
270

3/4

11/4

11/2

67 80.5 94
102 124
17
21
23
23 26.5
98.5 125 140 140 165
51
62 77.5 83 95.5
107 116 129 135 150
302 511 890 1292 2238
366 589 1009 1410 2283

86

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

BALL VALVES
PN25

Fig. 100TH & 100LS


Threaded DZR - T-Handle or Lockshield
FEATURES & BENEFITS

Dezincification resistant
Light, compact and easy to install and operate
Improved leak protection
More resistant to damage during installation
Sizes from 1/4" to 2"
WRAS Approved

IV

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Component

Material

Hex-Nut
T-Handle

Steel Plated
Aluminium
AL-46100 Green
Brass CW617N
PTFE WRAS Approved
DZR Brass CW602N
PTFE WRAS Approved
DZR Brass CW602N Chrome Plated
Rubber EPDM WRAS Approved
DZR Brass CW602N
DZR Brass CW602N
Brass CW617N
Polypropylene Green

Packing Nut
Packing Gland
Body
Seats
Ball
O-Ring
Bonnet
Stem
Lockshield
Lockshield Cover

DIMENSIONAL DRAWING

L2

SIZE

Fig. 100TH

L1

L1
L

PRESSURE/TEMPERATURE
RATINGS THREADED
Temperature C
Fig. 100LS

Pressure

-10 to 100

120

25

21.8

bar

Intermediate pressure ratings shall be determined by interpolation.

SPECIFICATION
UK End Connection: BS EN 10226-2:2005
formerly BS21 Taper.
US End Connection: ANSI B1.20.1:1983.
Operator: T-Handle/Spanner/Socket.
Quarter turn.
PTFE seats and stem seal.
WRAS listed.
Suitable for LTHW, Chilled and Wholesome
(Potable) water services.

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS


Nom
Size
L
L1
L2
H
H
Weight
Weight

Fig.

100TH
100TH
100LS
100TH
100LS

in

1/2

3/4

11/4

11/2

mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
g
g

59
15.5
50
40
42
183
207

67
17
50
43
45
277
302

80.5
21
55
54
58
470
506

94
23
82
61
67
809
867

102
23
82
67
73.5
1210
1269

124
26.5
110
80.5
86.5
2106
2166

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

87

BALL VALVES
PN16

Fig. 100C & 100CEXT


Compression Ended DZR - Lever Operated
FEATURES & BENEFITS

Dezincification resistant
Light, compact and easy to install and operate
Improved leak protection
More resistant to damage during installation
Sizes from 15 to 54mm
WRAS Approved

IV

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Component

Material

Hex-Nut
Lever
Handle Sleeve
Packing Nut
Packing Gland
Body
Seats
Ball
Bonnet
Compression Olive
Compression Nut
Stem
Extension Stem Outer
Extension Stem Inner

Steel Plated
Steel Dacromet Plated
Green PVC
Brass CW617N
PTFE WRAS Approved
DZR Brass CW602N
PTFE WRAS Approved
DZR Brass CW602N Chrome Plated
DZR Brass CW602N
Brass CW507L
DZR Brass CW602N
DZR Brass CW602N
Aluminium
Brass Nickel Plated

DIMENSIONAL DRAWING
L2

SIZE

Fig. 100C

PRESSURE/TEMPERATURE RATINGS COMPRESSION


Fig. 100CEXT

Temperature C -10 to 30
Pressure

bar

16

40

50

14.3 12.6

65

80

90

100

110

120

10

8.7

7.8

6.9

Intermediate pressure ratings shall be determined by interpolation

SPECIFICATION
UK End Connection: Compression
Ends to BS EN 1254-2:1998.
Operator: Lever.
Quarter turn.
PTFE seats and stem seal.
WRAS listed.
Suitable for LTHW, Chilled and
Wholesome (Potable) water services.

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS


Nom
Size

Fig.

mm

15

22

28

35

42

54

L
L2
H
H
Weight
Weight

C
C
C
CEXT
C
CEXT

mm
mm
mm
mm
g
g

66.5
98.5
47
103
212
275

80
98.5
51
107
368
429

92.5
125
62
116
608
682

104.5
140
77.5
129
1007
1125

122
140
83
135
1549
1667

141
165
97.5
150
2538
2683

88

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

BALL VALVES
PN16

Fig. 100CTH & 100CLS


Compression Ended DZR - T-Handle or Lockshield
FEATURES & BENEFITS

Dezincification resistant
Light, compact and easy to install and operate
Improved leak protection
More resistant to damage during installation
Sizes from 15 to 54mm
WRAS Approved

IV

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Component

Material

Hex-Nut
T-Handle
Packing Nut
Packing Gland
Body
Seats
Ball
Bonnet
Compression Olive
Compression Nut
Stem
Lockshield
Lockshield Cover

Steel Plated
Aluminium AL-46100 Green
Brass CW617N
PTFE WRAS Approved
DZR Brass CW602N
PTFE WRAS Approved
DZR Brass CW602N Chrome Plated
DZR Brass CW602N
Brass CW507L
DZR Brass CW602N
DZR Brass CW602N
Brass CW617N
Polypropylene Green

DIMENSIONAL DRAWING

L2

SIZE

Fig. 100CTH

PRESSURE/TEMPERATURE RATINGS COMPRESSION


Fig. 100CLS

Temperature C -10 to 30
Pressure

bar

16

40

50

14.3 12.6

65

80

90

100

110

120

10

8.7

7.8

6.9

Intermediate pressure ratings shall be determined by interpolation

SPECIFICATION
UK End Connection: Compression ends
to BS EN 1254-2:1998.
Operator: T-Handle/Spanner/Socket.
Quarter turn.
PTFE seats and stem seal.
WRAS listed.
Suitable for LTHW, Chilled and
Wholesome (Potable) water services.

DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS


Nom
Size
L
L2
H
H
Weight
Weight

Fig.

mm

15

22

28

35

42

54

CTH
CLS
CTH
CLS

mm
mm
mm
mm
g
g

66.5
50
40
42
187
220

80
50
43
45
343
376

92.5
55
54
59.5
567
614

104.5
82
61
67
977
1039

122
82
67
73.5
1487
1549

141
110
80.5
86.5
2634
2437

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

89

BALL VALVES
PN25

Fig. 100YL
Gas Threaded DZR - Lever Operated
FEATURES & BENEFITS

IV

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION

Dezincification resistant
Light, compact and easy to install and operate
More resistant to damage during installation
Sizes from 1/4" to 2"
Tested to BS EN 331:1998

Component

Material

Hex-Nut
Handle Sleeve
Handle
Packing Nut
Packing Gland
Body
Ball
Seats
O-Ring
Bonnet
Stem

Dacromet Plated Steel


PVC Yellow
Dacromet Plated Steel
Brass CW617N
PTFE
DZR Brass CW602N
DZR Brass CW602N
PTFE
NBR BS EN549 approval
DZR Brass CW602N
DZR Brass CW602N

DIMENSIONAL DRAWING

SIZE

L2

L1

L1
L

SPECIFICATION

PRESSURE/TEMPERATURE RATINGS COMPRESSION

UK End Connection: BS EN 10226-2:2005


formerly BS21 Taper.
US End Connection ANSI B1.20.1:1983.
Operator: Lever.
Specification: Quarter turn.
PTFE seats and stem seal.
Tested by GL Industrial Services and complies with
the essential requirements of BS EN 331:1998.

NON-GAS APPLICATION

GAS APPLICATION

Temperature C -10 to 100

110

Temperature C

Pressure

23.5

Pressure

bar

25

-20 to 60

bar

Intermediate pressure ratings shall be determined by interpolation

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS


Nom
Size
L
L1
L2
H
Weight

in

1/4

3/8

1/2

3/4

11/4

11/2

mm
in
in
mm
g

46
12
89
41
152

46
12
89
41
136

59
15.5
98.5
48
205

67
17
98.5
51
302

80.5
21
125
63
511

94
23
140
78
890

102
23
140
83.5
1292

124
26.5
165
97.5
2238

90

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

BALL VALVES
PN16

Fig. 100CYL
Gas Compression DZR - Lever Operated
FEATURES & BENEFITS

Dezincification resistant
Light, compact and easy to install and operate
More resistant to damage during installation
Sizes from 15 to 54mm
Tested to BS EN 331:1998

IV

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Component

Material

Handle Sleeve
Hex-Nut
Handle
Packing Nut
Packing Gland
Body
Seats
Ball
O-Ring
Bonnet
Sleeve
Sleeve Nut
Stem

PVC Yellow
Dacromet Plated Steel
Dacromet Plated Steel
Brass CW617N
PTFE
DZR Brass CW602N
PTFE
CW602N
NBR BS EN549 approval
DZR Bras CW602N
CW507L
CW602N
DZR Brass CW602N

DIMENSIONAL DRAWING

SIZE

L2

SPECIFICATION
UK End Connection: Compression ends to
BS EN 1254-2:1998.
Operator: Lever.
Specification: Quarter turn.
PTFE seats and stem seal.
Tested by GL Industrial Services and complies with
the essential requirements of BS EN 331:1998.

PRESSURE/TEMPERATURE RATINGS COMPRESSION


NON-GAS APPLICATION

GAS APPLICATION

Temperature C

Temperature C

Pressure

bar

-10 to 30

110

16

Pressure

-10 to 60

bar

Intermediate pressure ratings shall be determined by interpolation

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS


Nom
Size

mm

15

22

28

35

42

54

L
L2
H
Weight

mm
mm
mm
g

66.5
98.5
47
212

80
98.5
51
368

92.5
125
63
608

104.5
140
78
1007

122
140
83.5
1545

141
165
97.5
2538

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

91

BALL VALVES
PN16

Fig. 108C
Service Ball Valve

IV

FEATURES & BENEFITS

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION

Light, compact and easy to install and operate


WRAS Approved for use on wholesome
(potable) water
Compression ends to BS EN 1254-2 for use
with BS EN 1057 R250 (half-hard) copper tube
Part of Hattersleys extensive public
health range
Chrome plated finish
Handle can be removed to allow for
screwdriver operation

Component

Material

Screw
Handle
Stem
O-Ring
Nut
Olive
Body
PTFE Seat
Ball
Seat Retainer

Temperature C
Pressure

bar

DIMENSIONAL DRAWING

Steel Dacromet Plated


Nylon (Ral 9017)
DZR Brass Chromium Plated
EPDM WRAS Approved
DZR Brass CW602N Chromium Plated
Brass CW507L
DZR Brass CW602N Chromium Plated
PTFE WRAS Approved
DZR Brass CW602N Chromium Plated
DZR Brass CW602N Chromium Plated

-10 to 30

65

110

120

16

10

PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING
16 bar from -10 to 30C
5 bar at 120C

L2

OPERATOR
SPECIFICATION
Compression ends to BS EN 1254-2 for use
with BS EN 1057 R250 (half-hard) copper tube.
WRAS Approved product.

BORE

SIZE

Handle (The handle can be removed to


allow for screwdriver operation).

18
16

L1

L1

14
Pressure bar

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS


Size
mm

Bore
mm

L
mm

L1
mm

L2
mm

H
mm

Weight
g

DN15

42

11

23

29

123

DN22

14

53

13

23

34

260

12
10
8
6
4
2
0

20 40 60 80 100 120 140


Temperature C

92

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

BALL VALVES
PN40

Fig. 113
Full Bore Bronze

IV

FEATURES & BENEFITS

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION

Light, compact and easy to install and operate


Robust construction for long life

Component
Lever
Stem
Stem Seals
Ball (hard chrome
plated)
Seat Rings
Seat Retainer
Body

Material
Steel
Copper Alloy
PTFE or PTFE/Neoprene
Copper Alloy

B16-C36000
B16-C36000

PTFE or PTFE/Neoprene
Bronze
Bronze

BS84-C84400
BS84-C84400

PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING

DIMENSIONAL DRAWING

SPECIFICATION
Blow-out proof stem.
Full bore hard chrome plated ball.
Virgin PTFE seats and stem seals.
Taper threaded BS EN 10 (ISO 7-1)
formerly BS 21.

40 bar from -10 to 100C


18 bar at 140C

Specification
ASTM

44
40

36
32

Nom
Size
A
B
C
Weight

in

1/2

3/4

11/4

11/2

mm
mm
mm
kg

55
46
82
0.25

62
55
103
0.45

73
62
106
0.70

83
70
106
1.15

92
75
150
1.70

107
82
160
2.95

Pressure bar

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

28
24
20
16
12
8
4
0

40
80
120
Temperature C

160

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

93

BALL VALVES
PN25

Fig. 100HU
Male Hose Union

IV

FEATURES & BENEFITS

DOC

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION

High quality range


Long and trouble-free service life
Full bore
WRAS Approved

Material

Component
Shield Cover
Hex-Nut
Lockshield
Packing Nut
Packing Gland
Body
Ball
PTFE
O-Ring
Bonnet
Washer
Tailpiece
Union Ring
Stem

Green PP (RAL6002)
Q235 Dacromet Plated
CW617N
CW617N
PTFE(701-N) WRAS Approval
CW602N
CW602N
PTFE(701-N) WRAS Approval
EPDM WRAS approval
CW602N
PTFE(701-N) WRAS Approval
CW602N
CW602N
CW602N

DIMENSIONAL DRAWING

PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING
-10C to 100C

TEST PRESSURES
25 bar

SIZE

Quarter turn.
PTFE seats and stem seal.
WRAS listed.

DN

SPECIFICATION

L1
L2

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS


Nom
Size
DN
L
L1
L2
H

L2

in

G 1/2

G 3/4

G1

mm
mm
mm
mm
mm

15
84
14
58
41.8

20
98
15.5
66
45.3

25
109
18
77
57.7

94

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

BALL VALVES
PN25

Fig. 107HU
Brass with Male Union
FEATURES & BENEFITS

IV

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION

Dezincification resistant copper alloy ball valve


PTFE seats and seals
Blow-out proof stem
Fitted with hose union and captive cap
Lockshield operation
Ends threaded to BS EN 10266 (ISO 7)
Sizes 1/2" and 3/4"

Material

Component

BS EN
T-Handle
Stem
Stem Seals
Ball
(hard chrome plated)
Seat Rings
Tail
Tail O-Ring
Union Nut
Body End
Body

Aluminium
Brass
PTFE
Brass
Virgin PTFE
Brass
Nitrile
Brass
Brass
Brass

PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING

DIMENSIONAL DRAWING
D

25 bar from -10 to 120C

TEST PRESSURES
C

DOC

25 bar pneumatic

Specification
ASTM

12164 CW617N

B124 Alloy 2

12164 CW617N

B124 Alloy 2

12165 CW617N

B124 Alloy 2

12165 CW617N
12165 CW617N
12165 CW617N

B124 Alloy 2
B124 Alloy 2
B124 Alloy 2

SPECIFICATION
Nickel plated body.
Blow-out proof stem.
Full bore hard chrome plated ball.
Virgin PTFE seats and stem seal T-Handle.
Union nut with male tail threaded
BS EN 10266 (ISO 7).
Internal threaded end to BS EN 2779
(ISO 228/1).

28
24

Nom
Size
A
B
C
D
Weight

in

1/2

3/4

mm
mm
mm
mm
kg

25
59
33
47
0.28

29
68
43
56
0.48

20
Pressure bar

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

16
12
8
4
0
0

20 40 60 80 100 120 140


Temperature C

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

95

BALL VALVES
PN25

Fig. 1807
DZR Strainer Ball Valve

STR

IV

FEATURES & BENEFITS

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION

Light, compact and easy to install and operate


Robust construction for long life
WRAS Approved

Component

Material
BS EN

Handle
Stem
Stem Seal
Gland Seals
Ball
Seat Rings
Body
Screen
Cap Gasket
Cap

Aluminium
DZR Copper
Alloy
EPDM
Virgin PTFE
DZR Copper Alloy
Hard chrome plated
Virgin PTFE
DZR Copper Alloy
Stainless Steel
Asbestos Free
DZR Copper Alloy

Specification
ASTM

12164 CW602N
12164 CW602N
12165 CW602N
12165 CW602N

AISI 304

PRESSURE/
OPTIONAL FEATURES
TEMPERATURE RATING Lever.

DIMENSIONAL DRAWING
E

PN25 - 1/2 to 1" sizes


25 bar 0 to 20C
7 bar at 120C

Extension stem.
Figure 107HU hose outlet blowdown valve.

TEST PRESSURES
25 bar pneumatic

SPECIFICATION

B
A

mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
BSP
kg

110
31
48
38
47

129
35
60
46
56

151
42
59
50
56

1/4

1/4

1/4

0.54

0.80

1.23

16

s
ze

Si

3/4

"

1/2

20

o1

A
B
C
D
E
Drain plug
Weight

in

24

"t

Nom
Size

28

1 /2

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

DZR body.
Blow-out proof stem.
Hard chrome plated ball.
Virgin PTFE seats.
T-Handle operated.
0.8mm diameter perforated 304
stainless steel screen.
Drain plug.
Taper threaded BS EN 10 (ISO 7-1)
formerly BS 21.

Pressure bar

12
8
4
0

20 40 60 80 100 120 140


Temperature C

96

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

BALL VALVES
PN16

Fig. 1807C
DZR Strainer Ball Valve

STR

IV

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION

FEATURES & BENEFITS


Integral ball valve for quick and easy isolation
Dezincification resistant body material
prevents corrosion and fungal growth
Streamlined flow contours minimise
pressure drop
Perforated stainless steel screen
WRAS Approved

Material

Component
Handle
Stem
Stem Seal
Gland Seals
Ball
Seat Rings
Body
Screen
Cap Gasket
Cap
Compression Ring
Compression Nut

Specification
BS EN
ASTM

Aluminium
DZR Copper Alloy
EPDM
Virgin PTFE
DZR Copper Alloy
Hard chrome plated
Virgin PTFE
DZR Copper Alloy
Stainless Steel
Asbestos Free
DZR Copper Alloy
Brass
Brass

PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING

DIMENSIONAL DRAWING

25 bar pneumatic

OPTIONAL FEATURES

B124 C37700

18

Lever
Extension stem
Figure 107HU hose outlet blowdown valve.

AISI 304

SPECIFICATION

TEST PRESSURES
C

12165 CW602N
12165 CW602N
12165 CW617N

DZR body.
Blow-out proof stem.
Hard chrome plated ball.
Virgin PTFE seats.
T-Handle operated.
0.8mm diameter perforated 304
stainless steel screen.
Drain plug.
Compression ends to BS EN 1254-2.
Use with R250 (half hard) copper tube.
WRAS Approved Product.

PN16
5 bar at 120C
6 bar at 110C
10 bar at 65C
16 bar at -10 to 30C

12164 CW602N
12164 CW602N

16
14

Nom
Size

mm

15

22

28

A
B
C
D
E
Drain Plug
Weight

mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
BSP
kg

137
45
48
38
47

159
50
60
46
56

175
53
59
50
56

1/4

1/4

1/4

0.6

0.9

1.3

Pressure bar

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

12
10
8
6
4
2
0

20 40 60 80 100 120 140


Temperature C

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

97

Project: Gulf Hotel, Bahrain


Sector: Hotels
Specification: Hattersley Globe and Butterfly Valves.

98

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

BUTTERFLY VALVES

Butterfly Valves
Hattersley butterfly valves are compact quarter
turn valves.
The body is elastomer lined providing a resilient
bubble tight shut off. The valves are supplied in
wafer or lugged variants and may be lever or
gearbox operated. Linings are EPDM or Nitrile
rubber depending on the intended service
conditions. Primarily recommended for on off
service, they may also be used for non-critical
throttling applications. Only a quarter turn is
needed to fully open or close the valve.

Hattersley also offer a range of high performance


butterfly valves, developed for high integrity
shut-off and regulation duties. This range is ideal
where increased pressure and elevated
temperature specifications are outside the
normal operating parameters of concentric disc
valves. The Hattersley high performance valves
have enhanced features to provide impeccable
performance and reliability.

Valve Figure Number Guide


BODY
Fig.
No.

Ductile
Iron

Steel

DISC

SHAFT

LINER / BODY SEAL

Alunum Stainless Stainless EPDM


Bronze Steel
Steel

Nitrile

BODY STYLE

EPDM PTFE
WRAS
Approved

950

950G

950W

950WG

970

970G

970W

970WG

951

951G

971

971G

4970

4970G

980 ANSI

980G ANSI





4990G













PN25 & ANSI


PN40 Class 150
Options




RATING

Gearbox PN16

4990

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

OPERATOR

Semi
Fully Lever
Lugged Lugged
















99

BUTTERFLY VALVES
PN16

Fig. 950 & 950G


Semi-lugged Wafer Pattern
FEATURES & BENEFITS

IV

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION

Ductile Iron Body


Aluminium Bronze Disc
Liner bonded to steel backing ring
High strength, low friction bearings for upper
and lower shafts, to restrain shaft deflection
and ensure effective stem sealing
Long neck for insulation
Maintenance free

Component

Material
BS EN

Body
Shaft
Disc
Bushes
O-Ring
Liner

Ductile Iron
Stainless Steel
Al Bronze
PTFE
Buna N
EPDM

PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING
16 bar from -10 to 130C

TEST PRESSURES
Hydrostatic
Shell: 24 bar
Seat: 17.6 bar

1563 EN-JS1030
10088-1 X12Cr13
1982 CC333G
-

A536-65-45-12
A276 410
B148 C95300

SPECIFICATION
Generally conforms to BS EN 593:2009.
Ductile Iron body epoxy coated.
Centring holes.
Aluminium bronze disc.
EPDM liner.
Trigger lever.
Valves DN250 and larger supplied as standard
with fully enclosed gear operator.
To suit flange connections BS EN 1092-2 PN16.
Valves may be used for flow regulation.

DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

Specification
ASTM

18
16

Nom
Size

mm

50

A
B
C
D
E
F
G
Weight

mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg

195 207 213 232


83 95 102 124
44 48 48 54
32 32 32 32
102 121 130 171
260 260 260 260
32 46 64 90
3.5
4 5.4 6.7

65

80

100 125 150


245
136
57
32
197
260
111
9

257
150
57
32
219
260
145
9.9

14
Pressure bar

Fig. 950
200
A

305
197
63
44
268
356
193
16.4

12
10
8
6
4
2
0

20 40 60 80 100 120 140


Temperature C

C
G

E
D

Fig. 950G

Nom
Size

mm

50

65

A
B
C
D
E
F
G
K
Weight

mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg

162
83
44
42
102
150
32
240
15

175
95
48
42
121
150
46
240
15.5

80 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600
181
102
48
42
130
150
64
240
16.9

200
124
54
42
171
150
90
240
18.2

213
136
57
42
197
300
111
240
20.5

225
150
57
42
219
300
145
240
21.4

260
197
63
40
268
300
193
230
29

292
210
70
40
332
300
241
230
33.5

337
248
79
40
410
300
290
230
45.8

368
279
79
40
435
300
325
230
56.2

400
305
89
508
450
380
277
88.4

422
381
108
543
450
427
277
110.2

479
381
133
592
450
474
321
160.5

562
457
156
708
450
574
335
260

B
C
G

100

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

BUTTERFLY VALVES
PN16

Fig. 970 & 970G


Fully-lugged Wafer Pattern
FEATURES & BENEFITS

IV

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION

Ductile Iron Body


Aluminium Bronze Disc
Liner bonded to steel backing ring
High strength, low friction bearings for upper
and lower shafts, to restrain shaft deflection
and ensure effective stem sealing
Long neck for insulation
Maintenance free

Component

Material

Body
Shaft
Disc
Bushes
(up to 100mm)
125mm and above
O-Ring
Liner

ASTM

Ductile Iron
Stainless Steel
Aluminium
Bronze
PTFE

1563 EN-JS 1040


10088-1 X5GNi18-10
1982 CC333G

Bronze
(lubricated)
Buna N
EPDM

PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING
PN16 from -10 up to 130C

TEST PRESSURES
Hydrostatic
Shell: 24 bar
Seat: 17.6 bar

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

Specification
BS EN

A536 65-45-12
A276 TYPE 410
B148-C95300

SPECIFICATION
Conforms to BS EN 593:2009.
Fully-lugged.
Lever or gearbox.
Valves DN250 and larger supplied as standard
with fully enclosed gear operator.
Valves may be used for flow regulation.
Fig. 970 and 970G are suitable for Group 1 and
2 gases and Group 1 and 2 liquids as defined
by the Pressure Equipment Directive 97/23/EC.

DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS

18

14

16

Nom
Size
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
Weight

mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg

50

65

195 207
83 95
44 48
32 32
102 121
260 260
32 46
4
4.5

80
213
102
48
32
130
260
64
7.2

Pressure bar

Fig. 970
100 125 150 200
232
124
54
32
171
260
90
12.6

245
136
57
32
197
260
111
13.5

257
150
57
32
219
260
145
14.9

305
197
63
44
268
356
193
24.1

12
10
8
6
4
2
0

20 40 60 80 100 120 140


Temperature C

K
C
G

Fig. 970G

Nom
Size

mm

50

65

80

A
B
C
D
E
F
G
K
Weight

mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg

162
83
44
42
102
150
32
240
15.5

175
95
48
42
121
150
46
240
16

181
102
48
42
130
150
64
240
18.7

100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500
200
124
54
42
171
150
90
240
24.1

213
136
57
42
197
300
111
240
25

225
150
57
42
219
300
145
240
26.4

260
197
63
40
268
300
193
230
36.7

292
210
70
40
332
300
241
230
47.1

337
248
79
40
410
300
290
230
62.1

368
279
79
40
435
300
325
230
84.9

400
305
89
508
450
380
277
123.8

422
381
108
543
450
427
277
139.7

479
381
133
592
450
474
321
215.5

600
562
457
156
708
450
574
335
337.3

B
C
G

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

101

BUTTERFLY VALVES
PN16

Fig. 950W & 950WG


Semi-lugged Wafer Pattern
FEATURES & BENEFITS

IV

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION

Ductile Iron Body


Aluminium Bronze Disc
Liner bonded to steel backing ring
High strength, low friction bearings for upper
and lower shafts, to restrain shaft deflection
and ensure effective stem sealing
Long neck for insulation
Maintenance free

Component

Material
BS EN

Body
Shaft

Ductile Iron
Stainless Steel

Disc
Bushes (up to 100mm)
125mm and above

Bronze
PTFE
Bronze
(lubricated)
Buna N
EPDM

O-Ring
Liner

1563 EN-JS 1030 A536 65-45-12


10088-1 X5CrNiMo17-12-2
A532 Gr316
1982 CC333G
B148-C95300
-

PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING

SPECIFICATION
Conforms to BS EN 593:2009.
Semi-lugged.
Aluminium bronze or stainless steel disc.
WRAS Approved.
Lever or gearbox.
Valves DN250 and larger supplied as
standard with fully enclosed gear operator.
Valves may be used for flow regulation.

PN16 from -10 to 85C (WRAS)


PN16 from -10 to 120C (NON-WRAS)

TEST PRESSURES
Each valve is individually hydrostatically
tested to BS EN 12266-1 at the following
test pressures.
Shell: 24 bar
Seat: 17.6 bar

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

Specification
ASTM

DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS

18
16

mm

50

A
B
C
D
E
F
G
Weight

mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg

195 207 213 232


83 95 102 124
44 48 48 54
32 32 32 32
102 121 130 171
260 260 260 260
32 46 64 90
3.5
4 5.4 6.7

65

80

100 125 150


245
136
57
32
197
260
111
9

257
150
57
32
219
260
145
9.9

200
A

305
197
63
44
268
356
193
16.4

NON-WRAS APPLICATIONS

Nom
Size

14
Pressure bar

Fig. 950W

WRAS APPLICATIONS

12
10
8
6
4
2
0

20 40 60 80 100 120 140


Temperature C

C
G

E
D

Fig. 950WG

Nom
Size

mm

50

A
B
C
D
E
F
G
K
Weight

mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg

162
83
44
42
102
150
32
240
15

65

80

175 181
95 102
48
48
42
42
121 130
150 150
46
64
240 240
15.5 16.9

100

125

150

200

250

300

200
124
54
42
171
150
90
240
18.2

213
136
57
42
197
300
111
240
20.5

225
150
57
42
219
300
145
240
21.4

260
197
63
40
268
300
193
230
29

292
210
70
40
332
300
241
230
33.5

337
248
79
40
410
300
290
230
45.8

B
C
G

102

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

BUTTERFLY VALVES
PN16

Fig. 970W & 970WG


Fully-lugged Wafer Pattern
FEATURES & BENEFITS

IV

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION

Ductile Iron Body


Aluminium Bronze Disc
Liner bonded to steel backing ring
High strength, low friction bearings for upper
and lower shafts, to restrain shaft deflection
and ensure effective stem sealing
Long neck for insulation
Maintenance free

Component

Material
BS EN

Body
Shaft

Ductile Iron
Stainless Steel

Disc
Bushes (up to 100mm)
125mm and above

Bronze
PTFE
Bronze
(lubricated)
Buna N
EPDM

O-Ring
Liner

1563 EN-JS 1030 A536 65-45-12


10088-1 X5CrNiMo17-12-2
A532 Gr316
1982 CC333G
B148-C95300
-

PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING

SPECIFICATION
Conforms to BS EN 593:2009.
Fully-lugged.
Aluminium bronze disc.
WRAS Approved.
Lever or gearbox.
Valves DN250 and larger supplied as
standard with fully enclosed gear operator.
Valves may be used for flow regulation.

PN16 from -10 to 85C (WRAS)


PN16 from -10 to 120C (NON-WRAS)

TEST PRESSURES
Each valve is individually hydrostatically
tested to BS EN 12266-1 at the following
test pressures.
Shell: 24 bar
Seat: 17.6 bar

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

Specification
ASTM

DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS

18

16

50

65

80

100 125 150 200

A
B
C
D
E
F
G
Weight

mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg

195 207
83 95
44 48
32 32
102 121
260 260
32 46
4
4.5

213
102
48
32
130
260
64
7.2

232
124
54
32
171
260
90
12.6

245
136
57
32
197
260
111
13.5

257
150
57
32
219
260
145
14.9

305
197
63
44
268
356
193
24.1

WRAS APPLICATIONS

mm

Pressure bar

Nom
Size

NON-WRAS APPLICATIONS

14

Fig. 970W

12
10
8
6
4
2
0

20 40 60 80 100 120 140


Temperature C

C
G

E
D

Fig. 970WG

Nom
Size

mm

50

A
B
C
D
E
F
G
K
Weight

mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg

162
83
44
42
102
150
32
240
15

65

80

175 181
95 102
48
48
42
42
121 130
150 150
46
64
240 240
15.5 16.9

100

125

150

200

250

300

200
124
54
42
171
150
90
240
18.2

213
136
57
42
197
300
111
240
20.5

225
150
57
42
219
300
145
240
21.4

260
197
63
40
268
300
193
230
29

292
210
70
40
332
300
241
230
33.5

337
248
79
40
410
300
290
230
45.8

B
C
G

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

103

BUTTERFLY VALVES
PN16

Fig. 951 & 951G


Semi-lugged, Lever/Gearbox Operated Wafer Pattern
to BS EN 593:2009
FEATURES & BENEFITS

IV

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION

Ductile Iron Body


Aluminium Bronze Disc
Liner bonded to steel backing ring
High strength, low friction bearings for upper
and lower shafts, to restrain shaft deflection
and ensure effective stem sealing
Long neck for insulation
Maintenance free

Component

Material

Body
Disc
Liner
Shaft
Taper Pin
Key
O-Ring
Bushing
Lever & Screw
Stop Plate

Ductile Iron ASTM A536 (Epoxy Paint)


Aluminium Bronze
Nitrile Temp. -10 to 90C
Stainless Steel Type 410
Stainless Steel Type 316
Carbon Steel
Buna-N
PTFE
Carbon Steel (Epoxy Paint)
Carbon Steel (Zn Plated)

PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING
PN16 from -10 up to 90C

TEST PRESSURES
Each valve is individually hydrostatically
tested to BS EN 12266-1 at the following
test pressures.
Shell: 24 bar
Seat: 17.6 bar

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

SPECIFICATION
Semi-lugged.
Lever or gearbox.
Valves DN250 and larger supplied as standard
with a fully enclosed gear operator.
Valves may be used for flow regulation.
Figures 951 and 951G are suitable for Group 1
and 2 gases and Group 1 and 2 liquids as
defined by the Pressure Equipment Directive
97/23/EC.
18

DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS

16

Nom
Size
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
Weight

mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg

50

65

80

100 125 150

195 207 213 232


83 95 102 124
44 48 48 54
32 32 32 32
102 121 130 171
260 260 260 260
32 46 64 90
3.5
4 5.4 6.7

245
136
57
32
197
260
111
9

257
150
57
32
219
260
145
9.9

14
Pressure bar

Fig. 951
200
A

305
197
63
44
268
356
193
16.4

12
10
8
6
4
2
0

20 40 60 80
Temperature C

K
C
G

Fig. 951G

E
D
F

Nom
Size

mm

50

65

A
B
C
D
E
F
G
K
Weight

mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg

162
83
44
42
102
150
32
240
15

175
95
48
42
121
150
46
240
15.5

80 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600
181
102
48
42
130
150
64
240
16.9

200
124
54
42
171
150
90
240
18.2

213
136
57
42
197
300
111
240
20.5

225
150
57
42
219
300
145
240
21.4

260
197
63
40
268
300
193
230
29

292
210
70
40
332
300
241
230
33.5

337
248
79
40
410
300
290
230
45.8

368
279
79
40
435
300
325
230
56.2

400
305
89
508
450
380
277
88.4

422
381
108
543
450
427
277
110.2

479
381
133
592
450
474
321
160.5

562
457
156
708
450
574
335
260

B
C
G

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

104

100

BUTTERFLY VALVES
PN16

Fig. 971 & 971G


Fully-lugged, Lever/Gearbox Operated Wafer Pattern
to BS EN 593:2009
FEATURES & BENEFITS

IV

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION

Ductile Iron Body


Aluminium Bronze Disc
Liner bonded to steel backing ring
High strength, low friction bearings for upper
and lower shafts, to restrain shaft deflection
and ensure effective stem sealing
Long neck for insulation
Maintenance free

Component

Material

Body
Disc
Liner
Shaft
Taper Pin
Key
O-Ring
Bushing
Lever & Screw
Stop Plate

Ductile Iron BS EN 1563 ENJ51040


Aluminium Bronze BS EN/1982 C333G
Nitrile Temp. -10 to 90C
Stainless Steel Type 410
Stainless Steel Type 316
Carbon Steel
Buna-N
PTFE
Carbon Steel (Epoxy Paint)
Carbon Steel (Zn Plated)

PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING
PN16 from -10 up to 90C

TEST PRESSURES
Each valve is individually hydrostatically
tested to BS EN 12266-1 at the following
test pressures.
Shell: 24 bar
Seat: 17.6 bar

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

SPECIFICATION
Fully-lugged.
Lever or gearbox.
Valves DN250 and larger supplied as standard
with a fully enclosed gear operator.
Valves may be used for flow regulation.
Suitable for gas applications.
Fig. 971 and 971G are suitable for Group 1 and
2 gases and Group 1 and 2 liquids as defined
by the Pressure Equipment Directive 97/23/EC.
18

DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS

16

Nom
Size
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
Weight

mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg

50

65

195 207
83 95
44 48
32 32
102 121
260 260
32 46
4
4.5

80
213
102
48
32
130
260
64
7.2

14
Pressure bar

Fig. 971
100 125 150 200
232
124
54
32
171
260
90
12.6

245
136
57
32
197
260
111
13.5

257
150
57
32
219
260
145
14.9

305
197
63
44
268
356
193
24.1

12
10
8
6
4
2
0

B
C
G

20 40 60 80
Temperature C

100

K
E

Fig. 971G

Nom
Size

mm

50

65

80

A
B
C
D
E
F
G
K
Weight

mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg

162
83
44
42
102
150
32
240
15.5

175
95
48
42
121
150
46
240
16

181
102
48
42
130
150
64
240
18.7

100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500
200
124
54
42
171
150
90
240
24.1

213
136
57
42
197
300
111
240
25

225
150
57
42
219
300
145
240
26.4

260
197
63
40
268
300
193
230
36.7

292
210
70
40
332
300
241
230
47.1

337
248
79
40
410
300
290
230
62.1

368
279
79
40
435
300
325
230
84.9

400
305
89
508
450
380
277
123.8

422
381
108
543
450
427
277
139.7

479
381
133
592
450
474
321
215.5

600
562
457
156
708
450
574
335
337.3

B
C
G

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

105

BUTTERFLY VALVES
ANSI

Fig. 980 ANSI


Ductile Iron Fully Lugged Butterfly Valve Class 150

IV

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Component

Material
Ductile Iron
Stainless Steel

Body
Operating Shaft
Disc

Al Bronze

Taper pins

Stainless Steel

Bushes
O-Ring
Liner

EDPM
Buna N
EPDM

PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING

DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS
E

19.65 bar from -10 to 37.8C


16.93 bar at 120C

TEST PRESSURES

D C

Shell: 29.5 bar


Seat: 21.6 bar

Specification
ASTM
BS EN
1563 EN-JS1040
10088-1
X12Cr13
12165 CW307G

A536 65-45-12
A276 410

10088-1
X5CrNiMo17-12-2
-

A276 316

B150 C63000

SPECIFICATION
Generally conforms to BS EN 593.
Ductile Iron body epoxy coated.
Fully lugged.
Aluminium bronze disc.
EPDM liner phenolic backed.
Trigger Lever.
Valves DN200 and larger supplied as standard
with fully enclosed gear operator.
Suitable for fitting between flanges to
ANSI B16.1 Class 125 and 150.
Valves may be used for flow regulation.

OPEN
CLOSED

50:1

22
20
18

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

16

mm

50

65

80

A
B
C
D
E
F
G
K
Weight

mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg

162
83
44
42
102
150
32
240
15.5

175
95
48
42
121
150
46
240
16

181
102
48
42
130
150
64
240
18.7

100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500
200
124
54
42
171
150
90
240
24.1

213
136
57
42
197
300
111
240
25

225
150
57
42
219
300
145
240
26.4

260
197
63
40
268
300
193
230
36.7

292
210
70
40
332
300
241
230
47.1

337
248
79
40
410
300
290
230
62.1

368
279
79
40
435
300
325
230
84.9

400
305
89
508
450
380
277
123.8

422
381
108
543
450
427
277
139.7

479
381
133
592
450
474
321
215.5

600
562
457
156
708
450
574
335
337.3

14

Pressure bar

Nom
Size

12
10
8
6
4
2
0

20 40 60 80 100 120 140


Temperature C

106

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

BUTTERFLY VALVES
PN16

Fig. 4970 & 4970G


Ductile Iron Fully-lugged
FEATURES & BENEFITS

IV

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION

Available up to DN600
Valve body fully-lugged
Long neck for insulation
Maintenance free
Good control characteristics

Component

Material

Specification
BS EN
ASTM

Body
Operating Shaft
Disc

Ductile Iron
Stainless Steel
Stainless Steel

Taper Pins

Stainless Steel

Bushes
O-Ring
Liner

PTFE
Buna N
EPDM

1563 EN-JS1030
A536-65-45-12
10088-1 X12Cr13
A276 410
110213-4 GX5CrNiMo19-11-2
A351 CF8M
10088-1X5CrNiMo17-12-2
A276 316
-

PRESSURE/
SPECIFICATION
TEMPERATURE RATING Generally conforms to BS EN 593:2009.
Ductile Iron body epoxy coated.
Fully-lugged.
Stainless steel disc.
EPDM liner.
To suit flange connections BS EN 1092-2 PN16.
Valves may be used for flow regulation.
Valves DN250 and larger supplied as standard
with fully enclosed gear operator.
Valves DN450 and larger supplied with spur gear
unit as part of gear operator.

16 bar from -10 to 120C


15.7 bar at 130C

TEST PRESSURES
Shell: 24 bar
Seat: 17.6 bar

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

18

DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS

16

Nom
Size

mm

50

65

80

100 125 150 200

A
B
C
D
E
F
G
Weight

mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg

195 207
83 95
44 48
32 32
102 121
260 260
32 46
4
4.5

213
102
48
32
130
260
64
7.2

232
124
54
32
171
260
90
12.6

245
136
57
32
197
260
111
13.5

257
150
57
32
219
260
145
14.9

14
Pressure bar

Fig. 4970

305
197
63
44
268
356
193
24.1

12
10
8
6
4
2
0

20 40 60 80 100 120 140


Temperature C

K
C
G

Fig. 4970G

Nom
Size

mm

50

65

80

A
B
C
D
E
F
G
K
Weight

mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg

162
83
44
42
102
150
32
240
15.5

175
95
48
42
121
150
46
240
16

181
102
48
42
130
150
64
240
18.7

100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500
200
124
54
42
171
150
90
240
24.1

213
136
57
42
197
300
111
240
25

225
150
57
42
219
300
145
240
26.4

260
197
63
40
268
300
193
230
36.7

292
210
70
40
332
300
241
230
47.1

337
248
79
40
410
300
290
230
62.1

368
279
79
40
435
300
325
230
84.9

400
305
89
508
450
380
277
123.8

422
381
108
543
450
427
277
139.7

479
381
133
592
450
474
321
215.5

600
562
457
156
708
450
574
335
337.3

B
C
G

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

107

BUTTERFLY VALVES
PN16 DN50-150

Fig. 4990
Steel Fully-lugged

IV

FEATURES & BENEFITS

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION

Carbon steel body with stainless steel seat


Stainless steel stem and double offset disc
Reinforced PTFE seat
End of line servicing up to full rating
High Kv values

Component
Body
Body Seat
Disc
Disc Seal Ring
Retaining Ring
Stem
Disc Pin
Bottom Cap
Gland Packing
Bearings
Lever

Material
Steel
Stainless Steel
Stainless Steel
PTFE or PTFE/
Neoprene
Stainless Steel
Stainless Steel
Stainless Steel
Steel
PTFE Graphite
Bronze-PTFE
-

PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE
RATING

DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS
L

TEST PRESSURES

Shell: 24 bar
Seat: 17.6 bar

10213-2 GP240GH
A216 WCB
12073 XCrNiMn23-12-2
10088-1 X17CrNi16-2
AISI 431
10088-1 X17CrNi16-2
10088-1 X17CrNi16-2
10088-1 X17CrNi16-2
-

AISI 431
AISI 431
AISI 431

SPECIFICATION

16 bar from -10 to 163C


3.4 bar at 204C

Specification
BS EN
ASTM

Designed to BS EN 593:2009.
Face to face dimensions to BS EN 558-1 basic series 20.
Reinforced PTFE disc seal.
Stainless steel body seat.
Double eccentric disc.
Bi-directional isolation.
Valves are supplied lever operated.
Actuator flange ISO 5211/1.
To suit flange connections BS EN 1092-2 PN16,
alternative flanges available.
Wafer pattern available Figure 4985 PN16.
18

16

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS


Nom
Size

mm

50

65

80

100

125

150

A
B
H
C
L
Weight

mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg

43
123
215
27
265
8

46
131
215
27
265
10

46
150
225
27
265
11

52
175
244
35
265
13

56
187
260
35
265
18

56
218
270
42
265
21

Pressure bar

14
12
10
8
6
4
2
0
0

40

80 120 160 200 240


Temperature C

108

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

BUTTERFLY VALVES
PN16 DN50-150

Fig. 4990G
Steel Fully-lugged

IV

FEATURES & BENEFITS

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION

Carbon steel body with stainless steel seat


Stainless steel stem and double offset disc
Reinforced PTFE seat
End of line servicing up to full rating
High Kv values

Component
Body
Body Seat
Disc
Disc Seal Ring
Retaining Ring
Stem
Disc Pin
Bottom Cap
Gland Packing
Gearbox
Handwheel

DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS

Material
Steel
Stainless Steel
Stainless Steel
PTFE or PTFE
Neoprene
Stainless Steel
Stainless Steel
Stainless Steel
Steel
PTFE Graphite
Cast Iron
Steel

PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE
RATING

10213-2 GP240GH
A216 WCB
12073 XCrNiMn23-12-2
10088-1 X17CrNi16-2
AISI 431
10088-1 X17CrNi16-2
10088-1 X17CrNi16-2
10088-1 X17CrNi16-2
1561 EN-JLI030
-

AISI 431
AISI 431
AISI 431

A126 CI B

SPECIFICATION

16bar from -10 to 163C


3.4bar at 204C

TEST PRESSURES
H

Specification
BS EN
ASTM

Shell: 24 bar
Seat: 17.6 bar

Designed to BS EN 593:2009.
Face to face dimensions to BS EN 558-1 basic series 20.
Reinforced PTFE disc seal.
Stainless steel body seat.
Double eccentric disc.
Bi-directional isolation.
Valves are supplied gear operated.
Actuator flange ISO 5211/1.
To suit flange connections BS EN 1092-2 PN16,
alternative flanges available.
Wafer pattern available Figure 4985G PN16.

18

16
14

Nom
Size

mm

50

65

80

100

125

150

A
B
H
C
D dia
E
F
Weight

mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg

43
123
215
27
125
39
152
9

46
131
215
27
200
39
159
11

46
150
225
27
200
39
159
12

52
175
244
27
200
39
159
15

56
187
260
27
200
39
159
20

56
218
270
27
200
39
159
23

Pressure bar

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

12
10
8
6
4
2
0
0

40

80 120 160 200 240


Temperature C

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

109

BUTTERFLY VALVES
PN16 DN200-500

Fig. 4990G
Steel Fully-lugged

IV

FEATURES & BENEFITS

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION

Carbon steel body with stainless steel seat


Stainless steel stem and double offset disc
Reinforced PTFE seat
End of line servicing up to full rating
High Kv values

Component
Body
Body Seat
Disc
Disc Seal Ring
Retaining Ring
Stem
Disc Pin
Bottom Cap
Gland Packing
Bearings
Gearbox
Handwheel

DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS

Material

Specification
BS EN
ASTM

Steel
Stainless Steel
Stainless Steel
PTFE or PTFE/
Neoprene
Stainless Steel
Stainless Steel
Stainless Steel
Steel
PTFE Graphite
Bronze-PTFE
Cast Iron
Steel

10213-2 GP240GH
12073 XCrNiMn23-12-2
10088-1 X17CrNi16-2
-

A216 WCB

10088-1 X17CrNi16-2
10088-1 X2 CrNiNo17-12-2
10088-1 X17CrNi16-2
1561 EN-JLI030
-

AISI 431
A276-316L
AISI 431

AISI 431

A126 CI B

PRESSURE/
SPECIFICATION
TEMPERATURE RATING Designed to BS EN 593:2009.
D

Face to face dimensions to BS EN 558-1


basic series 20.
Reinforced PTFE disc seal.
Stainless steel body seat.
Double eccentric disc.
Bi-directional isolation.
Valves are supplied gear operated.
Actuator flange ISO 5211/1.
To suit flange connections BS EN 1092-2
PN16, alternative flanges available.
Wafer pattern available Figure 4985G PN16.

16 bar from -10 to 163C


3.4 bar at 204C

TEST PRESSURES
Shell: 24 bar
Seat: 17.6 bar

18
16
14

Nom
Size

mm

200

250

300

350

400

500

A
B
H
C
D dia
E
F
Weight

mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg

60
294
320
35
300
52
197
32

68
333
366
42
300
67
223
64

78
382
390
42
300
67
223
82

78
398
425
50
457
90
279
110

102
448
440
50
457
90
279
162

127
555
510
50
457
123
331
251

Pressure bar

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

12
10
8
6
4
2
0
0

40

80 120 160 200 240


Temperature C

110

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

BUTTERFLY VALVES
PN25 DN50-150

Fig. 4990G
Steel Fully-lugged

IV

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION

FEATURES & BENEFITS

Carbon steel body with stainless steel seat


Stainless steel stem and double offset disc
Reinforced PTFE seat
End of line servicing up to full rating
High Kv values

Body
Body Seat
Disc
Disc Seal Ring
Retaining Ring
Stem
Disc Pin
Bottom Cap
Gland Packing
Bearings
Gearbox
Handwheel

DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS

Material

Component

Steel
Stainless Steel
Stainless Steel
PTFE or PTFE/
Neoprene
Stainless Steel
Stainless Steel
Stainless Steel
Steel
PTFE Graphite
Bronze-PTFE
Cast Iron
Steel

Specification
BS EN
ASTM
10213-2 GP240GH
A216 WCB
12073 XCrNiMn23-12-2
10088-1 X17CrNi16-2
AISI 431
10088-1 X17CrNi16-2
10088-1 X17CrNi16-2
10088-1 X17CrNi16-2
1561 EN-JLI030
-

AISI 431
AISI 431
AISI 431

A126 CI B

PRESSURE/
SPECIFICATION
TEMPERATURE RATING Designed to BS EN 593:2009.
D

Face to face dimensions to BS EN 558-1


basic series 16.
Reinforced PTFE disc seal.
Stainless steel body seat.
Double eccentric disc.
Bi-directional isolation.
Valves are supplied gear operated.
Actuator flange ISO 5211/1.
To suit flange connections BS EN 1092-2
PN25, alternative flanges available.

25 bar from -10 to 135C


20.7 bar at 149C
3.4 bar at 204C

TEST PRESSURES
Shell: 37.5 bar
Seat: 27.5 bar

B
A

E
28
24

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS


mm

50

65

80

100

125

150

A
B
H
C
D dia
E
F
Weight

mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg

43
123
215
27
125
39
152
9

46
131
215
27
200
39
159
11

65
150
220
27
200
39
159
16

65
175
281
35
250
52
184
19

70
187
294
35
300
52
197
31

76
218
317
42
300
67
223
44

Pressure bar

20

Nom
Size

16
12
8
4
0
0

40

80 120 160 200 240


Temperature C

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

111

BUTTERFLY VALVES
PN25 DN200-500

Fig. 4990G
Steel Fully-lugged

IV

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION

FEATURES & BENEFITS

Carbon steel body with stainless steel seat


Stainless steel stem and double offset disc
Reinforced PTFE seat
End of line servicing up to full rating
High Kv values

Body
Body Seat
Disc
Disc Seal Ring
Retaining ring
Stem
Disc Pin
Bottom Cap
Gland Packing
Bearings
Gearbox
Handwheel

DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS

Material

Component

PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE
RATING

Steel
Stainless Steel
Stainless Steel
PTFE or PTFE/
Neoprene
Stainless Steel
Stainless Steel
Stainless Steel
Steel
PTFE Graphite
Bronze-PTFE
Cast Iron
Steel

10213-2 GP240GH
A216 WCB
12073 XCrNiMn23-12-2
10088-1 X17CrNi16-2
AISI 431
10088-1 X17CrNi16-2
10088-1 X17CrNi16-2
10088-1 X17CrNi16-2
1561 EN-JLI030
-

AISI 431
AISI 431
AISI 431

A126 CI B

SPECIFICATION

25 bar from -10 to 135C


20.7 bar at 149C
3.4 bar at 204C

TEST PRESSURES

Specification
ASTM
BS EN

Shell: 37.5 bar


Seat: 27.5 bar

Designed to BS EN 593:2009.
Face to face dimensions to BS EN 558-1
basic series 16.
Reinforced PTFE disc seal.
Stainless steel body seat.
Double eccentric disc.
Bi-directional isolation.
Valves are supplied gear operated.
Actuator flange ISO 5211/1.
To suit flange connections BS EN 1092-2
PN25, alternative flanges available.

28

24

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS


mm

200

250

300

350

400

450

500

A
B
H
C
D dia
E
F
Weight

mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg

89
294
369
42
300
67
223
67

114
333
396
50
457
90
229
123

114
382
461
50
457
123
331
150

127
398
477
50
457
154
356
260

140
448
557
66
610
138
477
366

152
473
583
66
610
138
477
413

152
555
643
66
610
138
477
474

Pressure bar

20

Nom
Size

16
12
8
4
0
0

40

80 120 160 200 240


Temperature C

112

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

BUTTERFLY VALVES
PN40 DN65-150

Fig. 4990G
Steel Fully-lugged

IV

FEATURES & BENEFITS

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION

Carbon steel body with stainless steel seat


Stainless steel stem and double offset disc
Reinforced PTFE seat
End of line servicing up to full rating
High Kv values

Component
Body
Body Seat
Disc
Disc Seal Ring
Retaining Ring

Steel
Stainless Steel
Stainless Steel
PTFE or PTFE/
Neoprene
Stainless Steel

Stem
Disc Pin
Bottom Cap
Gland Packing
Gearbox
Handwheel

Stainless Steel
Stainless Steel
Steel
PTFE Graphite
Cast Iron
Steel

DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS

Material

PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE
RATING
40 bar from -10 to 90C
20.7 bar at 149C
3.4 bar at 204C

TEST PRESSURES

Shell: 60 bar
Seat: 44 bar

Specification
BS EN
ASTM
10213-2 GP240GH
12073 XCrNiMn23-12-2
10088-1 X17CrNi16-2
-

A216 WCB
AISI 431

10088-1 X2 CrNiNo17-12-2
A276-316L
10088-1 X17CrNi16-2
AISI 431
10088-1 X17CrNi16-2
AISI 431
1561 EN-JLI030
A126 CI B
-

SPECIFICATION
Designed to BS EN 593:2009.
Face to face dimensions to BS EN 558-1
basic series 16.
Reinforced PTFE disc seal.
Stainless steel body seat.
Double eccentric disc.
Bi-directional isolation.
Valves are supplied gear operated.
Actuator flange ISO 5211/1.
To suit flange connections BS EN 1092-2
PN40, alternative flanges available.

45

40
35

Nom
Size

mm

50

65

80

100

125

150

A
B
H
C
D dia
E
F
Weight

mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg

43
123
215
27
125
39
152
9

46
131
215
27
200
39
159
11

64
150
220
27
200
39
159
16

64
175
281
35
250
52
184
19

70
187
294
35
300
52
197
31

76
218
317
42
300
67
223
44

Pressure bar

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

30
25
20
15
10
5
0

40 80 120 160 200 240


Temperature C

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

113

BUTTERFLY VALVES
PN40 DN200-500

Fig. 4990G
Steel Fully-lugged

IV

FEATURES & BENEFITS

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION

Carbon steel body with stainless steel seat


Stainless steel stem and double offset disc
Reinforced PTFE seat
End of line servicing up to full rating
High Kv values

Component
Body
Body Seat
Disc
Disc Seal Ring
Retaining Ring
Stem
Disc Pin
Bottom Cap
Gland Packing
Bearings
Gearbox
Handwheel

DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS

Material
Steel
Stainless Steel
Stainless Steel
PTFE or PTFE/
Neoprene
Stainless Steel
Stainless Steel
Stainless Steel
Steel
PTFE Graphite
Bronze-PTFE
Cast Iron
Steel

Specification
BS EN
ASTM
10213-2 GP240GH
12073 XCrNiMn23-12-2
10088-33 X8CrNiS 18-9
-

A216 WCB

10088-1 X17CrNi16-2
10088-1 X17CrNi16-2
10088-1 X17CrNi16-2
1561 EN-JLI030
-

AISI 431
AISI 431
AISI 431

AISI 420

A126 CI B

PRESSURE/
SPECIFICATION
TEMPERATURE RATING Designed to BS EN 593:2009.
D

40 bar from -10 to 90C


20.7 bar at 149C
3.4 bar at 204C

TEST PRESSURES
Shell: 60 bar
Seat: 44 bar

Face to face dimensions to BS EN 558-1


basic series 16.
Reinforced PTFE disc seal.
Stainless steel body seat.
Double eccentric disc.
Bi-directional isolation.
Valves are supplied gear operated
Actuator flange ISO 5211/1.
To suit flange connections BS EN 1092-2
PN40, alternative flanges available.
45

40
35

Nom
Size

mm

200

250

300

350

400

450

500

A
B
H
C
D dia
E
F
Weight

mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg

89
294
369
42
300
67
223
67

114
333
396
50
457
90
279
123

114
382
461
50
457
123
331
150

127
398
477
50
457
154
356
260

140
448
557
66
610
138
477
366

152
473
583
66
610
138
477
413

152
555
643
66
610
138
477
474

Pressure bar

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

30
25
20
15
10
5
0

40 80 120 160 200 240


Temperature C

114

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

CHECK VALVES

Check Valves
Check valves permit flow in one direction only,
and close automatically if flow reverses. They are
entirely automatic in action, depending upon
pressure and velocity of flow within the line to
perform their functions of opening and closing.
Most Hattersley swing check valves can be
installed in horizontal or vertical upward flow
piping. Lift check valves must be used in
horizontal lines only.
Hattersley offers four basic types of bronze
check valves, namely:
Horizontal lift check
Vertical lift check
Swing check
Double check
Swing check valves, having 6 diameters of
straight lengths of pipe upstream and 3 diameters
downstream, are suitable for velocities up to
3 metres/second. If the valve is situated such that
turbulent flow enters the valve, the velocity should
not exceed 2 metres/second.

Compressed air service requires a horizontal lift


check valve with a nitrile rubber facing on the
disc and fitted with a recoil spring. The valve
should always be installed as far away from the
compressor as possible.
When selecting valves, reference to codes of
practice and other mandatory specifications
should be made which may preclude certain
types for specific applications.
Double check valves are designed to prevent
contamination of water caused by back
syphonage, back flow and cross connection in
supplies such as those to hose taps, cisterns,
stand pipes, showers and basins.
Valves, where designated, are WRAS Approved
Products and listed in the Water Fittings and
Materials Directory.

Horizontal lift check valves are primarily used for


air, gas and steam services whilst swing check
valves are most suitable for water and other
liquids.
For air, gas and low pressure applications,
especially where bubble tight closure is required,
a valve with rubber faced disc is necessary.

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

115

CHECK VALVES
PN32

Fig. 42
Bronze - Horizontal Lift

NRV

FEATURES & BENEFITS

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION

Robust and high quality bronze body


Horizontal lift pattern
Metal to metal seat for enhance sealing
Taper threaded to BS EN 10226 ISO 7-1
(BS 21)
Fits in horizontal pipework only, not vertical

Component

Material
BS EN

Body
Cap
Disc (1/4" - 1")

Bronze
Bronze
Bronze

1982 CC491K
1982 CC491K
1982 CC491K

PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING

DIMENSIONAL DRAWING

B62 C83600
B62 C83600
B62 C83600

SPECIFICATION
BS 5154:1991.
Bronze body.
Horizontal lift pattern.
Metal to metal seat.
Guilded disc.
Threaded cap.
Taper threaded to BS EN 10226 ISO 7-1
(BS 21).
Available taper threaded NPT to ASTM
B1.20.1 (42AT).

BS 5154 PN32 Series B


14 bar at 198C
32 bar from -10 to 100C

TEST PRESSURES

Specification
ASTM

Shell: 6 bar (pneumatic)


Seat: 35.2 bar (hydraulic)

36
32

1/2

3/4

11/4

11/2

mm
mm
kg

60
39
0.5

74
43
0.7

86
51
1.6

99
58
1.7

109
64
2.5

130
70
3.5

16
12

am

A
B
Weight

in

20

Ste

Nom
Size

24

ur
ate
d

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

Pressure bar

28

4
0

t
Sa

40 80 120 160 200 240


Temperature C

116

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

CHECK VALVES
PN25

Fig. 47
Bronze - Swing Pattern
FEATURES & BENEFITS

NRV

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION

Horizontal swing pattern


Robust and high quality bronze body
Metal to metal seat for enhance sealing
Taper threaded to BS EN 10226 ISO 7-1
(BS 21)

Component

Material
BS EN

Cap
Hinge Pin

Bronze
Stainless Steel

Hinge
Disc Nut
Body
Hinge
Disc
Disc (11/4" - 3")

Stainless Steel
Brass
Bronze
Bronze
Brass
Bronze

1982 CC491K
10088-1 X2
CrNiNo17-12-2
970 GR316S11
12164 CW614N
1982 CC491K
1982 CC491K
12164 CW614N
1982 CC491K

PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING

DIMENSIONAL DRAWING

B62 C83600
A276-316L
B455 C38500
B62 C83600
B62 C83600
B455 C38500
B62 C83600

SPECIFICATION
BS 5154:1991.
Bronze body.
Horizontal swing pattern.
Threaded cover.
Taper threaded to BS EN 10226 ISO 7-1
(BS 21).

BS 5154
25 bar -10 to 100C
10.5 bar at 186C

TEST PRESSURES

Specification
ASTM

Shell: 6 bar (pneumatic)


Seat: 27.5 bar (hydraulic)

28
24

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS


Nom
Size
A
B
Weight

in
mm
mm
kg

1/4

3/8

1/2

3/4

11/4 11/2

21/2

48
48 58 66 80 89 95 108 155 190
33
33 38 42 49 56 65
76 98 99
0.20 0.19 0.32 0.43 0.61 1.01 1.34 2.12 4.08 5.76

Pressure bar

20
16
12
8
4
0
0

30

60 90 120 150 180


Temperature C

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

117

CHECK VALVES
PN32 SERIES A

Fig. 48
Bronze - Oblique Swing Pattern
FEATURES & BENEFITS

NRV

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION

Oblique swing pattern


Robust and high quality bronze body
Metal to metal seat for enhance sealing

Component
Cap
Hinge Pin
Hinge
Hinge Pin Plug
Disc
Disc Nut
Body

Material
Bronze
Brass
Bronze
Brass
Bronze
Brass
Bronze

PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING

DIMENSIONAL DRAWING

BS5154 PN32 Series A


14 bar at 260C
32 bar from -10 to 120C
B

TEST PRESSURES
Shell: 48 bar
Seat: 35.2 bar

Specification
BS EN
1982 CC491K
12164 CW603N
1982 CC491K
12164 CW617N
1982 CC491K
12164 CW603N
1982 CC491K

B62 C83600
B16-C36000
B62 C83600
B124 Alloy 2
B62 C83600
B16-C36000
B62 C83600

SPECIFICATION
Oblique swing pattern.
Threaded cover.
Metal to metal seat.
Ends threaded internal
BS EN 10266 (ISO 7).
Suitable for mounting in horizontal
and vertical pipe (with vertical
flow upwards).

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS


Nom
Size
A
B
Weight

in

1/2

3/4

11/4

11/2

mm
mm
kg

60
45
0.28

70
50
0.42

86.4
58
0.62

96
68
1.0

116
75
1.4

136
94
2.1

118

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

CHECK VALVES
PN32 SERIES B

Fig. 49
Bronze - Vertical Lift Pattern
FEATURES & BENEFITS

NRV

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION

Robust and high quality bronze body


Suitable for mounting vertical only
Resilient seat

Component
Body
Disc
Spring
End Cap
Seat

Material
Bronze
Bronze
Stainless Steel
Bronze
EPDM

Specification
BS EN
1982 CC491K
1982 CC491K
10270 X10CrNr18-8
1982 CC491K
-

PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING

DIMENSIONAL DRAWING

SPECIFICATION
Bronze body.
Stainless steel spring.
Taper threaded BS EN 10266
(ISO 7-1) formerly BS 21.
Available with NPT threads to
ASTM B1.20.1.
Suitable for mounting vertically
(flow upwards).
Resilient seat.

BS 5154 PN32 Series B


32 bar from -10 to 120C

TEST PRESSURES
(PNEUMATIC)
Shell: 6 bar
Seat: 6 bar

B62 C83600
B62 C83600
A276-304
B62 C83600

36
32
28

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS


Nom
Size
A
B
Weight

in

1/2

3/4

11/4

11/2

mm
mm
kg

53
33
0.18

59
40
0.27

67
50
0.44

79
60
0.63

84
66
0.93

96
80
1.4

Pressure bar

24
20
16
12
8
4
0

20 40 60 80 100 120 140


Temperature C

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

119

CHECK VALVES
PN16

Fig. 249 & 249C Brass - Double Check


(Fig. 249C Chromium Plated) Check Valves
FEATURES & BENEFITS

NRV

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION

Compression ends for use with half hard


R250 copper pipe
Single, double and chromium plated
options available
WRAS Approved for use with potable water

Component
Body

Fig. 249

Material

Specification
BS EN

DZR Brass

12165 CW602N

Fig. 249C

PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING

DIMENSIONAL DRAWING

16 bar from -10 to 85C

TEST PRESSURES
(HYDRAULIC)

Shell: 24 bar
Seat: 17.6 bar

SPECIFICATION

Fig. 249
Double Check - 15mm, 22mm, 28mm
Fig. 249C
Double Check chromium plated - 15mm

Fig. 249 & 249C

Manufactured to BS 6282.
WRAS Approved PN16 85C.
Application: Water.
End Connection: Compression.
Back Flow Prevention Device category:
Single check - Class 2 as per Water Supply.
Contamination Risks (water fittings)
Regulations 1999.
Double check - Class 3 as per Water Supply.
Contamination Risks (water fittings)
Regulations 1999.
18
16

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS


Nom
Size

mm

15
Fig. 249

22
Fig. 249

28
Fig. 249

15
Fig. 249C

A
B
C
D
E
Weight (approx)

mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg

61.4
9.5
15.2
78.5
24.5
0.116

74.6
10.5
22.2
91.4
27.5
0.212

88.6
12.5
28.25
106.3
30.5
0.360

61.4
9.5
15.2
78.5
24.5
0.116

Pressure bar

14
12
10
8
6
4
2
0

20 40 60 80
Temperature C

100

120

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

CHECK VALVES
PN16

Fig. 761
Non-Return Valve

NRV

FEATURES & BENEFITS

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION

Spring loaded axially guided disc


Positive non-slam shut-off
Flanged to BS EN 1092-2
Resilient seat located in body
WRAS Approved

Component
Body
Plunger DN50-150
Plunger DN200-400
Seat Retaining Ring
Seat
Guide
Spring

Material
Ductile Iron
Bronze
Cast Iron
Steel Xylan Coated
Nitrile
Bronze
Stainless Steel

Specification
BS EN
ASTM
1563 EN-JS1030
1561 EN-JLI030
10270 X10CrNr18-8

A126 CI B

A276-304

SPECIFICATION

PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING

DIMENSIONAL DRAWING

A536-65-45-12

Spring Loaded axially guided disc.


Resilient Seat located in body.
Flanged to BS EN 1092-2 PN16.
WRAS Approved.

16 bar from -10 to 85C

TEST PRESSURES
Shell: 24 bar
Seat: 17.6 bar

18

16

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS


Nom
Size

mm

50

65

80

100

125

150

200

250

A
D
Weight

mm
mm
kg

120
165
5

119
185
7

130
200
9

155
220
13

200
250
21

230
285
28

280
340
47

344
405
83

Note: These valves are not intended to be used as backflow prevention devices
conforming to Schedule 2 Section 6 of the WRAS Water Regulations Guide.

Pressure bar

14
12
10
8
6
4
2
0

20 40 60 80
Temperature C

100

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

121

CHECK VALVES
PN32 SERIES B

Fig. 1013
Bronze - Horizontal Lift Pattern
FEATURES & BENEFITS

NRV

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION

Robust and high quality bronze body


Horizontal lift pattern
Replaceable PTFE, glass filled disc
Taper threaded to BS EN 10226 ISO 7-1
(BS 21)

Component
Cap (11/4" to 2")
Cap (1/2" to 1")
Disc Holder
Disc
Body

Material

Specification
BS EN

Bronze
Brass
Bronze
PTFE - Glass Filled
Bronze

1982 CC491K
12164 CW603N
1982 CC491K
1982 CC491K

PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING

DIMENSIONAL DRAWING

B62 C83600

SPECIFICATION
BS 5154:1991.
Bronze body.
Horizontal lift pattern.
Replaceable PTFE - glass filled disc.
Guilded disc.
Threaded cap.
Taper threaded BS EN 10266
(ISO 7-1) formerly BS 21.

BS 5154 PN32 Series B


14 bar at 198C
32 bar from -10 to 100C
B

B62 C83600
B16 C36000
B62 C83600

TEST PRESSURES
Shell: 6 bar - pneumatic
Seat: 35.2 bar - hydraulic

36

32

1/2

3/4

11/4

11/2

mm
mm
kg

60
39
0.4

74
43
0.6

86
51
1.1

99
58
1.3

109
64
2.1

130
70
3.4

20
16
12

am

A
B
Weight

in

Ste

Nom
Size

24

ate
d

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

Pressure bar

28

ur

t
Sa

40 80 120 160 200 240


Temperature C

122

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

CHECK VALVES
PN25

Fig. 3047
Bronze - Swing Pattern

NRV

FEATURES & BENEFITS

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION

Horizontal swing pattern


Robust and high quality bronze body
Various disc materials available
Taper threaded to BS EN 10226 ISO 7-1
(BS 21)

Component

Material

Body
Cap
Disc Holder (1/2" to 1")
Disc Holder (11/4" to 2")
Disc
Disc Nut
Disc Retaining Washer
Hinge
Hinge Pin
Hinge Nut
Identification Plate
Drive Screw

Bronze
Bronze
Brass
Bronze
Nitrile
Brass
Brass
Bronze
Stainless Steel
Brass
Aluminium
Steel Electro Brassed

PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING

DIMENSIONAL DRAWING

BS 5154:1991 PN25
25 bar from -10 to restricted 90C

TEST PRESSURES

Shell: 6 bar - pneumatic


Seat: 27.5 bar - hydraulic

Specification
BS EN
1982 CC491K
1982 CC491K
12164 CW614N
1982 CC491K
2751 BA80
12164 CW614N
12164 CW614N
1982 CC491K
970 GR316S11
12164 CW614N
-

SPECIFICATION
Horizontal swing pattern.
Threaded cover.
Alternative disc materials available.
Ends threaded internal BS EN 10266
(ISO 7).
Suitable for mounting in horizontal
and vertical pipe (with vertical
flow upwards).

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS


Nom
Size
A
B
Weight

in

1/2

3/4

11/4

11/2

mm
mm
kg

58
38
0.33

66
42
0.43

80
49
0.63

89
56
1.01

95
65
1.34

108
76
2.12

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

123

CHECK VALVES
PN25

Fig. M650
Ductile Iron - Swing Pattern
FEATURES & BENEFITS

NRV

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION

Suitable for velocities of up to


3 metres/second
Ideal for water or other liquids
Bolted cover
Suitable for mounting in horizontal
and vertical pipelines

Component
Cover
Cover Gasket
Hinge Pin
Hinge
Disc
Disc Face Ring
Body Ring
Body

Material

Specification
BS EN

Ductile Iron
Asbestos Free
Stainless Steel
Ductile Iron
Ductile Iron
Bronze
Bronze
Ductile Iron

1563 EN-JS 1050


970 420537
1563 EN-JS 1050
1563 EN-JS 1050
1982 CC491K
1982 CC491K
1563 EN-JS 1050

PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING

DIMENSIONAL DRAWING

SPECIFICATION
BS EN 12334:2001 PN25.
Horizontal swing pattern.
Bolted cover.
Flanged to BS EN 1092-2 PN25.
Copper alloy trim.
Suitable for mounting in horizontal
and vertical pipelines (with vertical
flow upwards).

BS EN 12334 PN25
25 bar from -10 to 120C
21.5 bar at 220C
B

TEST PRESSURES
(HYDRAULIC)
PN25
Shell: 37.5 bar
Seat: 27.5 bar
28

A
24

65

80

100

125 150

200

250 300

203
121
16

216
135
22

241
141
28

292
168
40

330
182
62

495
267
144

622
305
232

356
215
82

699
343
310

12
team

50

mm
mm
kg

dS

mm

A
B
Weight

16

at
ur
ate

Nom
Size

Pressure bar

20

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

0
0

40 80 120 160 200 240


Temperature C

124

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

CHECK VALVES
PN16

Fig. M651
Cast Iron - Swing Pattern
FEATURES & BENEFITS

NRV

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION

Suitable for velocities of up to


3 metres/second
Ideal for water or other liquids
Bolted cover
Suitable for mounting in horizontal
and vertical pipelines

Component
Cover
Cover Gasket
Hinge Pin
Hinge Pin Plug
Hinge
Disc
Disc Face Ring
Body Seat Ring
Body

Material
Cast Iron
Reinforced
Compressed Graphite
Brass
Brass
Ductile Iron
Cast Iron
Bronze
Bronze
Cast Iron

PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING

DIMENSIONAL DRAWING

BS EN 1092-2 PN16
16 bar from -10 to 120C
11.8 bar at 230C
B

Specification
BS EN
ASTM

TEST PRESSURES
Shell: 24 bar (hydraulic)
Seat: 17.6 bar (hydraulic)

1561 EN JLI040
-

A126 CI B

12164 CW603N
12164 CW603N
1563 EN-JS1040
1561 EN JLI040
1982 CC491K
1982 CC491K
1561 EN JLI040

B16-C36000
B16-C36000
A536 70-50-05
A126 CI B
B62-C83600
B62-C83600
A126 CI B

SPECIFICATION
BS EN 12334:2001.
Face to Face dimensions to BS EN 558-1
basic series 10.
Cast iron body.
Bolted cover.
Bronze trim.
Suitable for mounting in horizontal and vertical
pipes (with the flow upwards).
Flanged to BS EN 1092-2 PN16.
Flanges drilled to BS 10 available.
18
16

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS


Nom
Size

mm

50

65

80

100 125

150

200

250 300

A
B
Weight

mm
mm
kg

203
113
13

216
133
18

241
143
21

292
163
35

356
212
68

495
257
113

622
298
218

330
197
48

699
330
282

Pressure bar

14

PN16
ANSI 125

12
10
8
6
4
2
0

40 80 120 160 200 240


Temperature C

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

125

CHECK VALVES
PN16 ANSI 125

Fig. M653
Cast Iron with Lever and Weight
FEATURES & BENEFITS

NRV

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION

Lever and weight offers the ability to alter


the flow resistance
Bolted cover
Suitable for mounting in horizontal
and vertical pipelines
Flanged to BS EN 1092-2

Component

Material

Specification
BS EN

Cover
Cover Gasket
Hinge Pin Plug
Hinge
Gland Packing
Disc
Disc Face Ring
Body Ring
Body
Counter Weight
Operating Shaft
Operating Lever
Spring

Cast Iron
Asbestos Free
Stainless Steel
Ductile Iron
Asbestos Free
Cast Iron
Bronze
Bronze
Cast Iron
Cast Iron
Stainless Steel
Stainless Steel
Stainless Steel

ASTM

1561 EN-JLI030
10270 X10CrNr18-8
1561 EN JS1050
1561 EN-JLI030
1561 EN-JLI030
1561 EN-JLI030
10088-1 X2 CrNiNo17-12-2
10270 X10CrNr18-8
10270 X10CrNr18-8

A126 CI B
A276-304

A126 CI B

A126 CI B
A126 CI B
A276-316L
A276-304
A276-304

PRESSURE/
SPECIFICATION
TEMPERATURE RATING Flanged to BS EN 1092-2 PN16 and bolted cover

DIMENSIONAL DRAWING

BS EN 12334:2001 PN16
16 bar from -10 to 120C
BS 5153 ANSI
11.8 bar at 230C
9 bar at 218C
13.8 bar from -10 to 66C

TEST PRESSURES

Outside lever and adjustable weight.


If valve Fig. number M653 is to be used in a vertical
pipeline this must meet ANSI B16.1 Class 125.
Copper alloy trim.
Suitable for mounting in horizontal and vertical
pipelines (with vertical flow upwards).
BS EN 12334:2001 PN16.
be stated on order so that the lever and weight
assembly can be positioned accordingly.

PN16
Shell: 24 bar
Seat: 17.6 bar

18

Class 125
Shell: 24.1 bar
Seat: 13.8 bar

16
14

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS


Nom
Size

mm

50

65

80

100 125

150

200

250 300

A
B
C
Weight

mm
mm
mm
kg

203
121
200
21

216
135
200
27

241
141
215
33

292
168
250
45

356
215
290
86

495
267
580
152

622
305
730
244

330
182
300
66

699
343
720
320

Pressure bar

PN16
ANSI 125

12
10
8
6
4
2
0

40 80 120 160 200 240


Temperature C

126

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

CHECK VALVES
PN16 - ANSI 125 - PN25

Fig. 860 & 865


NRV

FEATURES & BENEFITS

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION

Double door wafer check valves permit


flow in one direction only and close
automatically if flow reverses
They are entirely automatic in action,
depending upon pressure and velocity of
flow to perform the functions of opening
and closing
Eyebolt tapped holes, to fit eyebolts to
BS EN 1S0 3226: 2010 (eyebolts are not
supplied with valve)

No. Component

Material
Cast Iron EN-JL-1040

Note
PN16 / ANSI125 DN50-DN150

Body

Ductile Iron EN-JGS-500-7 PN16 / ANSI125 DN200-DN600

Disc

Stainless Steel SS304

ID Plate

Anodised Aluminium

Seat

EPDM

Stop Bolt

Stainless Steel 304

6
7
8
9

Stem
Spring
Washer
Gasket

Stainless Steel 304


Stainless Steel 304
PTFE
EPDM

Ductile Iron EN-JGS-500-7 PN25 DN50-DN600


-

DIMENSIONAL DRAWING
A
B
1

2
3
4
5

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS


Size
DN50

PN16
PN25
107

DN65

A (mm)
B
H
ANSI 125 (mm) (mm)

Weight (kg)
PN16
PN25

Eyebolt Tapping
(To BS EN 3226: 2010)

ANSI 125
7

102

65

43

1.5

1.5

N/A

127

121

80

46

2.1

2.1

N/A

DN80

142

133

94

64

3.3

3.2

N/A

DN100

162

162

117

64

4.3

4.0

N/A

DN125

192

192

145

70

6.3

5.9

N/A

DN150

218

218

170

76

8.3

8.1

N/A

DN200

273

273

224

89

13.6

13.6

M8

DN250

329

329

265

114

24.2

24.2

M8

DN300

384

384

310

114

31.5

31.5

M10

DN350

446

446

360

127

52.2

52.2

M12

DN400

498

498

410

140

74.0

74.0

M12

DN450

550

546

450

152

101.0

101.0

M12

END CONNECTION

DN500

610

603

500

152

121.0

121.0

M12

DN600

720

714

624

178

174.0

174.0

M12

Suitable for flange connection to BS EN 1092-2 PN16 /


BS EN 1092-2 PN25 / ANSI B16.1 125

PRESSURE/TEMPERATURE RATING
Figure 860: PN16 or ANSI 125
Figure 865: PN25 -10 to 120C

SPECIFICATION
Face-to-Face dimensions conform to BS EN 558 series 16.
Suitable for installation in vertical and horizontal pipelines.
When installed in vertical pipelines the flow must be in an upward
direction. This valve is suitable for use on group 2 liquids only, as
defined by the Pressure Equipment Directive 97/23/EC.
0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

127

Project: Galleria Mall, Amman, Jordan


Sector: Retail
Distributor: ACE Supplies & Trading
Client: Amwaj Properties
Contractor: Hussein Atieh & Sons Co. L.L.C
Specification: Bronze and Cast Iron Gate Valves, Balancing Valves and Ball Valves.
A large quantity of Bronze and Cast Iron Gate Valves, Balancing Valves, and Ball Valves have
been installed in Galleria Mall, one of the largest shopping centres in Jordan.
Galleria Mall is located at the heart of the capitals main shopping district, on Zahran Street.
With extensive landscaping, terraces and water elements, the building is seven floors tall with an
additional four floors of parking facilities, accommodating 1,500 vehicles. Remarkably, Galleria
Mall will supply 124,513.80 m of retail development. Its not surprising that the installation
included an incredible 566 Hattersley valves in total!

128

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

GATE VALVES

Gate Valves
Hattersley gate valves offer the ultimate in
dependable service wherever minimum pressure
drop is important.
They serve as efficient stop valves with fluid flow in
either direction. The straight through design offers
little resistance to flow and reduces pressure drop
to a minimum. A gate-like disc - actuated by a
Fig. No.

PN
Rating

Series

35 PN16

16

30C

16

30CLS
30*

stem screw and handwheel - moves up and down


at right angles to the path of flow, and seats
against two seat faces to shut off the flow. Gate
valves are not recommended for throttling since
the control characteristic is not appropriate and
subsequent damage, due to erosion, may prevent
the valve providing an effective shut off.

End
Connections

Size
Range

Bonnet
Pattern

Wedge
Material

Flanged

15 - 100mm

Threaded

Bronze

Compression

15 - 54mm

Threaded

Bronze

16

Compression

15 - 54mm

Threaded

Bronze

20

Threaded

Threaded

DZR Alloy

30LS*

20

Threaded

Threaded

DZR Alloy

33X*

20

Threaded

1/4 - 3"
1/4 - 3"
1/4 - 4"

Threaded

Bronze

33XLS*

20

Threaded

Threaded

Bronze

33*

32

Threaded

Threaded

Bronze

669

32

Threaded

1/4 - 4"
1/4 - 3"
1/4 - 2"

Union

Bronze

28

Threaded

Threaded

Bronze

609

32

Threaded

1/2 - 3"
1/4 - 3"

Threaded

Bronze

Pattern

WRAS Approved Product

* Kitemarked to the relevant British Standard


Fig. No.

PN
Rating

Class
Rating

End
Connections

Size
Range

M549 PN6

Flanged

50 - 300mm

Inside Screw

M552 PN6

Flanged

50 - 300mm

Outside Screw

M511 PN10

10

Flanged

50 - 150mm

Inside Screw

M541 PN16

16

Flanged

50 - 400mm

Inside Screw

M544 PN16

16

Flanged

50 - 300mm

Outside Screw

M540 PN25

Outside Screw

25

Flanged

50 - 150mm

501 ANSI

125

Flanged

2 - 12"

Inside Screw

504 ANSI

125

Flanged

2 - 12"

Outside Screw

Alternative flange options available on some products. See individual datasheets.

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

129

GATE VALVES
PN20 SERIES B

Fig. 33X & 33XLS


Bronze

IV

FEATURES & BENEFITS

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION

Robust and high quality bronze body with


integral seating surfaces
Kitemarked to BS EN 12288
WRAS Approved for use with potable water
Inside screw pattern with non-rising stem

Component

Material
BS EN

Body
Bonnet
Stem (1/4" to 2")
Stem (21/2" & 3")
Stem (4")
Disc
Stuffing Box (21/2" & 3")
Stuffing Box 4"
Packing Ring
Gland (1/2" to 3")
Gland (4")
Lockshield Cap
Packing Nut (1/2" to 3")
Packing Nut (4")
Handwheel
Identification Plate
Gasket
Handwheel Nut

Bronze
Bronze
DZR Brass
Brass
Al Bronze
Bronze
Brass
Bronze
Asbestos Free
Brass
Bronze
Brass
Brass
Bronze
Aluminium
Aluminium
Fibre
Brass

PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING

DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS
C

BS EN 12288 PN20 Series B


9 bar at 180C
20 bar from -10 to 100C

TEST PRESSURES
(HYDRAULIC)
Shell: 6 bar
Air Seat: 6 bar

Fig. 33X

Specification
ASTM

1982 CC491K
1982 CC491K
12164 CW602N
12164 CW614N
12163 CW301G
1982 CC491K
12165 CW617N
1982 CC491K
12164 CW614N
1982 CC491K
12164 CW614N
12164 CW614N
1982 CC491K
12164 CW614N

B505 C83600
B62 C83600

B150 C64200
B505 C83600
B124 C37700
B505 C83600

B62 C83600

B62-C83600

SPECIFICATION
Kitemarked to BS EN 12288:2010.
WRAS Approved Product.
Non-rising stem.
Threaded bonnet.
One piece wedge.
Taper threaded BS EN 10266 (ISO 7-1)
formerly BS 21.
Available with NPT thread (33XAT) 1/2 to 4".
Available with lockshield (33XLS) up to 2".

Fig. 33XLS

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS


Nom
Size

in

1/4

3/8

A
mm 46
46
B
mm 75
75
C
mm 57
57
D
mm Weight kg 0.27 0.26

1/2

3/4

11/4 11/2

51 55
63 71 73 83
82 95 118 144 166 190
5
69
69 76 81 94
86 112 124 149 175 196
0.35 0.55 0.84 1.18 1.66 2.55

21/2

96
219
140
227
4.30

105
259
150
270
6.4

162
366
232
376
18.37

130

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

GATE VALVES
PN20 SERIES B

Fig. 30 & 30LS


DZR

IV

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION

FEATURES & BENEFITS


Dezincification Resistant Brass prevents
corrosion and fungal growth
Kitemarked to BS EN 12288
WRAS Approved for use with potable water
Inside screw pattern with non-rising stem

Component
Handwheel Nut
Identification Plate
Handwheel
Stem
Packing Nut
Gland
Packing Ring
Body
Disc
Stuffing Box
Bonnet

Brass
Aluminium
Aluminium
DZR Brass
Brass
Brass
Asbestos Free
DZR Brass
DZR Brass
DZR Brass
DZR Brass

PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING

DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS
C

BS EN 12288 PN20 Series B


9 bar at 180C
20 bar from -10 to 100C
E

TEST PRESSURES
Shell: 6 bar
Air Seat: 6 bar

Material

Fig. 30

Specification
BS EN
12164 CW614N
12164 CW602N
12164 CW614N
12164 CW614N
12164 CW602N
12164 CW602N
12164 CW602N
12164 CW602N

SPECIFICATION
Kitemarked to BS EN 12288:2010.
WRAS Approved Product.
Non-rising stem.
Threaded bonnet.
One piece wedge.
Taper threaded BS EN 10266 (ISO 7-1)
formerly BS 21.
Available with lockshield (30LS).
Available with NPT thread (30AT).

Fig. 30LS

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS


Nom
Size
A
B
C
D
Lockshield key
Weight

in

1/2

3/4

11/4

11/2

mm
mm
mm
mm
Fig.
Ref
kg

51.6
90
56.8
80
391
A
0.32

56
100
56.8
85
391
A
0.45

64
120
69.2
105
391
2
0.7

72
125
69.2
110
391
2
1.22

75
145
75.5
130
391
2A
1.55

91
170
81.5
155
391
3
2.45

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

131

GATE VALVES
PN16

Fig. 30C & 30CLS


Bronze

IV

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION

FEATURES & BENEFITS


Robust and high quality bronze body with
integral seating surfaces
Offers the ultimate in dependable service
wherever minimum pressure drop is important
WRAS Approved for use with potable water
Inside screw pattern with non-rising stem

Component

Material

Body
Bonnet
Stem
Disc
Stem Retainer
Packing Ring
Gland (28-54 only)
Packing Nut
Handwheel
Identification Plate
Handwheel Nut
Compression Olive
Compression Nut

Bronze
Bronze
DZR Brass
Bronze
DZR Brass
Asbestos Free
Brass
Brass
Aluminium
Aluminium
Brass
Brass
Brass

Specification
BS EN
BS EN 1982 (CC491K)
BS EN 1982 (CC491K)
BS EN 12164 CW602N
BS EN 1982 (CC491K)
BS EN 12164 CW602N
BS EN 12164 CW614N
BS EN 12164 CW614N
BS EN 12164 CW614N
BS EN 12449:1999 CW505L OR CW507L
BS EN 12165 CW617N

PRESSURE/TEMPERATURE RATINGS COMPRESSION


Temperature C
Pressure

-10 to 30

40

50

65

80

90

100

110

120

16

14.3

12.6

10

8.7

7.8

6.9

bar

Intermediate pressure ratings shall be determined by interpolation.

PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE
RATING

DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS
C
Across Protrusions

PN16

TEST PRESSURES
(PNEUMATIC)

Shell: 6 bar
Seat: 6 bar

SPECIFICATION

D
A

UK End Connection:
Compression ends to BS EN
1057:2006: Half hard R250.
Operator: Handwheel.

D
A

Fig. 30C

Gate valves are best for services


that require infrequent valve
operation and where the disc is
kept either fully open or closed.
They are not practical for
throttling.
Valves are manufactured in
accordance with BS EN 12288:
2010 (formerly BS 5154) PN20
for Series B ratings, but are
limited to the pressure/
temperature ratings detailed in
BS EN 1057:2006 for
compression end fittings.
This valve is to be used on
Group 2 liquids only, as defined
by the Pressure Equipment
Directive 97/23/EC.

Fig. 30CLS

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

30C

Nom
Size

mm

15

22

28

35

42

54

A
B
C
D
Weight

mm
mm
mm
mm
kg

69
74
48
26.5
0.34

75
86
69
23.5
0.50

86
105
76
25.5
0.70

100
110
81
30.5
0.95

111
130
94
34.5
1.45

133
152
100
37
2.50

30CLS
Nom
Size

mm

15

22

28

35

42

54

A
B

mm
mm

69
78

75
90

86
110

100
115

111
136

133
160

26.5
0.34

23.5
0.50

25.5
0.70

30.5
0.95

34.5
1.45

37
2.50

D
mm
Weight kg

132

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

GATE VALVES
PN16 SERIES B

Fig. C31
Bronze

IV

FEATURES & BENEFITS

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION

Robust and high quality bronze body with


integral seating surfaces
Inside screw pattern with non-rising stem
Suitable for high pressures up to 16 bar

Component

Material
BS EN

Handwheel
Stem
Gland Packing
Stem Ring
Bonnet
Wedge
Body

Cast Iron
Brass
PTFE
Brass
Bronze
Bronze
Bronze

1561 EN-JL1030
12164 CW603N
12164 CW603N
1982 CC490K
1982 CC490K
1982 CC490K

PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING

DIMENSIONAL DRAWING
C

A126 CI B
B16 C36000
B16 C36000
B584 C84400
B584 C84400
B584 C84400

SPECIFICATION
Bronze body and bonnet.
Non-rising stem.
Threaded bonnet.
One piece wedge.
Taper threaded BS EN 10226 (ISO 7-1)
formerly BS 21.
Generally in accordance with
BS EN 12266.

7 bar at 170C
16 bar from -10 to 100C

TEST PRESSURES
(HYDRAULIC)
B

Specification
ASTM

Each valve is individually hydrostatically


tested to BS EN 12266 at the following test.
Shell: 24 bar
Seat: 17.6 bar

18
16

Pressure bar

14

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS


Nom
Size
A
B
C
Weight

12
10
8
6

in

1/2

3/4

11/4

11/2

mm
mm
mm
kg

53
75
54
0.3

57
84
58
0.4

64
95
64
0.6

70
116
70
0.8

74
127
74
0.9

85
151
85
1.5

4
2
0
0

40 80 120 160 200


Temperature C

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

133

GATE VALVES
PN32 SERIES B

Fig. 33
Bronze

IV

FEATURES & BENEFITS

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION

Robust and high quality bronze body with


integral seating surfaces
Kitemarked to BS EN 12288
Inside screw pattern with non-rising stem

Component
Disc
Packing Ring
Handwheel
Gland
Stuffing Box
Stem
Stem (21/2" & 3")
Bonnet
Body
Packing Nut
Identification Plate
Handwheel Nut

Material

Specification
BS EN
ASTM

Bronze
Asbestos Free
Aluminium
Brass
DZR Brass
DZR Brass
Al Bronze
Bronze
Bronze
Brass
Aluminium
Brass

1982 CC491K
12164 CW614N
12164 CW602N
12164 CW602N
12163 CW301G
1982 CC491K
1982 CC491K
12164 CW614N
12164 CW614N

PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING

DIMENSIONAL DRAWING

B150 C64200
B62 C83600
B62 C83600

SPECIFICATION

TEST PRESSURES
(HYDRAULIC)
Shell: 48 bar
Seat: 35.2 bar

B455 C38500

Kitemarked to BS EN 12288:2010.
Non-rising stem.
Threaded bonnet.
One piece wedge.
Taper threaded BS EN 10226 (ISO 7-1)
formerly BS 21.
Available with NPT thread (33AT)
1/2 to 2".

BS EN 12288 PN32 Series B


14 bar at 198C
32 bar from -10 to 100C

B62 C83600

36
32
28
Pressure bar

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS


Nom
Size

in

1/4

A
mm 46
B
mm 78
C
mm 60
Weight kg 0.36

3/8

1/2

3/4

46 51 55
78 86 98
60 70 80
0.35 0.47 0.6

1
63
120
85
0.92

11/4 11/2

71
73
83
148 172 196
95 102 120
1.41 1.92 2.72

24
20
16
12
8
4
0

40 80 120 160 200 240


Temperature C

134

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

GATE VALVES
PN32 SERIES B

Fig. 669
Bronze

IV

FEATURES & BENEFITS

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION

Robust and high quality bronze body with


integral seating surfaces
Inside screw pattern with rising stem
Suitable for high pressures up to 32 bar

Component
Body
Packing Ring
Bonnet
Stem
Disc
Gland
Packing Nut
Handwheel
Handwheel Nut
Union Ring
Identification Plate

Material
Bronze
Asbestos Free
Bronze
Bronze
Bronze
Brass
Brass
Aluminium
Brass
Bronze
Aluminium

PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING

DIMENSIONAL DRAWING
C

BS EN 12288 PN32 Series B


14 bar at 260C
32 bar from -10 to 120C

TEST PRESSURES
(HYDRAULIC)
Shell: 48 bar
Seat: 35.2 bar

Specification
BS EN
ASTM
1982 CC491K
1982 CC491K
1982 CC491K
1982 CC491K
12164 CW614N
12164 CW614N
12164 CW614N
1982 CC491K
-

B62 C83600
B62 C83600
B62 C83600
B62 C83600

B62 C83600

SPECIFICATION
BS EN 12288:2010.
Rising stem.
Union bonnet.
One piece wedge.
Taper threaded BS EN 10226 (ISO 7-1)
formerly BS 21.
Sizes 1/2" and above are available with
NPT thread (669AT).

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS


Nom
Size
A
B
C
Weight

in

1/2

3/4

11/4

11/2

mm
mm
mm
kg

51
137
76
0.46

55
169
81
0.72

63
194
94
1.10

71
232
100
1.50

73
266
120
2.25

83
321
140
3.20

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

135

GATE VALVES
PN16

Fig. 28
Bronze - Lever Operated

IV

FEATURES & BENEFITS

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION

Robust and high quality bronze body with


integral seating surfaces
Lever operated for ease of use
Fitted with asbestos-free gland packing
as standard

Material

Component
Body
Wedge
Lever
Washer
Plug
O-Ring
Gasket

Bronze / Brass
Brass
Brass
Brass
Brass
NBR
Fibre

PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING

DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS

16 bar
-20C to +90C

SPECIFICATION
H

Screwed BSP.
Lever operated.
Bronze Body up to 11/2".
Brass Body 2" to 4".
D

L
18
16

Pressure bar

14

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS


Nom
Size
L
H
D
Weight

12
10
8
6

in

1/2

3/4

11/4

11/2

21/2

mm
mm
mm
kg

46
57
130
0.39

51
66
147
0.56

57
76
155
0.78

61
88
184
1.10

67
96
215
1.42

75
115
230
1.62

80
150
355
2.85

86
170
370
3.80

92
210
400
5.80

4
2
0

20 40 60 80
Temperature C

100

136

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

GATE VALVES
PN16 SERIES B

Fig. 35
Bronze

IV

FEATURES & BENEFITS

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION

Robust and high quality bronze body with


integral seating surfaces
Flanges ends require no pipe threading
Inside screw pattern with non-rising stem

Component

Material
BS EN

Gland
Body
Bonnet
Stem
Disc
Stuffing Box
Packing Ring
Packing Nut
Handwheel
Identification Plate
Handwheel Nut

Brass
Bronze
Bronze
Brass
Bronze
Brass
Graphite
Brass
Aluminium
Aluminium
Brass

12164 CW614N
1982 CC491K
1982 CC491K
12164 CW614N
1982 CC491K
12165 CW617N
12164 CW614N
12164 CW614N

PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING

DIMENSIONAL DRAWING
C

Specification
ASTM
B62 C83600
B62 C83600
B62 C83600
B124 C37700

SPECIFICATION
Non-rising stem.
Threaded bonnet.
One piece wedge.
Flanged to BS EN 1092-3 PN16.

BS 5154 PN16 Series B


7 bar at 170C
16 bar from -10 to 100C

TEST PRESSURES
(HYDRAULIC)

Shell: 24 bar
Seat: 17.6 bar
D

18
16

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS


Nom
Size

mm

20

25

32

40

50

65

80

100

A
B
C
D
Weight

mm
mm
mm
mm
kg

90
110
80
105
2.1

100
130
85
115
2.7

110
145
95
140
4.0

120
165
120
150
4.4

135
200
120
165
6.3

165
240
155
185
9.1

185
280
180
200
15.4

190
365
230
220
22.2

Pressure bar

14

12
10
8
6
4
2
0
0

40 80 120 160 200


Temperature C

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

137

GATE VALVES
PN32 SERIES B

Fig. 609
Bronze

IV

FEATURES & BENEFITS

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION

Robust and high quality bronze body with


integral seating surfaces
Inside screw pattern with rising stem
Suitable for high pressures up to 32 bar

Component
Body
Bonnet
Stem (1/4" to 2")
Stem (21/2")
Stem (3")
Disc
Packing Ring
Gland
Packing Nut (21/2" & 3")
Packing Nut (1/4" to 2")
Handwheel
Identification Plate
Handwheel Nut

Material

Specification
BS EN
ASTM

Bronze
Bronze
Bronze
AL. Brass
(CA 12)
Bronze
Bronze
Asbestos Free
Brass
Brass
Brass
Aluminium
Aluminium
Brass

PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING

DIMENSIONAL DRAWING
C

B62 C83600
B62 C83600
B62 C83600

1982 CC491K
1982 CC491K
12164 CW614N
12164 CW721R
12164 CW614N
12164 CW614N

B62 C83600
B62 C83600

SPECIFICATION
Rising stem.
Threaded bonnet.
One piece wedge.
Bronze trim.
Taper threaded BS EN 10226 (ISO 7-1)
formerly BS 21.
Complies with BS EN 12288:2010.
Sizes 1/2" and above are available with
American Threads. (Fig. 609AT)

14 bar at 198C
32 bar from -10 to 100C

TEST PRESSURES
(HYDRAULIC)
Each valve is individually hydrostatically
tested to BS EN 12266 at the following
test pressures.
Shell: 48 bar
Seat: 35.2 bar

1982 CC491K
1982 CC491K
1982 CC491K
12163 CW301G

36
32

Pressure bar

28

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS


Nom
Size

24
20
16
12

in

A
mm
B (Open) mm
C
mm
Weight
kg

1/2

3/4

11/4

11/2

51
133
70
0.50

55
162
80
0.75

63
191
85
1.30

71
223
95
1.70

73
253
105
2.60

83
307
120
3.50

8
4
0

40 80 120 160 200 240


Temperature C

138

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

GATE VALVES
PN20 SERIES B

Fig. C618
Bronze

IV

FEATURES & BENEFITS

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION

Robust and high quality bronze body with


integral seating surfaces
Inside screw pattern with rising stem
Suitable for high pressures up to 20 bar

Component
Handwheel
Stem
Gland Nut
Gland
Gland Packing
Bonnet
Body
Wedge

Material
Cast Iron
Copper Alloy
Copper Alloy
Copper Alloy
PTFE
Bronze
Bronze
Bronze

PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING

DIMENSIONAL DRAWING
C

9 bar at 180C
20 bar from -10 to 100C

TEST PRESSURES
(HYDRAULIC)
Each valve is individually hydrostatically
B tested to BS EN 12266 at the following
test pressures.
Shell: 30 bar
Seat: 22 bar

Specification
BS EN
ASTM
1561 EN-JL1030
12164 CW714R
12164 CW603N
12164 CW603N
1982 CC491K
1982 CC491K
1982 CC491K

A126 CI B
B21-C48200
B16-C36000
B16-C36000
B62-C83600
B62-C83600
B62-C83600

SPECIFICATION
Rising stem.
Threaded bonnet.
One piece wedge.
Bronze trim.
Taper threaded BS EN 10226 (ISO 7-1)
formerly BS 21.
Complies with BS EN 12288:2010.
Available with NPT thread (C618AT).
Complies with MSS SP-80 Class 150.

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS


Nom
Size
A
B
C
Weight

in

1/2

3/4

11/4

11/2

mm
mm
mm
kg

48
117
53
0.35

52
140
64
0.53

59
167
73
0.75

64
195
80
1.05

68
222
90
1.41

75
264
102
2.03

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

139

GATE VALVES
PN6

Fig. M549 & 549E


Cast Iron

IV

FEATURES & BENEFITS

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION

Cast Iron with integral flanges


Inside screw pattern with non-rising stem
Ideal for use for non-corrosive and
reasonably clean services
Seat rings are threaded and securely fixed
into the body

Component
Handwheel
Gland
Gland Packing
Stuffing Box
Stuffing Box Gasket
Stem
Bonnet
Bonnet Gasket
Wedge Nut
Wedge
Wedge Facing Ring
Body Seat Ring
Body

Material

Specification
BS EN
ASTM

Cast Iron
Cast Iron
Expanded
Graphite
Cast Iron
Asbestos Free
Brass
Cast Iron
Asbestos Free
Brass
Brass
Bronze
Bronze
Cast Iron

1561 EN-JLI030
1561 EN-JLI030
-

A126 CI B
A126 CI B

1561 EN-JLI030
12164 CW614N
1561 EN-JL1040
12164 CW614N
12164 CW614N
1982 CC491K
1982 CC491K
1561 EN-JL1040

A126 CI B

PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING

DIMENSIONAL DRAWING
C

BS EN 1171 PN6
6 bar at -10 to 120C
5.4 bar at 150C

TEST PRESSURES
(HYDRAULIC)

SPECIFICATION
Inside screw.
Non-rising stem.
Bronze trim.
Flanged to BS EN 1092-2 PN6.
Also available flanged to
BS10 Table E Fig. 549E.

Shell: 9 bar
Seat: 6.6 bar

7
6
5

Nom
Size

mm
in

50
2

65
21/2

80
3

100
4

125
5

150
6

200
8

250
10

300
12

A PN6
A Table E
B
C
D PN6
D Table E
Weight

mm
in
mm
mm
mm
in
kg

150
53/4
202
130
140
6
13

170
61/4
222
130
160
61/2
16

180
61/2
250
150
190
71/4
22

190
63/4
303
185
210
81/2
29

200
71/2
351
185
240
10
40

210 230
81/4 91/2
411 498
195 225
265 320
11 131/4
51
88

250
103/4
579
245
375
16
150

270
12
680
185
440
18
205

Pressure bar

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

4
3
2
1
0

30 60 90 120 150 180


Temperature C

140

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

GATE VALVES
PN6

Fig. M552 & 552E


Cast Iron

IV

FEATURES & BENEFITS

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION

Cast Iron with integral flanges


Outside screw pattern with rising stem
Ideal for use on more active media where
fluid might have an adverse affect on thread
Flanges ends require no pipe threading

Component
Body
Wedge
Bonnet
Yoke Joint
Yoke Sleeve
Bonnet Gasket
Wedge Nut
Stem
Stuffing Box
Stuffing Box Gasket
Gland Follower
Packing Gland
Handwheel

Material

Specification
BS EN
ASTM

Cast Iron
Cast Iron
Cast Iron
Cast Iron
Cast Bronze
Asbestos Free
Brass
Steel
Cast Iron
Asbestos Free
Ductile Iron
Brass
Cast Iron

1561 EN-JLI040
1561 EN-JLI040
1561 EN-JLI040
1561 EN-JLI040
1982 CC491K
12164 CW614N
10087 11sMn30
1561 EN-JLI030
1563 EN-JSI040
1561 EN-JLI030

PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING

DIMENSIONAL DRAWING
C

A105
A126 CI B

A126 CI B

SPECIFICATION
Outside screw.
Rising stem.
Bronze trim.
Flanged to BS EN1092-2 PN6.
Also available flanged to
BS10 Table E Figure 552E.

BS EN 1171: 2002 PN6


6 bar at -10 to 120C
5.4 bar at 150C

TEST PRESSURES
(HYDRAULIC)

A126 CI B
A126 CI B
A126 CI B
A126 CI B
B62 C83600

Shell: 9 bar
Seat: 6.6 bar

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS


Nom
Size

mm
in

50
2

65
21/2

80
3

100
4

125
5

150
6

200
8

250
10

300
12

A PN6
mm
A Table E in
B (Open) mm
C
mm
Weight
kg

146
53/4
405
190
14

159
61/4
415
190
18

165
61/2
486
190
25

171
63/4
632
305
34

191
71/2
710
305
48

210 241 273


81/4 91/2 103/4
842 1100 1228
305 305 405
59
91 157

305
12
1373
405
210

Pressure bar

5
4
3
2
1
0

30 60 90 120 150 180


Temperature C

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

141

GATE VALVES
PN10

Fig. M511
Cast Iron

IV

FEATURES & BENEFITS

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION

Cast Iron with integral flanges


Inside screw pattern with non-rising stem
Ideal for use for non-corrosive and
reasonably clean services
Seat rings are threaded and securely
fixed into the body

Component

Material
BS EN

Handwheel
Gland
Gland Packing
Stuffing Box
Stuffing Box Gasket
Stem
Bonnet
Bonnet Gasket
Wedge Nut
Wedge
Wedge Facing Ring
Body Seat Ring
Body

Cast Iron
Cast Iron
Graphite
Cast Iron
Graphite
Copper Alloy
Cast Iron
Graphite
Bronze
Cast Iron
Bronze
Bronze
Cast Iron

PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE
RATING

DIMENSIONAL DRAWING
C

A126 CI B
A126 CI B

12164 CW603N
1561 EN-JL1040
1561 EN-JL1040
1561 EN-JL1040

B16-C36000
A126 CI B

A126 CI B

A126 CI B

A126 CI B

SPECIFICATION

TEST PRESSURES
Each valve is individually
hydrostatically tested to
BS EN 12266:Part 1 at the
following test pressures:
Shell: 15 bar
Seat: 11 bar

1561 EN-JL1040
1561 EN-JL1040
1561 EN-JL1040

Complies with BS EN 1171: 2002.


Face to face dimension to BS EN 558-1
series 14.
Inside screw.
Non-rising stem.
Bronze trim.
Flanged to BS EN 1092-2 PN10.

BS EN 1171:2002 PN10
10 bar at -10 to 120C
7.4 bar at 230C
B

Specification
ASTM

14
12

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS


Nom
Size

mm

50

65

80

100

125

150

A
B
C
D
Weight

mm
mm
mm
mm
kg

150
292
160
160
17

170
324
160
185
20

180
360
200
200
28

190
380
200
220
34

200
454
250
250
51

210
490
250
285
62

Pressure bar

10

8
6
4
2
0
0

40

80 120 160 200 240


Temperature C

142

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

GATE VALVES
PN16

Fig. M541 & 541E


Cast Iron

IV

FEATURES & BENEFITS

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION

Cast Iron with integral flanges


Flanged ends require no pipe threading

Component

Material

Body
Bonnet
Disc
Body Seat Ring
Disc Seat Ring
Stem
Gasket
Gland Packing Nut
Handwheel
Stem Retaining Ring
Disc Stem Nut
Packing Ring
Handwheel Retaining Nut
Handwheel Washer
Body ID Plate (Not Shown)

Specification
BS EN

Grey Iron
Grey Iron
Grey Iron
Bronze
Bronze
Stainless Steel
Graphite
Stainless Steel
Grey Iron
Stainless Steel
Bronze
Graphite
Steel
Steel
Aluminium

1561 EN-JL1040
1561 EN-JL1040
1561 EN-JL1040
1982 (CC491K)
1982 (CC491K)
970: 410S21
Graphite (Asbestos Free)
970: 304S31
1561 EN-JL1040
970: 304S31
1982 (CC491K)
Graphite (Asbestos Free)
4190 GR4
4320
-

PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING

DIMENSIONAL DRAWING
E

-10 to 120 C at 16 bar


200C at 12.8 bar

D
Approx.

TEST PRESSURES
(HYDRAULIC)

SPECIFICATION
Wedge disc.
Non-rising stem.
Inside screw.
Handwheel operated.

OPTIONAL
FEATURES

Shell: 24 bar
Seat: 17.6 bar

Flanges undrilled.
Flanges drilled to BS10
available: Fig 541E.

C
18
16

14

Nom
Size

mm

65

80

100

125

150

200

250

300

A
B
C
D
E
F
Weight

mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg

190
20
185
262
190
118
18.7

203
22
200
286
190
132
23.9

229
24
220
356
220
156
37.6

254
26
250
426
300
184
50.7

267
28
285
463
300
211
63.8

292
30
340
578
350
266
104.3

330
32
405
697
400
319
169.6

356
32
460
788
400
370
241.6

Pressure bar

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

12
10
8
6

All dimensions are


nominal. Please
note sizes 50, 250
and 300mm are also
available, please
refer to the website.

4
2
0

40 80 120 160 200 240


Temperature C

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

143

GATE VALVES
PN16

Fig. M544 & 544E


Cast Iron

IV

FEATURES & BENEFITS

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION

Cast Iron with integral flanges


Outside screw pattern with rising stem
Ideal for use on more active media where
fluid might have an adverse effect on thread
Flanges ends require no pipe threading

Component

Material

Handwheel
Yoke Sleeve
Yoke (100 to 300mm)
Gland
Gland Packing

Cast Iron
Bronze
Cast Iron
Cast Iron
Expanded
Graphite
Asbestos Free

1561 EN-JLI030
1561 EN-JLI030
1561 EN-JLI030
-

Steel
Cast Iron
Asbestos Free
Brass

EN10087
1561 EN-JLI040
12164 CW614N

Bronze
Cast Iron
Bronze
Bronze
Cast Iron

1561 EN-JLI040
A126 CI B
BS EN 1982 CC491K
BS EN 1982 CC491K
1561 EN-JLI040
A126 CI B

Yoke Joint
(100 & 300mm)
Stem
Bonnet
Bonnet Gasket
Stem Cone Bush
Wedge Nut
Wedge
Wedge Facing Ring
Body Seat Ring
Body

Specification
BS EN
ASTM

PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING

DIMENSIONAL DRAWING
C

BS EN 1171 PN16
16 bar at -10 to 120C
11.8 bar at 230C

TEST PRESSURES
(HYDRAULIC)

499 (SHUT)

Shell: 24 bar
Seat: 17.6 bar

A126 CI B
A126 CI B
A126 CI B

11sMn30
A126 CI B
B16-C36000 /
B124-C37700

SPECIFICATION
BS 5150 and BS EN 1171.
Outside screw.
Rising stem.
Flanged to BS EN 1092-2 PN16.
Bronze trim.
Flanges drilled to BS10 available
Figure 544E.
Face to face dimensions at
BS EN 558-1 basic series 3.

18
16
14

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS


Nom
Size

mm
in

50
2

65
21/2

80
3

100
4

125
5

150
6

200
8

A PN6
B (Open)
C
D PN16
D Table E
D Table F
Weight

mm
mm
mm
mm
in
in
kg

178
343
190
165
6
61/2
17

190
345
190
185
61/2
71/4
20

203
443
190
200
71/4
8
28

229
520
305
220
81/2
9
40

254
572
305
250
10
11
56

267 292
668 884
305 305
285 340
11 131/4
12 141/2
69 125

250
10

300
12

330 356
955 1054
405 405
405 460
16
18
17 191/4
227 265

Pressure bar

12
10
8
6
4
2
0

40 80 120 160 200 240


Temperature C

144

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

GATE VALVES
PN25

Fig. M540
Ductile Iron

IV

FEATURES & BENEFITS

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION

Ductile Iron with integral flanges


Inside screw pattern with non-rising stem
Ideal for use for non-corrosive and
reasonably clean services
Seat rings are threaded and securely
fixed into the body

Component
Handwheel
Gland Flange
Gland
Gland Packing
Stuffing Box
Stuffing Box Gasket
Stem
Bonnet
Bonnet Gasket
Wedge Nut
Wedge
Wedge Facing Ring
Body Seat Ring
Body

Material

Specification
BS EN
ASTM

Cast Iron
Ductile Iron
H T Brass
Expanded
Graphite
Ductile Iron
Asbestos Free
Al Bronze
Ductile Iron
Asbestos Free
Al Bronze
Ductile Iron
Bronze
Bronze
Ductile Iron

1561 EN JL1030
1561 EN JS1050
1561 EN JS1040
1561 EN JS1050
12163 CW301G
1563 EN JS1050
12163 CW301G
1563 EN JS1050
1563 EN JS1050

PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING

DIMENSIONAL DRAWING
C

B150 C64200

B150 C64200

SPECIFICATION
Inside screw.
Non-rising stem.
Flanged to BS EN 1092-2 PN25.
Bronze trim.

BS EN 1171:2002 PN25
25 bar at -10 to 120C
21.5 bar at 220C

TEST PRESSURES
(HYDRAULIC)

PN25
Shell: 37.5 bar
Seat: 27.5 bar
28

24
20
Pressure bar

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS


Nom
Size

mm

50

65

80

100

125

150

A
B
C
D
Weight

mm
mm
mm
mm
kg

178
322
190
165
16

190
322
190
185
19

203
340
190
200
24

229
420
305
235
35

254
477
305
270
45

267
542
305
300
62

16
12
8
4
0
0

40 80 120 160 200 240


Temperature C

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

145

GATE VALVES
CLASS 125

Fig. 501
Cast Iron

IV

FEATURES & BENEFITS

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION

Cast Iron with integral flanges


Inside screw pattern with non-rising stem
Ideal for use for non-corrosive and
reasonably clean services
Seat rings are threaded and securely
fixed into the body

Component
Handwheel
Gland
Gland Packing
Stuffing Box
Stuffing Box Gasket
Stem
Bonnet
Bonnet Gasket
Wedge Nut
Wedge
Wedge Facing Ring
Body Seat Ring
Body

Material
Cast Iron
Cast Iron
Graphite
Cast Iron
Graphite
Copper Alloy
Cast Iron
Graphite
Bronze
Cast Iron
Bronze
Bronze
Cast Iron

Specification
BS EN
ASTM
1561 EN-JLI030
1561 EN-JLI030
1561 EN-JLI030
12164 CW603N
1561 EN-JLI040
1982 CC491K
1561 EN-JLI040
1982 CC491K
1982 CC491K
1561 EN-JLI040

PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING

DIMENSIONAL DRAWING
C

A126 CI B
B16 C36000
A126 CI B
B62 C83600
A126 CI B
B62 C83600
B62 C83600
A126 CI B

SPECIFICATION
Face to face dimensions.
ANSI B16.10 & basic BS EN 558-2
Series 3.
Inside screw.
Flanged to ANSI B16.1 Class 125
and BS 1560 3.2.
Bronze trim.
Complies with MSS SP-70 Class 125
and BS5150 ANSI 125.

13.8 bar at -10 to 65C


8.6 bar at 232C

TEST PRESSURES
Each valve is individually hydrostatically
tested to MSS SP-70 at the following test
pressures.
Shell: 24.1 bar
Seat: 15.2 bar

A126 CI B
A126 CI B

20

18
16

Pressure bar

14

12

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

10

Nom
Size

in

21/2

A
B
C
D
Weight

in
in
in
in
kg

7
11
7
6
20

71/2
121/2
7
7
25

8
131/2
8
71/2
29

9
151/4
10
9
48

10
18
12
10
65

10

12

101/2 111/2 13
20
25
29
12
14
16
11 131/2 16
80
126 179

14
35
18
19
205

8
6
4
2
0

40 80 120 160 200 240


Temperature C

146

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

GATE VALVES
CLASS 125

Fig. 504
Ductile Iron

IV

FEATURES & BENEFITS

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION

Ductile Iron with integral flanges


Outside screw pattern with rising stem
Ideal for use on more active media where
fluid might have an adverse affect on thread
Flanges ends require no pipe threading

DIMENSIONAL DRAWING
C

Component
Handwheel
Handwheel
Handwheel Nut
Yoke Bushing
Yoke Bushing
Yoke
Yoke
Yoke
Yoke
Gland Flange
Gland Flange
Gland Flange
Gland
Gland
Gland Packing
Stem
Bonnet
Bonnet
Bonnet
Bonnet Gasket
Wedge
Wedge
Wedge Facing
Ring
Body Seat Ring
Body
Body
Body

Valve Size

Material

2" - 12"
14" - 24"
All
2" - 12"
14" - 24"
2" - 5"
6" - 12"
14" - 20"
24"
2" - 12"
14" - 20"
24"
2" - 12"
14" - 24"
All
All
2" - 12"
14" - 20"
24"
All
2" - 12"
14" - 24"
All

Cast Iron
Ductile Iron
Ductile Iron
Bronze
Brass

1561 EN-JL1040
1563 EN-JS1040
1563 EN-JS1040
1982 CC491K
12164 CW603N
Part of Bonnet
Cast Iron
1561 EN-JL1040
Ductile Iron
1563 EN-JS1040
Ductile Iron
1563 EN-JS1050
Cast Iron
1561 EN-JL1040
Ductile Iron
1563 EN-JS1040
Ductile Iron
1563 EN-JS1050
Part of Gland Flange
Brass
12164 CW603N
Graphite
Brass
12164 CW603N
Cast Iron
1561 EN-JL1040
Ductile Iron
1563 EN-JS1040
Ductile Iron
1563 EN-JS1050
SS + Graphite
Cast Iron
1561 EN-JL1040
Ductile Iron
1563 EN-JS1040
Bronze
1982 CC491K

A126 Class B
A126 Class B
A126 Class B
B62 C83600
B16 C36000

All
2" - 12"
14" - 20"
24"

Bronze
Cast Iron
Ductile Iron
Ductile Iron

B62 C83600
A126 Class B
A126 Class B
A536 80-55-06

PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING

1982 CC491K
1561 EN-JL1040
1563 EN-JS1040
1563 EN-JS1050

A126 Class B
A126 Class B
A536 80-55-06
A126 Class B
A126 Class B
A536 80-55-06
B16 C36000
B16 C36000
A126 Class B
A126 Class B
A536 80-55-06
A126 Class B
A126 Class B
B62 C83600

SPECIFICATION

BS EN 1092-2 Class 125


13.8 bar from -10 to 65C
8.6 bar at 232C

499 (SHUT)

Specification
ASTM
BS EN

TEST PRESSURES
Each valve is individually hydrostatically
tested to MSS SP-70 at the following test
pressures.
Shell: 24.1 bar
Seat: 15.2 bar

BS 5150:1990 ANSI 125.


Face to face dimensions ANSI B16.10.
Outside screw.
Rising stem.
Bronze trim.
Flanged to ANSI B16.1 Class 125.
Complies with MSS SP-70 Class 125.
20
18
16

Pressure bar

14

12

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

10

in
mm

2
50

21/2
65

3
80

4
100

5
125

6
8
150 200

A
mm
B (Open) mm
C
mm
Weight
kg

178
405
191
24

190
415
191
26

208
486
191
29

229
632
305
50

254
710
305
71

267
842
305
88

Nom
Size

10
250

12
300

14
350

16 18 20 24
400 450 500 600

292 330 366 381 406 432


1100 1228 1373 1595 1900 2210
305 400 457 508 558 610
136 198 268 310 440 530

457
2600
610
655

508
2650
760
780

8
6
4
2
0

40 80 120 160 200 240


Temperature C

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

147

148

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

S Shand-Brown

Project: Blackfriars Railway Station, London


Sector: Infrastructure
Distributor: BSS Kings Cross
Contractor: BBESL
Specification: A range of Hattersley valves including Hook-Up with Autoflow, General Isolating
Valves, Strainers, Non-Return Valves and Commissioning Valves.

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

149

150

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

S Shand-Brown

Project: Wheelock
Square Tower, Shanghai
Sector: Commercial
Client: The Wharf
(Holdings) Ltd
Architect: Kohn
Pedersen Fox Associates
Consulting Engineer:
Parsons Brinckerhoff
(Asia) Ltd
Contractor: Shanghai
M&E Installation Co Ltd
(the 5th company), China
Construction (Shanghai)
Distributor: Goodways
International (Hong Kong)
Limited
Specification: Hattersley
Globe valves, Butterfly
Valves, Gate Valves and
Swing Check Valves.
Soon to be the tallest
building in the Jingan
commercial district of
Shanghai, the 298 metre
tall Shanghai Wheelock
Square Tower on the
famous Nanjing Road will
have 56 floors above
ground and 2 below.
The tower will provide
110,000 square metres
of office, hotel and retail
space.
Selected for their durable
quality, Hattersleys
Bronze Globe Valves and
PN25 Butterfly Valves
have been installed in the
HVAC system and their
Cast Iron Gate and Swing
Check Valves have been
installed in the plumbing
and drainage system.

GLAND COCKS/DRAIN TAPS

Gland Cocks/Drain Taps


Fitting Hattersleys Drain Taps and Gland Cocks enable systems to be
drained without removing pipework. They prevent the build up of sediment
that flows through the pipework thus extending its life expectancy.

Fig. 81HU

Fig. 371

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

151

DRAIN TAPS

Fig. 370 & 371


Bronze

DOC

FEATURES & BENEFITS

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION

Enables system to be drained without


removing pipework
Prevents build-up of sediment
Extends life expectancy of pipework

Component

Material

Body
Stem
Bonnet
Disc Holder

Bronze
Brass
Brass
Brass

1982 CC491K
12164 CW603N
12164 CW603N
12164 CW603N

PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING

DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS

Suitable for pressures of 13 bar up to a


maximum temperature of 120C.

Specification
BS EN

Fig. 370

Fig. 371

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS


Nom
Size
A (370)
A (371)
B
C
Lockshield key
Weight

in

1/2

3/4

mm
mm
mm
mm
Fig.
Ref
kg

57
59
13
10
391
2
0.22

73
75
16
10
391
3
0.36

79
83
19
11
393
6
0.68

152

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

GLAND COCKS

Fig. 81HU
Bronze Hose Union

DOC

FEATURES & BENEFITS

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION

Enables system to be drained without


removing pipework
Prevents build-up of sediment
Extends life expectancy of pipework

Component

Material
BS EN

Gland (1/2" to 1")


Gland (11/4" to 2")
Gland Packing
Plug
Cap and Tail
Body

Brass
Bronze
Asbestos Free
Bronze
Brass
Bronze

PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE
RATING

DIMENSIONAL DRAWING

10 bar 0 to 120C
B

TEST PRESSURES
(HYDRAULIC)
Body: 20 bar

12165 CW617N
1982 CC491K
1982 CC491K
12164 CW614N
1982 CC491K

12
10

1/2

3/4

11/4

11/2

A
mm
B
mm
MI Lever No.

102
54
Y2

93
54
D2

117
64
D31/2

145
79
D41/2

184
90
Y6

203
100
Y7

240
170
X

Weight

0.35

0.38

0.67

1.2

1.5

2.5

4.14

Pressure bar

3/8

kg

B62
B455-385
B62

SPECIFICATION

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS


in

B124 Alloy 2
B62

90 operation.
Sizes 1/2" to 1" supplied complete with cap and strap.
Other sizes available with cap and chain on request.
Plugs have square heads with a slot to indicate plug
position.
Malleable iron levers available on request.
Malleable iron lever can be pinned to the plug head at
extra charge.
Taper threaded BS EN 10226 (ISO 7-1) formerly BS 21.
Figure 81HU Gland Cocks are not suitable for gas
service.

Nom
Size

Specification
ASTM

8
6
4
2

MALLEABLE IRON LEVERS


MI Lever No.

Y1

Y2

D2

D31/2

D41/2

Y6

Y7

Square size mm

8.7

9.5

10.3

13.5

15.9

15.9

19.1

0
0

20 40 60 80 100 120 140


Temperature C

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

153

Project: Terminal 5, Heathrow Airport, London


Sector: Infrastructure
Distributor: BSS
Specification: Hattersley Automatic and Static Balancing Valves.

154

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

GLOBE VALVES

Globe Valves
Hattersley globe valves are highly efficient for throttling
service because seat and disc designs provide flow
characteristics with proportionate relationships between
valve lift and flow rate. This assures accurate flow
control/regulation. Globe valve bodies are normally of
spherical shape, ensuring maximum strength against
line pressures and pipeline strains. Wide faced hexagon
ends on threaded valves provide a firm wrench grip
which prevents damage to the valve.
The majority of Hattersley globe valves are inside screw
pattern, having either a screwed bonnet or union bonnet
configuration. A wide choice of disc and seat materials
is offered in this range to enable the user to select a
valve most suited for the intended service.
There are five basic seat and disc arrangements
available:
1. Metal to metal: the seat being integral with the body.
2. Renewable alloy or stainless steel disc and seat.
3. Renewable composition or elastomeric disc.
4. Renewable composition elastomeric disc alloy seat.
5. Vee-Reg pattern stainless steel disc and seat giving
protection against wire drawing on steam service.

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

155

GLOBE VALVES
PN16 SERIES B

Fig. C4
Bronze

IV

FEATURES & BENEFITS

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION

High quality bronze body with robust


spherical shape
Rising stem and screwed bonnet
Assures accurate flow regulation/control
Suitable for high pressures up to 16 bar

Component
Handwheel
Stem
Gland Nut
Gland Follower
Gland Packing
Bonnet
Disc 1/2" to 1"
Disc 11/4" to 2"
Body

Material

Specification
ASTM

Cast Iron
Brass
Brass
Brass
PTFE
Bronze
Bronze
Bronze
Bronze

A126 CI B
B16 C36000
B16 C36000
B16 C36000
B584 C84400
B16 C36000
B584 C84400
B584 C84400

PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING

DIMENSIONAL DRAWING

SPECIFICATION
Rising stem.
Threaded bonnet.
Metal disc.
Taper thread BS EN 12288
(BS 21-IS0 7).
Available with NPT thread (C4AT)
subject to minimum quantities.

7 bar at 170C
16 bar from -10 to 100C

TEST PRESSURES
(PNEUMATIC)
B

Each valve is individually hydrostatically tested


to BS 5154 at the following test pressures.
Shell: 24 bar
Seat: 17.6 bar
36
32
28

A
B
C
Weight

in

1/2

3/4

11/4

11/2

12

mm
mm
mm
kg

49
70
53
0.26

56
70
58
0.35

65
87
64
0.55

75
94
74
0.72

84
104
74
1.01

99
124
87
1.54

am

16

Ste

Nom
Size

20

ate
d

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

24

ur

Pressure bar

t
Sa

40 80 120 160 200 240


Temperature C

156

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

GLOBE VALVES
PN32 SERIES B

Fig. 5
Bronze

IV

FEATURES & BENEFITS

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION

High quality bronze body with robust


spherical shape
Rising stem and screwed bonnet
Assures accurate flow regulation/control
Suitable for high pressures up to 32 bar

Component

Material
BS EN

Body
Disc (1/2" to 1")
Disc (11/4" to 2")
Stem
Bonnet
Stem Packing
Packing
Handwheel
Gland Nut
Lock Nut

Cast Bronze
Brass
Bronze
Brass
Bronze
Teflon
PTFE
Aluminium
Brass
Brass

1982 CC491K
12165 CW617N
1982 CC491K
12164 CW617N
1982 CC491K
PTFE
12164 CW614N
12164 CW614N

PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING

DIMENSIONAL DRAWING
C

B62 C83600
B124 C37700
B62 C83600
B455 C38000
B62 C83600

B455 C38500
B455 C38500

SPECIFICATION
Rising stem.
Screwed bonnet.
Available with NPT threads to
ASTM B1.20.1.
Taper threaded BS EN 10226
(ISO 7-1) formerly BS 21.
BS 5154.
Bronze Body.

BS 5154 PN32 Series B


14 bar at 198C
32 bar from -10 to 100C

TEST PRESSURES
(PNEUMATIC)
B

Specification
ASTM

Shell: 6 bar
Seat: 6 bar

36
32
28

A
B (Open)
C
Weight

3/4

mm
mm
mm
kg

60
92
70
0.4

74
108
76
0.5

11/4

11/2

86
118
82
0.9

99
137
94
1.4

109
162
101
1.7

130
166
119
2.7

16
12

am

in

1/2

Ste

Nom
Size

20

ate
d

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

24

4
0

ur

Pressure bar

t
Sa

40 80 120 160 200 240


Temperature C

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

157

GLOBE VALVES
PN32 SERIES B

Fig. 5N & 5NLS


Bronze Needle

IV

FEATURES & BENEFITS

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION

High quality bronze body with robust


spherical shape
Rising stem and screwed bonnet
Assures accurate flow regulation/control
Suitable for high pressures up to 32 bar

Component
Body
Stem
Stem Packing
Bonnet
Packing Nut
Handwheel
Identification Plate
Handwheel Nut

Material

Specification
BS EN
ASTM

Cast Bronze
Brass
Teflon
Cast Bronze
Brass
Aluminium
Aluminium
Brass

1982 CC491K
12164 CW617N
PTFE
1982 CC491K
12164 CW614N
12164 CW614N

B455 C38500

Rising stem.
Screwed bonnet.
Taper threaded BS EN 10226
(ISO 7-1) formerly BS 21.

BS 5154: 1991 PN32 Series B


14 bar at 198C
32 bar from -10 to 100C
B

B62 C83600
B455 C38500

SPECIFICATION

PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING

DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS

B62 C83600
B124 Alloy 2

TEST PRESSURES
(PNEUMATIC)
Shell: 6 bar
Seat: 6 bar

36
32

Weight

1/2

3/4

mm
mm
mm
mm
Fig.
Ref
kg

51
72
57
75
391
IP
0.2

51
72
57
75
391
IP
0.2

60
92
68
95
391
IP
0.4

74
108
75
111
391
IP
0.6

86
118
82
121
391
IP
0.9

20
16
12

am

3/8

Ste

1/4

24

ate
d

A
B (Open)
C
E
Lockshield key

in

Pressure bar

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS


Nom
Size

28

Fig. 5NLS

4
0

ur

Fig. 5N

t
Sa

40 80 120 160 200 240


Temperature C

158

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

GLOBE VALVES
PN32 SERIES B

Fig. 13
Bronze

IV

FEATURES & BENEFITS

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION

High quality bronze body with robust


spherical shape
Rising stem and screwed bonnet
Assures accurate flow regulation/control
Suitable for high pressures up to 32 bar

Component

Material

Specification
ASTM
BS EN

Handwheel Nut
Gland Nut

Aluminium
Brass

12164 CW614N

Packing
Bonnet
Stem
Disc Stem Nut
Disc Holder

PTFE
Bronze
Brass
Brass
Brass

1982 CC491K
12165 CW617N
12164 CW603N
12164 CW614N

Disc Retaining Washer

Brass

12164 CW614N

Body

Bronze

1982 CC491K

PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING

DIMENSIONAL DRAWING
C

B62 C83600
B455 C38000
B16 C36000
B16 C36000
B124 C37700
B16 C36000
B124 C37700
B62 C83600

SPECIFICATION
BS 5154:1991.
Bronze body.
PTFE replacement disc.
Rising stem.
Screwed bonnet.
Taper threaded BS EN 10226
(ISO 7-1) formerly BS 21.
Available with NPT threads to
ASTM B1.20.1

BS 5154:1991 PN32 Series B


14 bar at 198C
32 bar from -10 to 100C

TEST PRESSURES
(PNEUMATIC)

B16 C36000
B124 C37700

Shell: 6 bar
Seat: 6 bar

36
32

Pressure bar

28

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

16

3/8

1/2

3/4

11/4

11/2

mm
mm
mm
kg

51
72
56.5
0.3

51
72
56.5
0.3

60
92
68.3
0.5

74
108
75.1
0.6

86
118
82
1.1

99
137
94
1.6

109
162
100
2.2

130
166
119
3.7

Ste

1/4

am

12

in

ate
d

A
B (Open)
C
Weight

20

4
0

ur

Nom
Size

24

t
Sa

40 80 120 160 200 240


Temperature C

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

159

GLOBE VALVES
PN40

Fig. 23
Bronze

IV

FEATURES & BENEFITS

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION

High quality bronze body with robust


spherical shape
Rising stem and union bonnet
Assures accurate flow regulation/control
Suitable for high pressures up to 40 bar

Component

Material
BS EN

Handwheel
Gland
Packing
Bonnet
Union Ring
Disc
Stem
Disc Stem Ring
Body Seat Ring
Body
Lock Washer
Packing Nut
(1/4" to 11/2")
Packing Nut 2"
Handwheel Nut
Identification Plate

Aluminium
Brass
Non Asbestos
Bronze
Bronze
316 St. Steel
Man Bronze
Man Bronze
13% Cr St
Bronze
Brass
Brass

12164 CW614N
1982 CC491K
1982 CC491K
12164 CW721R
12164 CW721R
10088 X12Cr13
1982 CC491K
2870
12164

Bronze
Brass
Aluminium

1982 CC491K
12164 CW614N
-

PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING

DIMENSIONAL DRAWING
C

B62 C83600
B62 C83600
B138C67500
B138C67500
A276 410
B62 C83600
CZ 123
CW721R

SPECIFICATION
BS 5154:1991.
Bronze body.
316 stainless steel disc.
Rising stem.
Union bonnet.
Taper threaded BS EN 10226
(ISO 7-1) formerly BS 21.
Available with NPT threads to
ASTM B1.20.1.

PN40
17.5 bar at 260F
40 bar from -10 to 120C

TEST PRESSURES
(HYDRAULIC)
B

Specification
ASTM

Shell: 60 bar
Seat: 44 bar

44
40
36

Pressure bar

32

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS


Nom
Size
A
B
C
Weight

28
24
20
16

in

1/4

3/8

1/2

3/4

11/4

11/2

12

mm
mm
mm
kg

59
126
76
0.56

59
126
76
0.55

68
142
81
0.8

81
154
94
1.24

95
173
100
1.82

108
201
119
2.73

121
225
139
3.78

146
255
150
6.03

8
4
0

40 80 120 160 200 240 280


Temperature C

160

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

GLOBE VALVES
PN16 SERIES B

Fig.17
Bronze

IV

FEATURES & BENEFITS

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION

High quality bronze body with robust


spherical shape
Rising stem and screwed bonnet
Assures accurate flow regulation/control
Integral flanges require no pipe threading

Component

Material
BS EN

Body
Disc Stem Ring
Packing
Gland
Packing Nut
Washer
Disc Retaining Nut
Handwheel
Handwheel Nut
Identification Plate
Bonnet
Stem
Disc
Disc Holder

Bronze
Man Bronze
Asbestos Free
Brass
Brass
Brass
Brass
Aluminium
Brass
Aluminium
Bronze
Brass
PTFE
Bronze

PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING

DIMENSIONAL DRAWING
C

BS 5154: 1991 PN16 Series B


7 bar at 170C
16 bar from -10 to 100C

TEST PRESSURES
(HYDRAULIC)

Shell: 24 bar
Seat: 17.6 bar

Specification
ASTM

1982 CC491K
12164 CW721R
12164 CW614N
12164 CW614N
12164 CW614N
12164 CW614N
12164 CW614N
1982 CC491K
12164
1982 CC491K

B62 C83600
B138 C67500

B62 C83600
CW721R
B62 C83600

SPECIFICATION
Rising stem.
Screwed bonnet.
Renewable glass filled PTFE disc.
Conical seat disc (15 to 50mm).
Flanged to BS EN 1092-3.
Also available with flanges drilled to BS10
Table E and F and ANSI from PN16 flanges.
Face to face dimensions of all valves are to
PN16 detail.

18
16

20

25

32

40

50

A
B
C
D
E
Weight

mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg

80
101
70
95
6.0
1.24

90
119
80
105
6.0
1.76

100
130
95
115
8.0
2.30

110
155
95
140
8.0
2.82

120
172
105
150
9.0
5.22

135
196
120
165
11.0
5.71

8
6
m

15

dS
tea

mm

10

ra
te

Nom
Size

12

2
0

Sa
tu

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

Pressure bar

14

40 80 120 160 200


Temperature C

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

161

GLOBE VALVES
PN16

Fig. 731
Cast Iron

IV

FEATURES & BENEFITS

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION

Valve body is made of high grade cast iron


and has integral flanges
Supplied with asbestos free gland packing
and gaskets
Outside screw pattern with rising stem
Ideal for use on more active media where
fluid might have an adverse effect on thread

Component
Handwheel
Yoke Bush
Stem
Gland Flange
Gland Follower
Gland Packing
Bonnet
Bonnet Gasket
Disc Stem Nut
Disc
Disc Seat Ring
Body Seat Ring
Body

Material
Cast Iron
Bronze
Brass
Ductile Iron
Bronze
Graphite
Cast Iron
Graphite
Bronze
Cast Iron
Bronze
Bronze
Cast Iron

PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE
RATING

DIMENSIONAL DRAWING
C

16 bar from -10 to 120C


11.8 bar at 230C

TEST PRESSURES
(HYDRAULIC)

Shell: 24 bar
Seat: 17.6 bar

Specification
BS EN
ASTM
1561 EN-JL1030
1982 CC491K
12164 CW603R
1563 EN-JS1030
1982 CC491K
1561 EN-JL1040
1982 CC491K
1982 CC491K
1982 CC491K
1982 CC491K
1561 EN-JL1040

A126 CIB
B62 C83600
B16 C36000
A536 65-45-12
B62 C83600
A126 ClB
B62 C83600
B62 C83600
B62 C83600
B584 C83600
A126 ClB

SPECIFICATION
BS EN 13789:2010.
Face to face dimensions BS EN 588-1 basic series 10.
Cast iron body and bonnet.
Outside screw, rising stem.
Bronze trim.
Sizes DN125 to DN300 have a centre guided disc.
Handwheel operated.
Flanged to BS EN 1092-2 PN16.
Also available flanged BS 5152 ANSI 125
Figure 731 ANSI.
18
16

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

10
8
6

mm

50

65

80

100

125

150

200

A
mm
B (Open) mm
C
mm
Weight
kg

203
259
178
16

216
300
178
21

241
318
200
26

292
402
254
44

330
419
300
62

356
479
300
83

495
537
348
141

Sa t
ura
ted

Nom
Size

12

Stea

Pressure bar

14

4
2
0

40 80 120 160 200 240


Temperature C

162

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

LUBRICATED PLUG VALVES

Lubricated Plug Valves


The principle of the HNH-Milliken plug valve is as
simple as its design. The plug, which is the only
moving part of the valve, when open, presents a
straight through passage in line with the pipeline,
and when turned through 90 to the closed
position stops the flow.
A special sealing compound is used to effect a
completely leak tight seal. When line pressure is
applied to the valve in the closed position, the
parallel plug is forced to the downstream side of
the valve. The plug is then in contact with the
body in the area surrounding the outlet port.
The sealing compound, which surrounds the
outlet port by means of special grooves in the
plug, forms a barrier to line pressure. It is also
spread over the sealing surfaces of the plug and
body so that a very thin film of compound is
established between the plug and body surfaces
on the downstream side.
The metal to metal contact of plug and body
together with the barrier of sealing compound
ensures a completely leak tight valve. The
sealing compound to some extent preserves the
body and plug surfaces from corrosion, and
provides lubrication for ease of operation.
Providing the valve is correctly maintained, which
in general simply means injecting a small
amount of sealing compound from time to time
and moving the plug, a valve giving positive
shut-off will result in and provide many years of
satisfactory service.

Specification
Screwed end valve are supplied screwed internal
to BS EN 10266 (ISO 7) or API Line Pipe Thread
as required.
PN16 flanged end valves are drilled to
BS EN 1092 2PN16 and class 125 conform
to ANSI B16.1 Class 125.
PN25 flanged end valves are drilled to
BS EN 1092 2PN25 and Class 250 conform
to ANSI B16.1 Class 250.
Health and Safety
HNH-Milliken plug valves contain sealing
compound and grease which, for their intended
use, do not present a significant hazard to health.
If skin contact occurs when recharging the valve
with compound wash hands thoroughly with soap
and water and maintain good standards of
hygiene.
Health and safety data sheets are available for
each compound and give guidance on safe
handling and remedial action if misused.
Flanges
This catalogue provides information for screwed
end valves and valves fitted with flanges to
BS EN 1092-2 and ANSI B16.1. Valves with
BS10 flanges can be supplied, details on
application.
Gearing
In this catalogue the dimensional tables indicate
where, in our opinion, valves should be fitted with
gearing.

Steam Jacketing
Steam jacketed bottom covers can be fitted to the HNH-Milliken valves shown in the table.
Steam jacketing is used on viscous services where heat is required to keep the media in a liquid state.
Steam Jacket Availability
Nom Size

200S

mm

25

32

40

50

65

80

100

125

150

200

250

in

11/4

11/2

21/2

10

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

163

LUBRICATED PLUG VALVES

Cast Iron HNH-Milliken Plug Valves Operating and Test Pressures

Flanged

Sizes
Hot

BS EN 1092-2 PN16

Pressure/Temperature Rating
Cold

All

11.2 bar at 250C

16 bar from -10 to 120C

to 12"

125lbf/in2 at 450F

200lbf/in2 from -20 to 150F

ANSI B16.1 Class 125

14 to 24"

100lbf/in2 at 353F

150lbf/in2 from -20 to 150F

BS1560 Class 125

15 to 300mm

8.6 bar at 230C

13.8 bar from -10 to 65C

BS1560 Class 125

350 to 600mm

6.9 bar at 180C

10.3 bar from -10 to 65C

to 12"

250Ibf/in2 at 450F

500lbf/in2 from -20 to 150F

ANSI B16.1 Class 250

14 to 24"

200lbf/in2 at 406F

300lbf/in2 from -20 to 150F

BS1560 Class 250

15 to 300mm

17.2 bar at 230C

34.5 bar from -10 to 65C

BS1560 Class 250

350 to 600mm

14.1 bar at 200C

20.7 bar from -10 to 65C

Screwed

Sizes

ANSI B16.1 Class 125

ANSI B16.1 Class 250

1/2

1/2

Hot
PN16

All

Class 250

All

Pressure/Temperature Rating
Cold

10.8 bar at 260C


(157lbf/in2 at 500F)
17.5 bar at 260C
(253lbf/in2 at 500F)

16 bar from -10 to 120C


(232lbf/in2 from -23 to 248F)
34.5 bar from -10 to 120C
(500lbf/in2 from -23 to 248F)

Hydrostatic Test Pressures


Fig. No
200M
200R
200L/T
171MG
201M
201R
201T
221T
205M
401M

End
Connection

Pressure
Rating

Screwed

PN16

Nominal
Size

Body Test
bar
lbf/in2

Seat Test
bar
lbf/in2

24.0

17.6

DN15 (1/2") to DN80 (3")


DN25 (1") to DN50 (2")

348

255

DN15 (1/2") to DN50 (2")


Flanged

PN16

Flanged

PN16

Flanged

ANSI 125

Flanged

ANSI 125

DN150 (6") to DN600 (24")


DN25 (1") to DN200 (8")

24.0

348

17.6

255

DN32 (11/4") to DN100 (4")

24.1

350

13.8

200

DN50 (2") to DN150 (6")

18.3

265

12.1

175

51.7

750

34.5

500

DN80 (3")
Flanged

ANSI 250

DN50 (2) to DN150 (6)

Note: All valves 1/2" to 11/2" inclusive are pneumatically tested to:
Body: 6 to 7 bar
Seat: 6 to 7 bar

VALVE PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING
The pressure/temperature ratings given apply
to the valve only.
The maximum temperature at which a valve
may operate depends upon the sealing
compound with which the valve is filled.
However, should the sealing compound have
an operating temperature different to that of
the valve the lower temperature must apply.

164

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

LUBRICATED PLUG VALVES


CLASS 125

Fig. 170M (Screwed), 171M (Flanged)


Cast Iron HNH-Milliken - Short Pattern, Reduced Bore
FEATURES & BENEFITS

DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS

Sealing compound effects a completely


leak tight seal
When open - presents a straight through
passage in line with pipeline
Stops flow after 90 turn
Unless requested plug valves will be supplied
with the standard compound No.90

Fig. 170M - Sizes 1" to 4"

Fig. 171M - Sizes 1" to 8"

Fig. 171MG* - Sizes 6" to 24"


supplied with fully enclosed
gearing

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS


Dimensions 170M and 171M
Nom
Size

mm
in

25
1

32
11/4

40
11/2

50
2

65
21/2

80
3

100
4

125
5

150
6

mm
mm
in
B
mm
D Flanged ANSI 125 in
Wrench (screwed)
Wrench (flanged)
Weight (screwed)
kg
Weight (flanged)
kg

92
102
4
103
41/4
G
G/C
1.7
2.9

102
111
43/8
108
45/8
G
G/C
1.9
4.2

111
118
45/8
119
5
J
J/C
2.4
5.0

152
178
7
127
6
J
J
4.3
8.2

165
190
71/2
197
7
L
L
6.6
11

187
203
8
206
71/2
L
L
10
17

225
225
9
254
9
O
O
21
24

254
10
270
10
P
44

267
292
101/2 111/2
298
327
11
131/2
P
Q
57
77

A (170M)
A (171M)

200
8

DETAILS OF
TAPPED HOLES
The close proximity of the flange to
the body does not allow room for all
bolt holes to be drilled through.
These holes are drilled and tapped
as follows:
Valve size
125mm
150 to 200mm
250 to 300mm

Tapped
M16
M20
M24

Dimensions 171MG (with gear unit)


Nom
Size

mm
in

150
6

200
8

250
10

300
12

400
16

450
18

500
20

600
24

A
mm
B
mm
D Flanged ANSI 125 in
Weight
kg

267
380
11
71

292
473
131/2
95

330
532
16
163

356
576
19
224

762
738
231/2
558

864
802
25
625

914
843
271/2
1190

1067
914
32
1610

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

165

LUBRICATED PLUG VALVES


CLASS 125

Fig. 200M (Screwed), 201M (Flanged)


Cast Iron HNH-Milliken - Short Pattern, Full Bore
FEATURES & BENEFITS

DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS

Sealing compound effects a completely


leak tight seal
When open - presents a straight through
passage in line with pipeline
Stops flow after 90 turn
Unless requested plug valves will be supplied
with the standard compound No.90

Fig. 200M - Sizes 1/2" to 3"

Fig. 201M - Sizes 1" to 8"


Sizes 5", 6" and 8" have bolted
bottom cover

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

Fig. 201M - Sizes 5" to 8"

Dimensions 200M and 201M


mm
in

15

20

1/2

3/4

25
1

32
11/4

40
11/2

50
2

65
21/2

80
3

100
4

125 150
5
6

DETAILS OF
TAPPED HOLES

mm
mm
in
B
mm
D Flanged PN16
mm
D Flanged ANSI 125 in
Wrench
Weight (200M)
kg
Weight (201M)
kg

81
G
0.8
2.7

88
G
1.2
2.7

106
121
43/4
108
115
41/4
G
2.1
3.9

111
111
43/8
124
140
45/8
J
2.6
4.6

117
117
45/8
127
150
5
J
3.1
5.7

152
178
7
197
165
6
L
6.0
10

165
190
71/2
206
185
7
L
8.8
13

187
203 229
8
9
254 270
200 220
71/2 9
O
P
14 31
19 39

254 267
10 101/2
299 327
250 285
10
11
P
Q
58
77

The close proximity of the flange to


the body does not allow room for all
bolt holes to be drilled through.
These holes are drilled and tapped
as follows:
Valve size
Tapped
100 and 125mm
M16
150 to 200mm
M20

Nom
Size
A (200M)
A (201M)

Dimensions 201MG (with gear unit)


Nom
Size

mm
in

125
5

150
6

200
8

mm
in
B
mm
D Flanged PN16
mm
D Flanged ANSI 125 in
Weight
kg

254
10
381
250
10
72

267
101/2
473
285
11
95

292
111/2
533
340
131/4
167

166

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

LUBRICATED PLUG VALVES


PN16 & CLASS 125

Fig. 200R (Screwed), 201R (Flanged)


Cast Iron HNH-Milliken Plug Valves - Round Port, Full Bore
FEATURES & BENEFITS

DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS

Sealing compound effects a completely


leak tight seal
When open - presents a straight through
passage in line with pipeline
Stops flow after 90 turn
Unless requested plug valves will be supplied
with the standard compound No.90

Fig. 200R - Sizes 1", 11/2" and 2" only

Fig. 201R - Sizes 11/4" to 4"


4" size has bolted bottom cover

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS


Dimensions 200R and 201R
Nom
Size

mm
in

25
1

32
11/4

40
11/2

50
2

65
21/2

80
3

100
4

A (200R)
A (201R)

mm
mm

106
-

127

140
133

190
190

222

244

324

in
B
mm
D Flanged ANSI 125 in
Wrench
Weight (200R)
kg
Weight (201R)
kg

5
114
41/4
J
1.9
3.8

51/4
124
45/8
J
3.6
5.8

71/2
140
5
L
4.9
7.5

83/4
206
6
O
12
17

95/8
216
7
O
19
23

123/4
245
71/2
P
25
30

286
9
Q
60
61

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

167

LUBRICATED PLUG VALVES


PN16 & CLASS 125

Fig. 200L/T, 201T, 201TG & 221T


Cast Iron HNH-Milliken Plug Valves - 3 Way Pattern L-Port & T-Port
FEATURES & BENEFITS

DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS

Sealing compound effects a completely


leak tight seal
When open - presents a straight through
passage in line with pipeline
Stops flow after 90 turn
Unless requested plug valves will be supplied
with the standard compound No.90

Fig. 200L, 200T - Sizes 1/2" to 2"


>4" size has bolted cover

Fig. 201T - Sizes 2" to 4",


Fig. 221T - 80mm only >4" size has
bolted cover

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

Fig. 201TG - Sizes 5" to 6"

Dimensions (wrench operated)


Nom
Size

mm
in

A (200L/T)
A (201T/221T)

mm
mm
in
mm
mm
in

B
Flanged PN16
D Flanged ANSI 125
Wrench
Weight (screwed)
Weight (flanged)

kg
kg

15

20

1/2

3/4

25
1

32
11/4

40
11/2

50
2

65
21/2

99
108
G
1.7
-

99
108
G
1.6
-

108
118
J
2.5
-

127
133
J
3.8
-

140
133
L
5.2
-

162
216
81/2
206
165
6
L
8.4
13

248 267
93/4 101/2
222 257
185 200
7
71/2
O
P
15
29
24
39

Dimensions (with gear unit)


Nom
Size

mm
in

125
5

150
6

mm
in
B
mm
D Flanged PN16
mm
D Flanged ANSI 125 in
Weight
kg

387
151/4
476
250
10
125

406
16
521
285
11
151

80
3

100
4
324
123/4
302
220
9
Q
51
82

VALVE IDENTIFICATION
Ends
Screwed
Screwed
Flanged
Flanged
Flanged

Operation
Non-transflow
Wrench
Wrench
Wrench
Geared
Transflow
Wrench

Fig. No.
200L
200T
201T
201TG
221T

Transflow pattern valves allow reduced


flow through the ports during rotation of
the plug from one position to another.

168

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

LUBRICATED PLUG VALVES


CLASS 250

Fig. 401M (Flanged)


Cast Iron HNH-Milliken Plug Valves - Regular Pattern, Full Bore
FEATURES & BENEFITS

DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS

Sealing compound effects a completely


leak tight seal
When open - presents a straight through
passage in line with pipeline
Stops flow after 90 turn
Unless requested plug valves will be supplied
with the standard compound No.90

Fig. 401M - Sizes 2" to 4"

Fig. 401MG - Sizes 5" to 6"

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS


Dimensions 401M
Nom
Size

mm
in

A (401M)

mm
in
mm
in

B
D Flanged ANSI 250
Wrench
Weight (401M)

kg

15

20

1/2

3/4

25
1

32
11/4

40
11/2

50
2

65
21/2

80
3

100
4

102
G
3.0

105
G
3.7

108
47/8
G
5.0

124
51/4
J
5.6

127
61/8
J
7.0

216
81/2
187
61/2
L
15

241 283 305


91/2 111/8 12
206 254 270
71/2 81/4 10
L
O
P
17
28
51

Dimensions 401MG (with gear unit)


Nom
Size

mm
in

125
5

150
6

mm
in
B
mm
D Flanged ANSI 250 in
Weight
kg

381
15
381
11
92

403
157/8
473
121/2
120

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

169

LUBRICATED PLUG VALVES


CLASS 250

Servicing Instructions
HNH-Milliken Parallel Plug Valves
Positive isolation with minimum maintenance
Combination
Sealing Screw
(for gun injection)

Sealing compound injection gun type NMG 40 for


use with pre-packed sealing compound cartridges.
For use with valves fitted with button head nipples
and combination sealing screws.

Injection of Compound
When the combination screw has reached its
limit (screwed fully down) this indicates that
the valve needs recharging with sealing
compound.
When using the lightweight compound gun,
remove the combination screw, partially fill
the compound reservoir in the plug, replace
the combination screw, and screw down.
This operation may need repeating several
times. When using the NMG 40 high pressure
gun, attach the nozzle to the injection nipple
and give several steady stokes of the lever.
VALVES MUST EITHER BE FULLY OPEN
OR FULLY CLOSED WHILST THEY ARE
BEING CHARGED.
Indication of Full Charging
The first indication of the valve becoming fully
charged is an increase in the effort required
to rotate the combination screw, or with the
high pressure gun injection an increase in the
effort required on the lever.
The effort required to operate the valve
should have increased from the initial
operation prior to injection of sealing
compound.
No. Temperature Colour of
Range
Compound
18*
44

74

32 to 450F
0 to 230C
-40 to 284F
-40 to 140C
-31 to 500F
-34 to 260C

90** -20 to 375F


-30 to 190C

Lightweight
compound gun

Method of injection
Where the number of valves to be charged is
small, ie. 12-15 valves, especially if they are
in the smaller sizes, lightweight gun injection
can be successfully used. For larger
quantities use of the NMG40 high pressure
gun is recommended.
Valve Leakage
Leakage through the valve indicates that the
valve requires injection of sealing compound
or that it needs opening and closing a
minimum of three times to distribute the
compound evenly.
Operating Torque
Should a valve become jammed or unusually
stiff to operate, this can generally be cured
by the injection of sealing compound. If this
is ineffective, it will be necessary to
dismantle the valve, clean the components
and recharge with sealing compound.
Servicing
Advice is available from the Hattersley
Service Department in connection with
all aspects of operation, lubrication and
maintenance.
Availability

Buff

Bulk

Black

Grey

Green
Prepacked
Cartridges
Apple Green

White

White

Tubes, Bulk
and Strong
Chemicals
Bulk and
Prepacked
Cartridges
Bulk and
Prepacked
Cartridges

** UK WFBS Listed

Do NOT
use for

Cleaning
Solvent

Water or Strong Water


Chemicals
Trichloroethane
Strong Chemicals Trichloroethane
Trichloroethane
Nitrating Acids
Steam, HTHW

Paraffin
Hot Water

Solvents

Acetone

In service sealing compound should be


used for each individual medium to
affect good isolation. Our
recommendations for sealing
compounds are the result of
considerable research. If there is any
doubt as to the suitability of a
particular compound for a given
service, test should be carried out in a
new clean valve. This is the only way
to conduct such tests. Laboratory tests
using a beaker of line fluid and
immersing a stick of compound have
proved misleading. Where samples of
fluid can be supplied, together with
details of temperature and pressure,
and if known frequency of operation,
we will carry out specific tests and
give our recommendations based upon
the results.

CONSTRUCTION
Only five major parts are involved
when dismantling ie. body, parallel
plug, PTFE thrust ring, bottom cover
and plug support spring.

OPERATION
Care must be taken particularly with
geared valves that the plug is eased off
the body stop after operation to ensure
the plug is free to float.

ROUTINE
MAINTENANCE
Valves are despatched by Hattersley
charged with sealing compound.
A compound identification tag states
clearly that the valve has been
assembled and tested with a universal
compound. The user is advised to
follow the chart overleaf for specific
applications. When injecting additional
sealing compound, care should be
taken to ensure that it is of the correct
type. Where the service permits, the
valve should be partially or fully
operated once to ensure free operation
and to determine the effort required.
For infrequently operated valves
maintenance merely consists of two or
three turns of the combination screw
or, if gun injection, several strokes of
the lever, and opening and closing the
valve a minimum of three times to
distribute the compound evenly around
the plug at three monthly intervals. It is
difficult to be specific how often the
valve should be recharged with sealing
compound, since this is determined by
the frequency of operation, type of
service, pressure and temperature.

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

0813_v3

Black

* Not suitable for gun injection

170

Colour
of Box
Label

SEALING

Button Head Nipple


(for gun injection)

LUBRICATED PLUG VALVES

Sealing Compound Recommendations


* Refer to Technical Department
Service

Sealing
Compound

0813_v3

Acetone/Acetate
Acetone
Air
Alcohols
Alkaline Solutions
Ammonia Anhydrous
Ammonia (Gas)
Ammonia (Liquid)
Ammoniacal Copper Hydroxide
Ammonium Hydroxide
Amyl Alcohol (Pure)
Anline Dyes
Anthracine Oil
Aromatic Hydrocarbons
Aromatic Solvents
Asphalt
Asphalt Emulsions

74
74
90,74
74
74
74
74
74
74
74
74
74
74
44
44
18,74
18,74

Barium Hydroxide
Beet Sugar Liquors
Benzene
Benzyl Alcohol
Bocarbonate of Soda
Bitumen
Blast Furnace Gas
Boiler Blow Down
Borax
Brake Fluid
Bunker Fuel
Butadiene
Butane (Gas or Liquid)
Butanol
Butyl Alcohol

74
90
44
74
74
18,74
90,74
90
90
74
161
44
44
74
74

Calcium Chloride Solution


Calcium Hydroxide (Lime Water)
Calcium Sulphate
Cane Sugar Liquors
Carbolic Acid (Phenol Sol.)
Carbonate of Soda
Carbon Bisulphide
Carbon Dioxide
Carbon Monoxide Gas
Carburetted Water Gas
Caster Oil
Caustic Potash
Caustic Soda
Cellulose Acetate Solutions
Cellulose Nitrate
Cement (Dry)
Cement Slurries

90,74
90,74
90,74
90
74
74
44
90,74
90,74
44,74
74
74
74
74
74
90,74
90,74

Service
Chloride of Lime
Chocolate
Chrome Alum
Chrome Tanning Liquor
Coal Gas
Coal Gas Condensate
Coal/Petroleum Mixed Gas
Condensate
Coal Tar
Coal Tar Oils
Coal Tar Solvents
Coal Washers
Coconut Oil
Coke Oven Gas
Condensate
Corn Oil
Corn Syrup (Glucose)
Cotton Seed Oil
Creosote
Cumene
Cutting Oil
Cyanide Solutions

Sealing
Compound
90,74
No
compound
90,74
90,74
44
90,44

Denatured Alcohol
Dextrine
Diesel Fuel
Distillate Petroleum
Disinfectant Solution
Enamel (see Paint)
Epsom Salts
Ethane Gas
Ethanalamine
Ether, Petroleum
Ethers
Ethyl Acetate
Ethyl Alcohol (Ethanol)
Ethyl Benzine
Ethyl Chloride Gas or Liquid
Ethylene
Ethylene Dichloride (Dry)
Ethyline Gas
Ethylene Glyco/Water Sol.
(50% Antifreeze)
Ethylene Glycol

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

90,44
18
74
44
90,74
90,74
90,74
90
90,74
90
90,74
44,18
44
44
90,74
74
90
44
44
90

90
44
74,44
44
44
44
74
44
44
44,18
44,74
44,18
90,74
74

Service

Sealing
Compound

Ferrous Chloride (Pure)


Fish Oil
Fuel JP4
Fuel Oil
Furlural

90,74
44
44
44
44

Gases
Gas (Manufactured)
Gas (Natural)
Gas Oil
Gasoline
Glucose
Glycerine (Glycerol)
Grain Alcohols (Ethyl Alcohol)
Grease
Gypsum (Calcium Sulphate)

*
90,44
90,44
44
44
90
90,74
74
44,74
90

Helium Gas
90,44
Heptane
44
Heavy Oil (Coke Plant)
44
Hexane
44
Hydraulic Fluid (Haughtosafe 271)
44
Hydraulic Oil
44
Hydrocarbons (Aromatic)
44
Hydrogen Gas
90,44
Kerosene
Ketones (Not Acetone)

44
44,74

Lard
Latex
Light Naphthas
Light Oil
Linseed Oil
Liquid Petroleum Gas (LPG)
Lubricating Oil
Lye Solutions (Alkalies)

90
*
44
44,74
90,74
44
44
74

Magnesium Hydroxide
Maltose (Malt Syrup)
Manufactured Gas
Methane Gas
Methyl Alcohol (Methanol)
Methyl Bromide
Methyl Chloride, Gas or Liquid
Methylated Spirits
Milk of Lime
Mineral Oil
Mineral Spirits
Molasses
Monoethanolomine

90
90
90,44
90,44
74
74
44
74
90,74
44
44
90
74,44

171

LUBRICATED PLUG VALVES

Sealing Compound Recommendations


* Refer to Technical Department
Service

Sealing
Compound

Naptha
Naptha Vapours
Naphthalene
Natural Gas
Nitrobenzene
Nitrogen Gas

44
44
44,74
90,44
44
90,44

Oil Gas Mixture


Oil (Petroleum)
Oil Tar
Oil Water Mixtures

44
44
18,74
90,44

Paints
- Alcohol Solvent Base
- Hydrocarbon Solvent Base
- Varnish
- Water Based
- White Spirit Based
Paraffin
Paraffin Wax
Pentane
Petrolatum (Petroleum Jelly)
Petroleum Gas
Petroleum Ether
Phthalic Anhydride
Pine Resin
Pitch
Polyester Resin Solvent
Polyisobutylene
Polyvinyl Acetate Emulsion
Potash (Potassium Carbonate)
Potassium Cyanide Liquor
Potassium Sulphate
Producer Gas
Propane (Gas or Liquid)
Propylene
Pyridine

74
44
44
90
44
44
90,44
44
44,74
90,44
44
74
90,74
18,74
*
44
*
90,74
90,74
90
90,44
90,44
44
*

Quenching Oil

44,18

Rapeseed Oil
Road Tars
Rosin (Fine Resin)
Rubber Latex
Rubber Solvent

90,44,74
18,74
*
*
*

Service

Sealing
Compound

90,44
Sewage
Sewage Gas
90,44
Shell Cornea
44
44
Shell Garia A
Shell Turbine Oil
44
Shellac in Alcohol
74
*
Shock Absorber Oil (Mineral)
90,44
Sludge and Sewage
90,74
Soap Solutions
Soda Liquor (Paper Industry)
74
Sodium Carbonate (Soda Ash)
74
Sodium Cyanide Solution
90,74
Sodium Hydroxide
(up to 50% Conc.)
74
Sodium Metasilicate
74
Sodium Nitrate
90
Sodium Phosphate (Tri-basic)
90,74
Sodium Silicate
74
Sodium Sulphate
90,74
Soluble Oil
90,74
Solvent Naphtha
17,44
Starch Solutions
90
Sugar Solutions
90
Sulphur (Liquid)
44,18,74
Sulphur Dioxide
74
Sulphur Trioxide
74
Synthetic Resins
*
Synthetic Tannins
*
Tanning Liquors
Tar
Tar Oil (Creosote)
Teepol
Tempering Oil
Tetraethyl Lead
Toluene (Toluol)
Triethanolamine
Trimethylamine
Trisodium Phosphate
Turpentine
Tallow

90,74
18,74
44,18
90
44,18
44
44
74
44,74
90,74
44
90

Vacuum Service
Varnish (See Paints)
Vegetable Oils
Vegetable Oils and Water
Vegetable Tannins
Vinyl Chloride Monomer

90,44

Service

Sealing
Compound

Water (Cold)
Water (Cold, Domestic)
Water (Hot, Heating)
Water/Gas
Water Softener Salts
Wax Emulsions
Waxes
White Spirit
Wood Alcohol (Methyl Alcohol)
Wort, Beer
Xylol (Xylene)

90
90
90
90,74
90,74
90,74
44,74
44
74
90
44

90,74
90,74
90,74
74
0813_v3

172

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

S Shand-Brown

Project: Leadenhall, London


Sector: Commercial
Distributor: BSS
Contractor: Crown House
Specification: General Valves, Commissioning Valves, Strainers, Non-Return Valves.

173

174

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

175

S Shand-Brown

Project: North East Energy Recovery Centre (NEERC) Billingham, Stockton-on-Tees


Sector: Public Sector
Client: SITA UK
Distributor: BSS Stockton
Contractor: John Sisk & Son and Jones Engineering
Specification: Hattersley Press-Fit Valves have been specified for Europe's largest energy-fromwaste site, The North East Energy Recovery Centre (NEERC) in Billingham, Stockton-on-Tees.
Its enormous incinerators will generate enough power to supply 30,000 homes, and this wastefree process will also prevent an incredible 265,000 tonnes of household waste being sent to
landfill every year. It will also provide heat, in the form of steam, for local industry.
Press-Fit technology reduces the number of joints required to be made on site, speeding up the
process and significantly reducing the risk of a leak, allowing the Jones Engineering team of
45 installers to get the job done quickly and efficiently.
More than 300 ball valves have already been installed in the facilitys office block, although Jones
Engineering will also be installing balancing valves, strainers and check valves throughout the
pipework system. Due to its sheer size, the sites system has been commissioned in stages, the
first being the office block in October 2012, ready for employees to move in.

176

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

S Shand-Brown

Project: The Place (next to The Shard), London


Sector: Commercial
Distributor: Pipe Center
Contractor: D G Robson
Specification: Hook-Ups, General Isolating Valves (15mm to 400mm), Strainers, Non-Return
Valves, DPCVs, Commissioning Valves and WRAS Approved Valves. Orifice plates M2000,
Isolation 970G - 100 - 100EXT - 100C - DPCV - Gas - 971.

Look no

PRESS-FIT

Further

VALVES

PRESS-FIT VALVES

AT

TERSL

IO
N S

PRESS-FIT
VA LV E S

IC
D E D

Hattersley has designed a dedicated core range of


Press-Fit valves, which are quickly and easily installed
into pipework using proven Geberit Mapress technology.
Without compromising on reliability, a clean pressed
joint is simpler and quicker to make than traditional
soldered or threaded connections.

TE
D

LU
S O

Press-Fit Valves
Maximum Performance Benefits
Pre-assembled & Fewer Joints
Valves come already fitted with Geberit Mapress connectors so
there is just one integral unit. For the fitter, the benefits are huge;
the number of joints to make on-site is dramatically reduced and
the performance, exact dimensions & tolerances of the Press-Fit
Valve are known in advance. This is ideal for pre-fabricators who
can pre-cut pipework with confidence.

Thoroughly Tested
Each Press-Fit valve undergoes the standard 6 bar air
underwater test. Hattersley also used bend and vibration tests
to EN331 and DVGW respectively during development to test
the integrity of the fitting.

An Outstanding Pedigree

Geberit Mapress Technology - Peace of Mind

Hattersley and Geberit have been trading for nearly 100 years
and bring together their expertise in creating innovative,
quality products and solutions th at have been used by
specifiers, consultants and contractors around the world.

Designed for the Perfect Fit


Whilst the valves still incorporate the same features & benefits
as the trusted Hattersley project valve range, both the
fittings and valves have redesigned parallel connecting
threads to ISO 228-1.

All Press-Fit Valves come with a unique white end cap, which has a
size indicator, and ensures that the product is protected from any
ingress of material prior to installation. In addition, innovative white
foil indicators which surround the pressing contours of the
connectors are designed to fall off after pressing with a Press-Fit
Tool. This enables unpressed joints to be clearly visible before the
pressure test. As a further safety enhancement, Press-Fit valves
feature defined leak paths, which if unpressed, will cause controlled
leakage and be immediately identified during initial testing.
Application - Adapting to Variety
Designed for both new-build and refurbishment projects,
Press-Fit valves can be installed on a variety of pipe
materials. In addition to any brand of copper tubing
conforming to BS EN 1057 R220 soft copper (12-22mm),
R250 semi-hard coppper (12-28mm) and R290 hard
copper (12-54mm), the valves can also be pressed onto
Geberit Mapress Stainless and Carbon Steel.

The Core Range


Hattersley Press-Fit Valves are available in sizes up to 2"
for Ball Valves, Balancing Valves, Check Valves and Strainers.
0813_v3

180

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

PRESS-FIT VALVES

A unique end cap has a


size indicator and ensures
the product is protected
from any ingress prior to
installation.
1

Valves are PN16 rated and


suitable for temperatures
-10 to 120C. Valve is assembled
with press-fit ends.

End connectors are full


bore, maintaining valve
performance.

Valves & fittings have the


advantage of redesigned parallel
threads to enhance thread
engagement and to ensure the
valves pass DVGW vibration
and EN 331 bend tests.
4

White foil indicators


which surround the
pressing contours
provide a visual indicator
of a pressed joint.

Additional
O-Ring creates
leak-tight seal.
5

Valves are supplied preassembled & factory tested


so the number of joints to
make on-site is reduced.
8

O-Ring features
defined leak
paths - a fail safe
against unpressed
joints.

Exact dimensions,
tolerances and
performance of
entire unit is known
in advance.
7

0813_v3

See website for Press-Fit video

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

181

PRESS-FIT VALVES
PN16

Fig. 1432.PF
Bronze Double Regulating Valve

New
DRV

FEATURES & BENEFITS

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION

Double regulating valve complete with


Press-Fit connectors
Provides precise and accurate flow regulation
Standard flow coefficients of Fig.1432
and Fig.1432L are still valid
Supplied as one integral unit means
less joints to make on-site
The performance, exact dimensions
and tolerances are known in advance
Incorporates both Hattersley and proven
Geberit Mapress technology
Vibration tested to DVGW and bend
tested to BS EN331
Quickly and easily installed using a
Press-Fit tool (supplied by others)

No.
1
2

Component

Material

Body
Bonnet - 1/2" - 11/4"
Bonnet - 11/2" - 2"
Stem
Disc
Disc Retaining Ring
(Sizes 1-2" only)
Balancing Cone
Drive Sleeve
Drive Sleeve Retaining Clip

3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17

Specification

Bronze
DZR Brass
Bronze
DZR Brass
DZR Brass
DZR Brass

BS EN 1982 CC49IK
BS EN 12165 CW602N
BS EN 1982 CC491K
BS EN 12165 CW602N
BS EN 12165 CW602N
BS EN 12165 CW602N

DZR Brass
Brass
Carbon
Spring Steel
Handwheel Retaining Screw Brass
Disc Face (Sizes 1-2" only) PTFE
Hattersley Handwheel
Plastic
Memory Stop Screw
HT Steel
O-Ring Seal
EPDM Rubber
Identification Plate
Polycarbonate
Press-Fit Connector
Bronze
Connector O-Ring
CIIR Butyl Rubber
Joint O-Ring
EPDM Rubber

BS EN 12165 CW602N
BS EN 12164 CW617N
DIN7993 SIZE 018
BS EN 12164 CW617N
WRAS Approved
WRAS Approved
BS EN 1982 CC499K
WRAS Approved
WRAS Approved

DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS

14

HATTERSLEY

1432 MAP

11

CLOSE

Fig. 1432.PF

12
8
9

7
3
15

17

13

Fig. 1432.PF
Pressed

16

10

1
A

F
E
BODY SEAT/STEM DETAIL

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS


Fig. No.

Size

FOR SIZES 1/2 & 3/4

TEMPERATURE RANGE

Dimensions (mm)

(mm)

Fig.1432.PF

1/2

x 15

87

110

46

15

132

93

Fig.1432L.PF

1/2

x 18

87

110

46

15

132

93

3/4

x 22

96

111

51

22

147

106

Fig.1432.PF

1 x 28

100

132

56

28

152

107

11/4 x 35

114

133

57

35

172

121

11/2 x 42

125

148

61

42

193

134

2 x 54

146

149

75

54

227

158

in circuits incorporating flow


Weight
measurement devices.
-10 to 120C
(Kg)
Double regulating feature set by
OPTIONS
Allen Key and valve operation by
0.636
Available in standard flow (Fig.1432.PF) Microset handwheel security seals.
0.640 and low flow (Fig.1432L.PF)
Disk with PTFE insert on sizes
0.718
1" and above. Conforms to
SPECIFICATION
BS7350 for flow regulation.
1.066 Bronze (BS EN 1982 CC491K)
Complete with Geberit Mapress
1.354 'Y' Pattern Globe Type Double
Regulating Valve giving modified equal bronze Press-Fit adaptors.
1.816
percentage performance with
Rated PN16 (Maximum
2.412 characterised throttling disk and
temperature 120C).
authority sufficient to regulate flow

182

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

PRESS-FIT VALVES
PN16

Fig. 1732.PF
Bronze Fixed Orifice Double Regulating Valve

New
FOCS
4

FEATURES & BENEFITS

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION

Fixed Orifice Double regulating valve


complete with Press-Fit connectors
Provides precise and accurate flow
regulation & measurement
Supplied as one integral unit means
less joints to make on-site
The performance, exact dimensions
and tolerances are known in advance
Incorporates both Hattersley and proven
Geberit Mapress technology
Vibration tested to DVGW and bend
tested to BS EN331
Quickly and easily installed using a
Press-Fit tool (supplied by others)

No.
1
2

Component

Material

6
7
8

Body
Bonnet - 1/2" - 11/4"
Bonnet - 11/2" - 2"
Stem
Disc (Sizes 1-2" only)
Disc Retaining Ring
(Sizes 1-2" only)
Balancing Cone
Drive Sleeve
Drive Sleeve Retaining Clip

9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19

Handwheel Retaining Screw


Disc Face (Sizes 1-2" only)
Hattersley Handwheel
Memory Stop Screw
O-Ring Seal
Identification Plate
Orifice Insert
Fig. 631 Press Test Valve
Press-Fit Connector
Connector O-Ring
Joint O-Ring

3
4
5

Specification

Bronze
DZR Brass
Bronze
DZR Brass
DZR Brass
DZR Brass

BS EN 1982 CC49IK
BS EN 12165 CW602N
BS EN 1982 CC491K
BS EN 12165 CW602N
BS EN 12165 CW602N
BS EN 12165 CW602N

DZR Brass
Brass
Carbon
Spring Steel
Brass
PTFE
Plastic
HT Steel
EPDM Rubber
Polycarbonate
DZR Brass
DZR Brass
Bronze
CIIR Butyl Rubber
EPDM Rubber

BS EN 12165 CW602N
BS EN 12164 CW617N
DIN7993 SIZE 018
BS EN 12164 CW617N
WRAS Approved
WRAS Approved
BS EN 12164 CW602N
BS EN 12164 CW602N
BS EN 1982 CC499K
WRAS Approved
WRAS Approved

DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS

Fig. 1732.PF

12

7
9
3

5
17

19

13

14

16

CLOSE

1732 MAP

HATTERSLEY

11

15

18

10

A
F
BODY SEAT/STEM DETAIL
FOR SIZES 1/2 & 3/4

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS


Fig. No.
Fig.1732.PF
Fig.1732L.PF
Fig.1732M.PF

Fig.1732.PF

Size

Dimensions (mm)

Weight

TEMPERATURE RANGE
-10 to 120C

(mm)

(Kg)

1/2

x 15

87

110

46

15

132

93

0.716

1/2

x 18

87

110

46

18

133

94

0.720

3/4

x 22

96

111

51

22

147

106

0.788

1 x 28

100 132

56

28

152

107

1.136

SPECIFICATION

11/4 x 35

114 133

57

35

172

121

1.434

Bronze (BS EN 1982 CC491K) 'Y' Pattern


Globe Type Fixed Orifice Double
Regulating Valve incorporating integral
orifice with corner tappings terminating
in Hattersley Fig. 631 test points.

11/2 x 42

125 148

61

42

193

134

1.906

2 x 54

146 149

75

54

227

158

2.512

OPTIONS
Available in standard flow (Fig.1732.PF),
medium flow (Fig.1732M.PF)
and low flow (Fig.1732L.PF)

Double regulating feature set by


Allen Key and valve operation by
Microset handwheel. Disk with
PTFE insert on sizes 1" and above.
The entire unit provides a
measurement accuracy of 5%.
Conforms to BS7350 for flow
measurement and regulation.
Complete with Geberit Mapress
bronze Press-Fit adaptors.
Rated PN16 (Maximum
temperature 12C).

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

183

PRESS-FIT VALVES
PN16

Fig. 100.PF
DZR Ball Valve

New
IV

FEATURES & BENEFITS

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION

Quarter-turn full-bore isolation valve


complete with Press-Fit connectors
Supplied as one integral unit means
less joints to make on-site
The performance, exact dimensions
and tolerances are known in advance
Incorporates both Hattersley and proven
Geberit Mapress technology
Vibration tested to DVGW and bend
tested to BS EN 331
Quickly and easily installed using a
Press-Fit tool (supplied by others)
The Fig. 100.PF Ball Valve is available with
a variety of operator options - Extension
Stem Lever (Fig.100EXT.PF) and T-handle
(Fig.100TH.PF)

No.
1
2
3

Component

Material

Body
Seat
Ball - 1/2" - 1"
Ball - 11/4" - 2"
Stem
Handle
Packing Nut
Packing Gland
O-Ring
Seat Retainer
Press-Fit Connector
Connector O-Ring
Joint O-Ring

4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12

Specification

DZR Brass
PTFE
DZR Brass
Bronze
Brass
Steel
DZR Brass
PTFE
EPDM Rubber
DZR Brass
Bronze
CIIR Butyl Rubber
EPDM Rubber

BS EN 12165 CW602N
WRAS Approved
BS EN 12165 CW602N
BS EN 1982 CC491K
BS EN 12164 CW602N
Dacromet Plated
BS EN 12165 CW617N
WRAS Approved
WRAS Approved
BS EN 12165 CW602N
BS EN 1982 CC499K
WRAS Approved
WRAS Approved

DIMENSIONAL DRAWING
L2

4
6

7
1

12

Fig. 100.PF
10

11

B
A

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS


Size
(mm)

Dimensions (mm)
L

Weight
L2

TEMPERATURE RANGE SPECIFICATION

(Kg)

-10 to 120C

OPERATOR

1/2

x 15

59

104

63

15

99

48

0.319

1/2

x 18

59

105

64

18

99

48

0.323

3/4

x 22

67

118

75

22

99

51

0.463

1 x 28

80

132

85

28

125

63

0.728

11/4 x 35

94

152

99

35

140

78

1.146

11/2 x 42

102

170

102

42

140

84

1.527

2 x 54

124

205

134

54

165

98

2.382

Lever - Fig.100.PF,
Extension stem lever - Fig.100EXT.PF,
Lockshield - Fig.100LS.PF and
T-handle - Fig.100TH.PF

DZR Brass (CW 602N) bodied end-entry Ball


Valve. Full bore. Quarter-turn, lever operated.
DZR brass ball chrome plated.
Virgin PTFE seats, blow-out proof stem.
Complete with Geberit Mapress bronze
Press-Fit adaptors.
Rated PN16 (Maximum temperature 120C).
*Information shown is for Fig.100.PF.
Options with other operators are available
on request.

184

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

PRESS-FIT VALVES
PN16

Fig. 47.PF
Bronze Check Valve

New
NRV

FEATURES & BENEFITS

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION

Check valve complete with


Press-Fit connectors
Permits flow in one direction and
automatically closes if flow reverses
Supplied as one integral unit means
less joints to make on-site
The performance, exact dimensions and
tolerances are known in advance
Incorporates both Hattersley and proven
Geberit Mapress technology
Vibration tested to DVGW and bend
tested to BS EN 331
Quickly and easily installed using a
Press-Fit tool (supplied by others)

No.

Component

Material

Specification

Body

Bronze

BS EN 1982 CC491K

Cap

Bronze

BS EN 1982 CC491K

Disc - 1/2" - 1"

Brass

BS EN 12164 CW614N

Disc - 1/4" - 2"

Bronze

BS EN 1982 CC491K

Hinge

Bronze

BS EN 1982 CC491K

Hinge Pin

Stainless Steel

BS 970 GR316S11

Hinge Nut

Brass

BS EN 12164 CW614N

Press-Fit Connector

Bronze

BS EN 1982 CC499K

Joint O-Ring

EPDM Rubber

WRAS Approved

Connector O-Ring

CIIR Butyl Rubber

WRAS Approved

DIMENSIONAL DRAWING

2
5

Fig. 47.PF
9
7

3
A

D
C

Fig. 47.PF Pressed

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS


Size
(mm)

Dimensions (mm)

Weight

(Kg)

TEMPERATURE RANGE
-10 to 120C

1/2

x 15

59.5

33

104.1

65.1

15

0.42

SPECIFICATION

1/2

x 18

59.5

38

105.5

66.5

18

0.42

Bronze (BS 1982 CC491K) Check Valve, swing type to BS 5154 series 'B'.

3/4

x 22

68.0

42

119.0

78.0

22

0.57

Metal disk, free to rotate and hinge pin mounted.

1 x 28

81.5

49

133.1

88.1

28

0.70

Screwed-in cap. Integral seat.

11/4

x 35

93.2

56

151.6

100.6

35

1.31

11/2 x 42

98.3

65

166.5

107.5

42

1.73

2 x 54

110.6

76

191.6

122.6

54

2.65

Complete with Geberit Mapress bronze Press-Fit adaptors.


Rated PN16 (Maximum temperature 120C).

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

185

PRESS-FIT VALVES
PN16

Fig. 817.PF
Bronze Strainer

New
STR

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION

FEATURES & BENEFITS


Strainer complete with Press-Fit connectors
Helps prevent damage to pipeline
equipment caused by scale and dirt
Supplied as one integral unit means
less joints to make on-site
The performance, exact dimensions
and tolerances are known in advance
Incorporates both Hattersley and proven
Geberit Mapress technology
Vibration tested to DVGW and bend
tested to BS EN331
Quickly and easily installed using a
Press-Fit tool (supplied by others)

Component

No.

Material

Specification

Body

Bronze

BS EN 1982 CC491K

Mesh

Stainless Steel

AISI Type 304

Cap Seal

PTFE

WRAS Approved

Cap

Bronze

BS EN 1982 CC491K

Press-Fit Connector

Bronze

BS EN 1982 CC499K

Joint O-Ring

EPDM Rubber

WRAS Approved

Connector O-Ring

CIIR Butyl Rubber

WRAS Approved

DIMENSIONAL DRAWING
G
H
A
1

HEX A/F

Fig. 817.PF

E (WITHDRAWAL DISTANCE)

Fig. 817.PF Pressed

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS


Size
(mm)

Dimensions (mm)
Mesh
Hole

Weight
(Kg)

1/2

x 15

0.75

58

33

40

55

62

27

103

63

15

0.284

1/2

x 18

0.75

58

33

40

55

62

27

104

64

18

0.290

3/4

x 22

0.75

70

42

54

69

80

33

121

80

22

0.443

1 x 28

0.75

88

48

60

80

93

40

140

95

28

0.612

11/4 x 35

1.40

96

55

69

95

108

49

154

103

35

1.064

11/2 x 42

1.40

107

61

76

107

118

55

175

117

42

1.416

2 x 54

1.40

126

79

99

135

153

67

207

138

54

2.030

TEMPERATURE RANGE
-10 to 120C

SPECIFICATION
Bronze (BS EN 1982 CC491K) 'Y' type Strainer.
Fitted with perforated stainless steel screen with 0.75mm
holes (1/2" to 1") and 1.40mm holes (11/4" to 2").
Machined screen seats in body and cap ends.
Screwed-in cap with captive washer.
Complete with Geberit Mapress bronze Press-Fit
adaptors Rated PN16 (Maximum temperature 120C).

186

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

RADIATOR VALVES

Radiator Valves
Series 3000 radiator valves from Hattersley are
recognised as the industry standard for high
quality and dependable performance. The range
incorporates Thermostatic, Wheelhead and
Lockshield valves; and also a Universal valve
body to accommodate TRV and Wheel heads.
All valves are available in 1/2" and 3/4" BSP sizes,
each supplied complete with complementary
compression end adaptors.
The chrome plated brass valves are
complemented by a range of accessories
including Remote Sensors and Transmitters,
and Tamperproof TRV locks.
The Hattersley Series 3000 radiator valves
enable isolation, regulation and give
thermostatic control.
Universal Valve Body for TRV and Wheel Head
The range offers interchangeability of the
TRV head and the Wheelhead. The revolutionary
body design enables both the TRV head and
the Wheelhead to be connected directly to a
common valve body without the need for
adaptors. This design breakthrough therefore
reduces the cost of stock holding and increases
the versatility of the range.

Function
Thermostatic valves are typically used for
regulating the fluid flow to the radiators of central
heating systems. They are provided with a
regulating element which automatically controls
the opening of the valve to keep the ambient
temperature of the room, where they are
installed, constant at the set value. This prevents
unwanted temperature rises and achieves
considerable energy savings.
The Series 3000 Radiator valve range is
eminently suitable for building services
installations where durability and rugged
construction are predominant, while satisfying
the aesthetic requirements demanded for
modern commercial and domestic interiors.
Maximum working pressure: 10 bar operating
between 5 to 100C.
The Hattersley range of valves and TRV controls
are approved to standards UNI EN 215.
Additional information available on request.

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

187

RADIATOR VALVES

Series 3000
Hydraulic Characteristics

Valve with Angle Connections


Fig.

Description

Size
1

Kv (m3/h)
Proportional Band (K)
1.5
2

Kvs
3

3100
3100
3300
3300

Universal TRV/Wheel Valve Body


Universal TRV/Wheel Valve Body
Lockshield Valve
Lockshield Valve

1/2"

Fig.

Description

Size

Nominal Flow
(l/h)

Max. Diff Pres.


(bar)

3100
3100
3300
3300

Universal TRV/Wheel Valve Body


Universal TRV/Wheel Valve Body
Lockshield Valve
Lockshield Valve

1/2"

180
240
180
240

1
1
1
1

3/4"
1/2"
3/4"

0.34
0.40
0.34
0.40

3/4"
1/2"
3/4"

0.52
0.63
0.52
0.63

0.64
0.81
0.64
0.81

0.90
1.09
0.90
1.09

2.39
3.19
2.39
3.19

Valve with Straight Connections


Fig.

Description

Size
1

Kv (m3/h)
Proportional Band (K)
1.5
2

Kvs
3

3200
3200
3400
3400

Universal TRV/Wheel Valve Body


Universal TRV/Wheel Valve Body
Lockshield Valve
Lockshield Valve

1/2"

Fig.

Description

Size

Nominal Flow
(l/h)

Max. Diff Pres.


(bar)

3200
3200
3400
3400

Universal TRV/Wheel Valve Body


Universal TRV/Wheel Valve Body
Lockshield Valve
Lockshield Valve

1/2"

180
240
180
240

1
1
1
1

3/4"
1/2"
3/4"

3/4"
1/2"
3/4"

0.32
0.43
0.32
0.43

0.50
0.63
0.50
0.63

0.67
0.82
0.67
0.82

0.86
1.05
0.86
1.05

1.52
2.20
1.52
2.20

Kv = is flow rate in m3/h at 1 bar Dp at 20C


Kvs = Kv with valve fully open

188

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

RADIATOR VALVES

Fig. 3150
Angle Wheel Head
FEATURES & BENEFITS

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION

Regulates the fluid flow to radiators of the


central heating system
Prevents unwanted temperature rises
and achieves considerable energy savings
Suitable for installations where durability
and rugged construction are predominant

Component
Body
Valve Insert Assembly
T80 Std Wheel Head
Tailpiece Ring
Tailpiece
Compression Olive
Compression Adaptor
Hydraulic Seals

Material
Brass
(Chrome Plated)
EPDM Valve Disc
Thermoplastic
Brass
Brass
Brass
Brass
Rubber

Specification
BS EN
BS EN 12164 CW617N
ABS
BS EN 12164 CW617N
BS EN 12164 CW617N
BS EN 12164 CW602N
BS EN 12164 CW614N
EPDM

DIMENSIONAL DRAWING

C
B

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS


Nom
Size

mm

15

22

A
B
C
D
Body Weight

mm
mm
mm
mm
kg

60
37
27.5
58
0.350

61
42
30.5
66
0.519

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

189

RADIATOR VALVES

Fig. 3250
Straight Wheel Head
FEATURES & BENEFITS

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION

Regulates the fluid flow to radiators of the


central heating system
Prevents unwanted temperature rises
and achieves considerable energy savings
Suitable for installations where durability
and rugged construction are predominant

Component
Body
Valve Insert Assembly
T80 Std Wheel Head
Tailpiece Ring
Tailpiece
Compression Olive
Compression Adaptor
Hydraulic Seals

Material
Brass
(Chrome Plated)
EPDM Valve Disc
Thermoplastic
Brass
Brass
Brass
Brass
Rubber

Specification
BS EN
BS EN 12164 CW617N
ABS
BS EN 12164 CW617N
BS EN 12164 CW617N
BS EN 12164 CW602N
BS EN 12164 CW614N
EPDM

DIMENSIONAL DRAWING

B
C

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS


Nom
Size

mm

15

22

A
B
C
D
Body Weight

mm
mm
mm
mm
kg

64
34
44
60
0.391

64
40
51
65
0.580

190

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

RADIATOR VALVES

Fig. 3300LS
Angle Lockshield
FEATURES & BENEFITS

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION

Regulates the fluid flow to radiators of the


central heating system
Prevents unwanted temperature rises
and achieves considerable energy savings
Suitable for installations where durability
and rugged construction are predominant

Component
Body
Lockshield Assembly
Lockshield Cap
Tailpiece Ring
Tailpiece
Compression Olive
Compression Adaptor
Hydraulic Seals

Material
Brass
(Chrome Plated)
Brass
Thermoplastic
Brass
Brass
Brass
Brass
Rubber

Specification
BS EN
BS EN 12164 CW617N
BS EN 12164 CW614N
ABS
BS EN 12164 CW617N
BS EN 12164 CW617N
BS EN 12164 CW602N
BS EN 12164 CW614N
EPDM

DIMENSIONAL DRAWING

C
B

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS


Nom
Size

mm

15

22

A
B
C
D
Body Weight

mm
mm
mm
mm
kg

36.5
38.5
27.5
58
0.232

40.5
39.5
30.5
66
0.387

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

191

RADIATOR VALVES

Fig. 3400LS
Straight Lockshield
FEATURES & BENEFITS

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION

Regulates the fluid flow to radiators of the


central heating system
Prevents unwanted temperature rises
and achieves considerable energy savings
Suitable for installations where durability
and rugged construction are predominant

Component
Body
Lockshield Assembly
Lockshield Cap
Tailpiece Ring
Tailpiece
Compression Olive
Compression Adaptor
Hydraulic Seals

Material
Brass
(Chrome Plated)
Brass
Thermoplastic
Brass
Brass
Brass
Brass
Rubber

Specification
BS EN
BS EN 12164 CW617N
BS EN 12164 CW614N
ABS
BS EN 12164 CW617N
BS EN 12164 CW617N
BS EN 12164 CW602N
BS EN 12164 CW614N
EPDM

DIMENSIONAL DRAWING

B
D

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS


Nom
Size

mm

15

22

A
B
C
D
Body Weight

mm
mm
mm
mm
kg

43
34
44
60
0.232

44
40
51
65
0.387

192

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

RADIATOR VALVES

Fig. 3180
Angle TRV

TRV

FEATURES & BENEFITS

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION

Regulates the fluid flow to radiators of the


central heating system
Prevents unwanted temperature rises
and achieves considerable energy savings
Suitable for installations where durability
and rugged construction are predominant

Component

Material

Body
Valve Insert Assembly
T80 Std Wheel Head
Tailpiece Ring
Tailpiece
Compression Olive
Compression Adaptor
Hydraulic Seals

Brass
(Chrome Plated)
EPDM Valve Disc
Thermoplastic
Brass
Brass
Brass
Brass
Rubber

Specification
BS EN
BS EN12164 CW617N
ABS
BS EN12164 CW617N
BS EN12164 CW617N
BS EN12164 CW602N
BS EN12164 CW614N
EPDM

DIMENSIONAL DRAWING

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS


Nom
Size

mm

15

22

A
B
C
D
Body Weight

mm
mm
mm
mm
kg

37
96
27.5
58
0.350

42
98
30.5
66
0.519

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

193

RADIATOR VALVES

Fig. 3280
Straight TRV

TRV

FEATURES & BENEFITS

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION

Regulates the fluid flow to radiators of the


central heating system
Prevents unwanted temperature rises
and achieves considerable energy savings
Suitable for installations where durability
and rugged construction are predominant

Component
Body
Valve Insert Assembly
T80 Std Wheel Head
Tailpiece Ring
Tailpiece
Compression Olive
Compression Adaptor
Hydraulic Seals

Material
Brass
(Chrome Plated)
EPDM Valve Disc
Thermoplastic
Brass
Brass
Brass
Brass
Rubber

Specification
BS EN
BS EN 12164 CW617N
ABS
BS EN 12164 CW617N
BS EN 12164 CW617N
BS EN 12164 CW602N
BS EN 12164 CW614N
EPDM

DIMENSIONAL DRAWING

B
C

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS


Nom
Size

mm

15

22

A
B
C
D
Body Weight

mm
mm
mm
mm
kg

100
34
44
60
0.391

100
40
51
65
0.580

194

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

RADIATOR VALVES

Fig. 75/RS & 70/RT


Accessories
TRV HEAD WITH REMOTE SENSOR FIG. 75/RS
Max isolating differential pressure
Temperature adjustment range
Frost protection cut in
Max ambient temperature
0
0C

7C

1 bar
0 to 28C
7 C
50C

12C

16C

20C

24C

28C

Fig. 75/RS

TRV TRANSMITTER FIG. 70/RT


Max isolating differential pressure
Temperature adjustment range
Frost protection cut in
Max ambient temperature
0
0C

6C

1 bar
6 to 28C
6C
50C

12C

16C

20C

24C

28C

Fig. 70/RT

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

195

196

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

S Shand-Brown

Project: European Bank for Reconstruction and Development


Sector: Commercial
Distributor: Smith Brothers Stores
Contractor: E&B Group
Specification: Chiller replacement, General Isolating Valves up to 400mm, Commissioning Valves
up to 200mm, Non-Return Valves and Strainers.

STRAINERS

Strainers
Scale and dirt in piping systems can cause endless trouble
and serious damage to pipeline equipment. Installation of
Hattersley strainers will help eliminate the problems caused
by foreign matter within piping systems. Generous
proportions of Hattersley strainers allow the units to collect
significant quantities of foreign matter before pressure
losses necessitate cleaning of the basket.

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

197

STRAINERS
PN16

Fig. 817
Bronze Y-Type

STR

FEATURES & BENEFITS

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION

Robust and high quality bronze body


Streamlined flow contours minimise
pressure drop
Compact design with short face to face
Perforated stainless steel screen
Captive asbestos-free non-stick gasket
Comprehensive flow characteristics available

Component
Cap
Screen
Body

Material

Specification
BS EN

Bronze
Stainless Steel
Bronze

PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING
PN16
16 bar -10 to 100C
7 bar at 170C

304
1982 CC491K

SPECIFICATION
Bronze body.
304 stainless steel.
End connections threaded to BS EN 10266
(BS21 Taper ISO R7) & B1.20.1 ANSI.

TEST PRESSURES
(HYDRAULIC)
6 bar air

MESH HOLES (mm)

DIMENSIONAL DRAWING

DN15-25: 0.75mm
DN32-50: 1.40mm
C

B
D

18

A
16
14

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS


Nom
Size
A
B
C
D
kv
Weight

in

1/2

3/4

11/4

11/2

mm
mm
mm
mm

58
33
15
62
4.8
0.2

70
42
18
80
8.8
0.3

88
48
20
93
16.1
0.4

96
55
26
108
25.5
0.7

107
61
31
118
36
1.0

126
79
36
153
38
1.5

kg

Pressure bar

D=withdrawal distance for the screen

12
10
8
6
4
2
0
0

40
80 120 160 200
Temperature C

198

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

STRAINERS
PN25/PN32

Fig. 807 & 907*


Bronze Y-Type

STR

FEATURES & BENEFITS

(Fig. 807 only)

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION

Robust and high quality bronze body


Streamlined flow contours minimise
pressure drop
Compact design with short face to face
Perforated stainless steel screen
Captive asbestos-free non-stick gasket
Comprehensive flow characteristics available

Component

Material
BS EN

Body
Screen
Gasket

Bronze
Stainless Steel
Asbestos Free
(non-stick)
Bronze

Cap

PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING

Specification
ASTM

1982 CC491K
10088-1 X10CrNi18-10
-

B62
AISI 304

1982 CC491K

B62

SPECIFICATION
Standard screen has 0.75mm
diameter holes.
Screwed cap.
Ends threaded to BS EN 10266
(BS21 ISO R7).
Figure 907 supplied complete with two
Figure 631 test points and plugs.

PN32 bar max (807)


PN25 bar max (907)
14 bar at 198C
32 bar from -10 to 120C
*Note: Fig. 907 restricted to Max Temp
120C PN25

TEST PRESSURES
(HYDRAULIC)
Shell: 6 bar air

DIMENSIONAL DRAWING

C=withdrawal
distance for
strainer element
B
C

Nom
Size
A
B
C
k Factor
Weight

in

1/2

3/4

11/4

11/2

mm
mm
mm

68
49
65
3.3
0.4

80
64
90
4.2
0.5

95
89
115
3.6
0.9

115
97
135
3.2
1.5

130
116
165
3.3
1.8

153
159
235
3.5
3.3

kg

SCREEN DATA
Nom
Size
Holes Dia
Holes cm2
Free Flow Area
Element Area
Free Flow Area
% Nominal Bore

in

1/2

3/4

mm

0.75
50
22.6
24.6
5.5
434

0.75
50
22.6
36
8.1
284

0.75
50
22.6
68.5
15.5
305

cm2
cm2
cm2

11/4

11/2

0.75 0.75
50
50
22.6 22.6
107.1 143.1
24.2 32.3
305
283

2
0.75
50
22.6
255
57.6
284

36
Fig 807

32
28

Fig 907
Pressure bar

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

24
20
16
12
8
4
0

40 80 120 160 200 240


Temperature C

0913_v4

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

199

STRAINERS
PN25

Fig. 1807
DZR Strainer Ball Valve

IV

FEATURES & BENEFITS

STR

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION

Light, compact and easy to install and operate


Robust construction for long life

Component

Material
BS EN

Handle
Stem
Stem Seal
Gland Seals
Ball
Seat Rings
Body
Screen
Cap Gasket
Cap

Aluminium
DZR Copper
Alloy
EPDM
Virgin PTFE
DZR Copper Alloy
Hard chrome plated
Virgin PTFE
DZR Copper Alloy
Stainless Steel
Asbestos Free
DZR Copper Alloy

PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING

DIMENSIONAL DRAWING
E

PN25 - 1/2 to 1" sizes


25 bar 0 to 20C
7 bar at 120C

Specification
ASTM

12164 CW602N
12164 CW602N
12165 CW602N
12165 CW602N

AISI 304

OPTIONAL FEATURES
Lever.
Extension stem.
Figure 107HU hose outlet blowdown valve.

TEST PRESSURES
25 bar pneumatic

SPECIFICATION

B
A

mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
BSP
kg

110
31
48
38
47

129
35
60
46
56

151
42
59
50
56

1/4

1/4

1/4

0.54

0.80

1.23

16

s
ze

Si

3/4

"

1/2

20

o1

A
B
C
D
E
Drain plug
Weight

in

24

"t

Nom
Size

28

1 /2

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

DZR body.
Blow-out proof stem.
Hard chrome plated ball.
Virgin PTFE seats.
T-Handle operated.
0.8mm diameter perforated 304
stainless steel screen.
Drain plug.
Taper threaded BS EN 10 (ISO 7-1)
formerly BS 21.

Pressure bar

12
8
4
0

20 40 60 80 100 120 140


Temperature C

200

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

STRAINERS
PN16

Fig. 1807C
DZR Strainer Ball Valve

IV

STR

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION

FEATURES & BENEFITS


Integral ball valve for quick and easy isolation
Dezincification resistant body material
prevents corrosion and fungal growth
Streamlined flow contours minimise
pressure drop
Perforated stainless steel screen

Material

Component
Handle
Stem
Stem Seal
Gland Seals
Ball
Seat Rings
Body
Screen
Cap Gasket
Cap
Compression Ring
Compression Nut

Specification
BS EN
ASTM

Aluminium
DZR Copper Alloy
EPDM
Virgin PTFE
DZR Copper Alloy
Hard chrome plated
Virgin PTFE
DZR Copper Alloy
Stainless Steel
Asbestos Free
DZR Copper Alloy
Brass
Brass

12164 CW602N
12164 CW602N
12165 CW602N
12165 CW602N
12165 CW617N

PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING

DIMENSIONAL DRAWING

SPECIFICATION

TEST PRESSURES
C

25 bar pneumatic

OPTIONAL FEATURES
B

Lever
Extension stem
Figure 107HU hose outlet blowdown valve.

18
16
14

mm

15

22

28

A
B
C
D
E
Drain Plug
Weight

mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
BSP
kg

137
45
48
38
47

159
50
60
46
56

175
53
59
50
56

1/4

1/4

1/4

0.6

0.9

1.3

Pressure bar

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS


Nom
Size

B124 C37700

DZR body.
Blow-out proof stem.
Hard chrome plated ball.
Virgin PTFE seats.
T-Handle operated.
0.8mm diameter perforated 304
stainless steel screen.
Drain plug.
Compression ends to BS EN 1254-2.
Use with R250 (half hard) copper tube.
WRAS Approved Product.

PN16
5 bar at 120C
6 bar at 110C
10 bar at 65C
16 bar at -10 to 30C

AISI 304

12
10
8
6
4
2
0

20 40 60 80 100 120 140


Temperature C

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

201

STRAINERS
PN16

Fig. 820 & 920


Cast Iron Y-Type

STR

FEATURES & BENEFITS

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION

High strength cast iron construction


Streamlined flow contours minimise
pressure drop
Asbestos-free non-stick gasket
Suitable for saturated steam service
Comprehensive flow characteristics available

Component

Material

Body sizes DN50 to 400


DN450 to 600
Cover sizes DN50 to 400
DN450 to 600
Screen
Gasket
Plug

Cast Iron
Ductile Iron
Cast Iron
Ductile Iron
Stainless Steel
Teflon/Graphite
Cast Iron

PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING

Specification
BS EN
ASTM
1561 EN-JL1040
1563 EN-JS1050
1561 EN-JL1040
1563 EN-JS1050
1449 304S315
EN-JL1040

A126 Class B
A536 80-55-06
A126 Class B
A536 80-55-06
AISI 304
A126 Class B

SPECIFICATION
Bolted cover.
Figure 920 supplied complete with
two Figure 631 test points.
Flanges to BS EN 1092-2 PN16.

13 bar at 220C
16 bar from -10 to 120C
Note: 910 restricted to 135C

TEST PRESSURES
(HYDRAULIC)
Shell: 24 bar

DIMENSIONAL DRAWING

C
B

C=withdrawal
distance for
strainer element

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS


18

A
B
C
Cover Plug
Weight
Flow

mm 230
mm 146
mm 178
mm 1/2
kg 10.5
kv
59

50

65
273
174
216
1
14.9
93

80

100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600

295 352 416 470 540


198 232 285 305 401
248 300 373 450 621
1
1
11/4 11/2 11/2
19.2 32.4 48 64.5 106
136 229 363 499 817

660
473
703
2
175
1361

770
554
834
2
251
1928

960
740
740
458
-

1079
840
840
556
-

1168
910
910
628
-

1275
968
968
780
-

1450
1160
1160
1080
-

Hole Dia
Free Flow
Area/cm2

14
12
10
8

tura

SCREEN DATA

Sa

Nom
Size

16

ted
Stea
m

mm

Pressure bar

Nom
Size

mm

50

65

80

100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600

mm
%

1.6
33

1.6
33

1.6
33

1.6
40

1.6
40

1.6
40

1.6
40

1.6
40

1.6
40

3
40

3
40

3
40

3
40

3
40

40 80 120 160 200 240


Temperature C

202

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

STRAINERS
PN25

Fig. 811 & 911


Ductile Iron Y-Type

STR

FEATURES & BENEFITS

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION

High strength ductile iron construction


Streamlined flow contours minimise
pressure drop
Asbestos-free non-stick gasket
Suitable for saturated steam service
Comprehensive flow characteristics available

Component
Body
Cover
Screen
Gasket
Plug

Material
Ductile Iron
Ductile Iron
Stainless Steel
Teflon/Graphite
Ductile Iron

PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING
PN25
21.5 bar at 220C
25 bar from -10 to 120C
Note: 911 restricted to 180C

Specification
BS EN
ASTM
1561 EN JS1050
1561 EN JS1050
SS 304
1561 EN JS1050

AISI 304

SPECIFICATION
Bolted cover.
Figure 911 supplied complete with two
Figure 631 test points.
All other sizes flanged to BS EN 1092-2
PN25.

TEST PRESSURES
(HYDRAULIC)
Shell: 37.5 bar

DIMENSIONAL DRAWING

C
B

C=withdrawal
distance for
strainer element

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS


Nom
Size

mm

50

65

80

100

125

150

200 250

300

A
B
C
Cover Plug
Weight
Flow

mm
mm
mm
mm
kg
kv

230
146
178

273
174
216
1
14.9
93

295
198
248
1
19.2
136

352
232
300
1
32.4
229

416
285
373
11/4
48
363

470
305
450
11/2
64.5
499

573
401
621
11/2
106
817

660
473
703
2
175
1361

770
554
834
2
251
1928

1/2

10.5
59

SCREEN DATA
Nom
Size

mm

50

65

80

100

125

150

200

250

300

Hole Dia
mm
Free Flow Area/cm2 %

1.6
33

1.6
33

1.6
33

1.6
40

1.6
40

1.6
40

1.6
40

1.6
40

1.6
40

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

203

Project: Queen Elizabeth Hospital, Birmingham


Sector: Hospitals & Healthcare
Contractor: Balfour Beatty
Distributor: BSS Smethwick
Specification: Hattersley Thermal Balancing Valves.

204

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

PUBLIC HEALTH RANGE

Public Health Range


The Hattersley Public Health range consists of a
number of WRAS Approved valves specifically
designed for the control of hot water systems.
Thermal disinfection raises water temperatures to a
level at which Legionella will not survive. This can be
carried out by raising the temperature of the whole
contents of the calorifier to 70C then circulating the
water throughout the system for at least an hour.
To be effective, the temperature at the calorifier should
be high enough to ensure that the temperature at the
taps and appliances does not fall below 60C.
The range consists of valves which offer
self-balancing, thermostatically controlled regulation of
flow and thermal disinfection assisting with protection
against Legionella. These systems are complemented
by Thermostatic Mixing Valves which blend hot water
(stored at temperatures high enough to kill bacteria)
with cold, to ensure constant and safe outlet
temperatures to prevent scalding.
These systems are ideal for a range of projects
including healthcare, schools, workplace
and domestic environments.

Fig. 2900

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

205

PUBLIC HEALTH RANGE


PN16

Fig. 108C
Service Ball Valve

IV

FEATURES & BENEFITS

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION

Light, compact and easy to install and operate


WRAS Approved for use on wholesome
(potable) water
Compression ends to BS EN 1254-2 for use
with BS EN 1057 R250 (half-hard) copper tube
Part of Hattersleys extensive public health range
Chrome plated finish
Handle can be removed to allow for
screwdriver operation

Component

Material

Screw

Steel Dacromet Plated

Handle

Nylon (Ral 9017)

Stem

DZR Brass Chromium Plated

O-Ring

EPDM WRAS Approved

Nut

DZR Brass CW602N Chromium Plated

Olive

Brass CW507L

Body

DZR Brass CW602N Chromium Plated

PTFE Seat

PTFE WRAS Approved

Ball

DZR Brass CW602N Chromium Plated

Seat Retainer

DZR Brass CW602N Chromium Plated

Temperature C
Pressure

bar

-10 to 30

65

110

120

16

10

PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING

DIMENSIONAL DRAWING
L2

16 bar from -10 to 30C


5 bar at 120C

OPERATOR
Handle (The handle can be removed to
allow for screwdriver operation).

SPECIFICATION

BORE

SIZE

Compression ends to BS EN 1254-2 for use


with BS EN 1057 R250 (half-hard) copper tube.
WRAS Approved product.
L1

18

L1

16

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS


Nom
Size

mm

DN15

DN22

Bore
L
L1
L2
H
Weight

mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
g

8
42
11
23
29
123

14
53
13
23
34
260

Pressure bar

14
12
10
8
6
4
2
0

20 40 60 80 100 120 140


Temperature C

206

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

PUBLIC HEALTH RANGE


PN16

Fig. 249 & 249C Brass - Single & Double Check


(Fig. 249C Chromium Plated) Check Valves
FEATURES & BENEFITS

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION

WRAS Approved for use with potable water


Compression ends for use with half hard
R250 copper pipe
Single, double and chromium plated
options available

Component
Body

Material

Specification
BS EN

DZR Brass

12165 CW602N

PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING

DIMENSIONAL DRAWING

16 bar from -10 to 85C

NRV

TEST PRESSURES
(HYDRAULIC)
Shell: 24 bar
Seat: 17.6 bar

B
A
D

Fig. 249 & 249C

SPECIFICATION
Fig. 249
Double Check - 15mm, 22mm, 28mm
Fig. 249C
Double Check chromium plated - 15mm
Manufactured to BS 6282.
WRAS Approved PN16 85C.
Application: Water.
End Connection: Compression.
Back Flow Prevention Device category:
Single check - Class 2 as per Water Supply.
Contamination Risks (water fittings)
Regulations 1999.
Double check - Class 3 as per Water Supply.
Contamination Risks (water fittings)
Regulations 1999.

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS


Nom
Size

mm

15
Fig. 249

22
Fig. 249

28
Fig. 249

15
Fig. 249C

A
B
C
D
E
Weight (approx)

mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg

61.4
9.5
15.2
78.5
24.5
0.116

74.6
10.5
22.2
91.4
27.5
0.212

88.6
12.5
28.25
106.3
30.5
0.360

61.4
9.5
15.2
78.5
24.5
0.116

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

207

PUBLIC HEALTH RANGE


PN16

Fig. 761
Non-Return Valve

NRV

FEATURES & BENEFITS

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION

Spring loaded axially guided disc


Positive non-slam shut-off
Flanged to BS EN 1092-2
Resilient seat located in body
WRAS Approved

Component
Body
Plunger DN50-150
Plunger DN200-400
Seat Retaining Ring
Seat
Guide
Spring

DIMENSIONAL DRAWING

Material
Ductile Iron
Bronze
Cast Iron
Steel Xylan Coated
Nitrile
Bronze
Stainless Steel

PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING
16 bar from -10 to 85C

TEST PRESSURES

Specification
BS EN
ASTM
1563 EN-JS1030

A536-65-45-12

1561 EN-JLI030
-

A126 CI B

10270 X10CrNr18-8 A276-304

SPECIFICATION
Spring Loaded axially guided disc.
Resilient Seat located in body.
Flanged to BS EN 1092-2 PN16.
WRAS Approved.

Shell: 24 bar
Seat: 17.6 bar

18
16

Nom
Size

mm

50

65

80

100

125

150

200

250

A
D
Weight

mm
mm
kg

120
165
5

119
185
7

130
200
9

155
220
13

200
250
21

230
285
28

280
340
47

344
405
83

Note: These valves are not intended to be used as backflow prevention devices
conforming to Schedule 2 Section 6 of the WRAS Water Regulations Guide.

Pressure bar

14

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

12
10
8
6
4
2
0

20 40 60 80
Temperature C

100

208

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

PUBLIC HEALTH RANGE


PN16

Fig. 416
Pressure Reducing Valve

New

FEATURES & BENEFITS


PRVs enable control of pressure from boosted cold water supplies
to match site requirements
Simple to install
Features an integral strainer preventing debris from affecting
valve performance
Recommend that isolation valves are fitted upstream and
downstream of the valve to enable isolation for cleaning of strainer
Manufactured generally in accordance with BS EN 1567
Easy access for measuring the outlet pressure
Includes male union tail-pieces, plugs for bosses
and gaskets for temperature gauge
Pressure gauge is required for each installed valve
and should be ordered separately
WRAS Approved

PRESSURE GAUGE
Pressure gauge used
to measure outlet
pressure; available with
axial or vertical G 1/4"
threaded connection

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Component

Material

Body
Internal Parts

Specification

Bronze
Bronze
Brass
Stainless Steel
Spring Steel
Stainless Steel

Spring
Strainer

CC499K
CC499K
CW614N
SS316
SS304

DIMENSIONAL DRAWING

1"
11/4"
11/2"
2"

I
mm

H
mm

h
mm

R
in

Weight
kg

142
158
180
193
226
252

80
90
100
105
130
140

102
102
130
130
165
165

33
33
45
45
70
70

1/2"
3/4"

1.2
1.3
2.4
2.6
5.5
6

1"
11/4"
11/2"
2"

1/2"
3/4"

L
mm

Size

DN

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

MAX FLOW

Size

1/2"

3/4"

1"

11/4"

11/2"

2"

Max. Capacity
(l/sec)

1.96

2.52

4.48

5.04

8.4

9.8

PRESSURE RATING PN16 MEDIUM Water Only CONNECTIONS Male tapered BS EN 10226-2
OUTLET PRESSURE RANGE 1-8 bar PRE SET OUTLET PRESSURE 3 bar
MAX TEMPERATURE 80C DESIGN STANDARD BS EN 1567 APPROVALS WRAS DVGW PED 97/23/EC
MESH SIZE 1/2" - 11/4" - 0.60mm 11/2" - 2" - 0.75mm
0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

209

PUBLIC HEALTH RANGE


PN25

Fig. 425
Pressure Reducing Valve

New

FEATURES & BENEFITS


PRVs enable control of pressure from boosted cold water
supplies to match site requirements
Simple to install
Features an integral strainer preventing debris from affecting
valve performance
Recommend that isolation valves are fitted upstream and
downstream of the valve to enable isolation for cleaning of strainer
Manufactured generally in accordance with BS EN 1567
Easy access for measuring the outlet pressure
Includes male union tail-pieces, plugs for bosses and gaskets
for temperature gauge
Pressure gauge is required for each installed valve
and should be ordered separately
WRAS Approved

PRESSURE GAUGE
Pressure gauge used
to measure outlet
pressure; available with
axial or vertical G 1/4"
threaded connection

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Component

Material

Body
Internal Parts

Specification

Bronze
Bronze
Brass
Stainless Steel
Spring Steel
Stainless Steel

Spring
Strainer

CC499K
CC499K
CW614N
SS316
SS304

DIMENSIONAL DRAWING

H
mm

h
mm

R
in

Weight
kg

142
158
180
193
226
252

80
90
100
105
130
140

102
102
130
130
165
165

33
33
45
45
70
70

1/2"
3/4"

1.2
1.3
2.4
2.6
5.5
6

1"
11/4"
11/2"
2"

MAX FLOW

1"
11/4"
11/2"
2"

I
mm

DN

1/2"
3/4"

L
mm

Size

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

Size

1/2"

3/4"

1"

11/4"

11/2"

2"

Max. Capacity
(l/sec)

1.96

2.52

4.48

5.04

8.4

9.8

PRESSURE RATING PN25 MEDIUM Water Only CONNECTIONS Male tapered BS EN 10226-2
OUTLET PRESSURE RANGE 1-8 bar PRE SET OUTLET PRESSURE 3 bar
MAX TEMPERATURE 80C DESIGN STANDARD General conformity to BS EN 1567 APPROVALS WRAS PED 97/23/EC
MESH SIZE 1/2" - 11/4" - 0.60mm 11/2" - 2" - 0.75mm

210

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

0913_v4

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

PUBLIC HEALTH RANGE


PN16

The Facts
In Europe it is believed 6,000 cases of Legionnaires disease are
diagnosed every year, while in 2010 more than 350 cases were identified
in the UK with approximately 10% of these resulting in fatalities.*

Thermal
Circulation
Valves
High Risk

So How Does Thermal Disinfection Work

Areas of high risk due to the generation of aerosol droplets of


water suspended in air include cooling towers, domestic hot
water services (DHWS), showers, taps and whirlpool spa baths.

The key is to keep water hot. Thermal disinfection raises


water temperature to a level at which Legionella will not
survive. This can be carried out by raising the
temperature of the whole contents of the calorifier to
70C then circulating this water throughout the system
for at least an hour.

Legionella is also found in untreated surface waters, is not


always removed by conventional water treatment processes
and can easily colonise environments such as hot and cold
water distribution systems. In these systems Legionella is
able to flourish at temperatures between 20C and 45C,
especially where dirt, scale or biofilms are present.

To be effective, the temperature at the calorifier should


be high enough to ensure that the temperature at the
taps and appliances does not fall below 60C.

The bacteria can survive under a wide variety of


environmental conditions. The organisms are dormant
below 20C and will not survive above 60C, but grow most
prolifically at about 37C.

Hattersley TCVs are available in DN15 low flow and


DN15 & DN20 standard flow sizes.

Legal Considerations

Key Features & Benefits

Legal requirement for designers and installers of DHWS to


consider the risks of Legionella are to be found in the
Health & Safety at Work Act (HSWA) 1974 and Control of
Substances Hazardous to Health Regulations (COSHH) 1999.
In addition, L8- HSE ACOP (Approved Code of Practice and
Guidance) gives practical advice on the requirements of
HSWA & COSHH. L8 has a special legal status and following
L8 guidelines demonstrates compliance with the law.
*Health Protection Report Vol. 6 No. 9, March 2012

The Core Range

Ideal for DHWS to help protect against Legionella.


Provides self-balancing, thermostatically controlled
regulation of flow and disinfection.
Thermal disinfection at temperatures above 70C.
Thermal balancing reduces commissioning time
and hence cost.
Schedule and selection service available.
Compact unit comprising isolation valve with
thermometer access point.
Incorporates a settable temperature sensing
cartridge, factory pre-set at a standard 57C.
Easily verifiable temperatures by thermometer
(available as an accessory).
Valve opens automatically during disinfection.
Has an accuracy of +/- 2C.
WRAS Approved.

0813_v3

212

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

PUBLIC HEALTH RANGE


PN16

Thermal Circulation Valve


THERMOMETER
ACCESS POINT
For easy recording
of temperature levels
ADJUSTABLE
TEMPERATURE
SETTINGS 50-65C
Factory pre-setting 57C
(54-60C recommended
settings)

FEMALE ENDED
THREADS
To facilitate easy
installation

BRONZE BODY
Robust
construction

INTEGRAL
ISOLATION VALVE
Removes the need for
additional isolation valve

0813_v3

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

213

PUBLIC HEALTH RANGE


PN16

Fig. 2900 & 2910


Thermal Circulation Valves

New

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION

FEATURES & BENEFITS


Ideal for domestic hot water systems to assist
with protection against Legionella
Provides self-balancing, thermostatically
controlled regulation of flow and disinfection
Thermal disinfection at temperatures
above 70C
Compact unit comprising isolation valve with
thermometer access point
Incorporates a settable temperature sensing
cartridge, factory pre-set at a standard 57C
Has an accuracy of +/- 2C at set temperature
WRAS Approved

Component

No.

Material

Specification

Body

Bronze

Protective Cap (Removable)

Polypropylene

BS EN 1982 CC49IK
-

Temperature
Adjusting Cap - TU

Nylon 6

Bonnet and
Associated Parts - TU

DZR Brass

BS EN 12164 CW602N

Handwheel Isolation Unit (IU)

Nylon 6

Bonnet - IU

DZR Brass

BS EN 12164 CW602N

INT

Stem - Thermal Unit (TU)

Stainless Steel

SS EN10088-3 1.4305

INT

Body Seat - TU

DZR Brass

BS EN 12164 CW602N

INT

Plug - TU

DZR Brass

BS EN 12164 CW602N

INT

Bush - TU

DZR Brass

BS EN 12164 CW602N

INT

O-Ring Seals - TU

EPDM Rubber

WRAS Approved

INT

Stem - IU

DZR Brass

BS EN 12164 CW602N

INT

Body Seat - IU

PTFE

WRAS Approved

INT

Stem Seat Retainer - IU

DZR Brass

BS EN 12164 CW602N

INT

O-Ring Seals - IU

EPDM Rubber

WRAS Approved

TU - Thermal Unit
IU - Isolation Unit

DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS
W

ANTI-TAMPER PROOF TAG.


FOR SECURING CAP (ITEM 2)
TO BODY (ITEM 1)

ACCESS POINT FOR A


TEMPERATURE GAUGE*

PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING
PN16
Max Temperature 90C

OPERATION
VIEW WITH PROTECTION CAP
(ITEM 2) REMOVED
L

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS


Nom
Size

Fig. No

Flow

DN15*
DN15*
DN20*

2910
2900
2900

Low Flow
Standard
Standard

L
H
(mm) (mm)
114
114
126

80
80
80

W
(mm)

Female End Connections

Weight
(Kg)

37
37
37

Pipe Thread EN 10226 Rc 1/2"


Pipe Thread EN 10226 Rc 1/2"
Pipe Thread EN 10226 Rc 3/4"

0.76
0.76
0.88

*Thermometer fits all sizes. Available on request

When the set point is preset to 57C, the valve


remains completely open up to a valve
temperature of 52C. Between 52C and the set
point of 57C, the valve starts to close. When
the set point temperature has been reached, a
minimum volume flow is continously flowing
through the circulation system. If the storage
temperature is further increased to
temperatures greater than 70C to effect
disinfection, the valve increases the flow.

SPECIFICATION
Taper threaded to BS EN 10226-2

214

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

PUBLIC HEALTH RANGE


PN16

Fig. 2900 & 2910


Thermal Circulation Valves

New

The charts on this page show


performance characteristics of each
valve size at various temperatures.

PERFORMANCE & FLOW CHARTS


At initial installation and start up, and with system temperature below the valve set point of 57C, the valves are fully open
allowing a higher flow rate through the valves
As the system temperature increases, the valve will partially close until it reaches the set point of 57C. At this temperature
the valve will remain static and slightly open to allow a continuous flow of fluid. This is critical to avoid dead-legs with
stagnant water in the system
Thermal disinfection is best achieved at higher temperatures and fully effective at 70C. Our valves have been designed
such that the flow through the valves increases during the disinfection process
Graphs show the relationship between flow rate (l/s) and differential pressure (kPa) for the 3 operating positions of the
TCV. As the TCV responds to a change in water temperature the flow coefficient (Kv) changes. The differential pressure
created by an individual flow rate can be read off the graph using the relevant temperature line

DN15 LOW FLOW

DN15 STANDARD FLOW

Set Position 57C

Set Position 57C

0.4 Kv: <52 C

1.3 Kv: <52 C

0.1 Kv: >70 C

0.2 Kv: >70 C

0.05 Kv: 57 C - 62 C

0.1 Kv: 57 C - 62 C
100

Differential Pressure (kPa)

Differential Pressure (kPa)

100

10

0.1
0.0001

0.0010

0.0100

0.1000

1.0000

10

1
0.001

0.010

0.100

1.000

Flow Rate l/s

Flow Rate l/s

DN20 STANDARD FLOW

THERMAL REGULATION
RESPONSE*

Set Position 57C


1.6 Kv: <52 C
0.3 Kv: >70 C
0.2 Kv: 57 C - 62 C

Differential Pressure (kPa)

100

10

1
0.001

0.010

0.100

Flow Rate l/s

1.000

*The performance chart above indicates the shift in thermal


reaction when the temperature set point of 57C is altered.

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

215

PUBLIC HEALTH RANGE


PN16

Fig. 2900 & 2910


Thermal Circulation Valves

New

SELECTION & INSTALLATION GUIDE


Hattersley have developed a dedicated
computer program to correctly size the
valves proportioning the heat loss
throughout the circuits, based on a heat
loss calculation. The program produces
a complete schedule indicating circuit
reference, Hattersley figure numbers
and flow rates (Fig. 1). Customers
drawings are then marked up showing
circuit reference making it easier to
order and install correctly (Fig. 2).
Thermal Circulation Valves are located
in the DHWS return pipework (Fig. 3).

FIG. 2 - CIRCUIT REFERENCE

Circuit 20

Circuit 32

Circuit 21
Circuit 23

Circuit 24

Circuit 25

Circuit 30

Circuit 27

Circuit 26

Valve

Circuit 28

Circuit 29

FIG. 3 - RETURN PIPEWORK

FIG. 1 - SCHEDULE
Circuit
Ref

Circuit 31

Flowrate: l/s

23

Fig. 2910/15

0.005

24

Fig. 2910/15

0.005

25

Fig. 2910/15

0.005

26

Fig. 2900/15

0.015

27

Fig. 2900/15

0.015

28

Fig. 2900/15

0.016

29

Fig. 2900/15

0.015

30

Fig. 2900/15

0.015

31

Fig. 2900/15

0.015

32

Fig. 2900/15

0.016

216

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

PUBLIC HEALTH RANGE


PN10

Fig. 77
Thermostatic Mixing Valve
FEATURES & BENEFITS

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION

Blends hot and cold water to ensure constant,


controlled safe outlet temperature
Fulfils the duty of care requirements
against scalding
Ideal for healthcare, schools, workplace
and domestic environments
Flat face union ensures easy removal
for maintenance
Integral strainers and check valves
Tamper proof adjustment
WRAS Approved

Component
O-Ring
1.5 Strainer
Reduction Union
Element
Spring
Top
Valve Body

DIMENSIONAL DRAWING
A
A
B
B

D
D

COLD

FACTORY SETTING

Kv
1.26

TEMPERATURE
SETTING RANGE

MINIMUM FLOW
PRESSURE

MINIMUM HOT TO MIX


TEMPERATURE
10C

C
C

TEMPERATURE
STABILITY
2C

MIXED OUTLET

MAXIMUM WORKING
PRESSURE

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

10 bar

Nom
Size

mm

15

22

A
B
C
D
Weight

mm
mm
mm
mm
kg

122
58
55
102
0.6

145
58
70
117
0.8

EPDM Rubber
Stainless Steel 304
DZR Brass CW602N
Vernet 0304
Stainless Steel 304
DZR Brass CW602N
DZR Brass CW602N

38C

35-46C

HOT

Material

0.2 bar

SPECIFICATION
Pressure Rating: PN10.
Operator: Lockshield.
Figure 77 has been independently tested
and certified as meeting the requirements
of the D08 specification under the TMV 3
scheme.
Hattersley products are designed for
installation and use within suitably
designed systems reflecting CIBSE,
BSRIA and HVAC guidelines.

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

217

PUBLIC HEALTH RANGE


PN10

Fig. 78
Thermostatic Mixing Valve
FEATURES & BENEFITS

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION

Blends hot and cold water to ensure constant,


controlled safe outlet temperature
Fulfils the duty of care requirements
against scalding
Ideal for healthcare, schools, workplace
and domestic environments
Flat face union ensures easy removal
for maintenance
Integral strainers and check valves
Tamper proof adjustment
Includes ball valves for isolation
WRAS Approved

Component
O-Ring
1.5 Strainer
Reduction Union
Element
Spring
Top
Valve Body
Ball
T-Handle
Ball Seal

DIMENSIONAL DRAWING

Material
EPDM Rubber
Stainless Steel 304
DZR Brass CW602N
Vernet 0304
Stainless Steel 304
DZR Brass CW602N
DZR Brass CW602N
DZR Brass CW602N
Al Alloy
PTFE

FACTORY SETTING

Kv

38C

1.26

TEMPERATURE
SETTING RANGE

MINIMUM FLOW
PRESSURE

A
A

B
B

35-46C

C
C

MINIMUM HOT TO MIX


TEMPERATURE
10C

TEMPERATURE
STABILITY
2C
COLD

OUTLET

HOT

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

MAXIMUM WORKING
PRESSURE
10 bar

Nom
Size

mm

15

22

A
B
C
Weight

mm
mm
mm
kg

200
128
110
1.1

200
128
110
1.3

0.2 bar

SPECIFICATION
Pressure Rating: PN10.
Operator: Lockshield.
Figure 78 has been independently tested
and certified as meeting the requirements
of the D08 specification under the TMV 3
scheme.
Hattersley products are designed for
installation and use within suitably
designed systems reflecting CIBSE,
BSRIA and HVAC guidelines.

218

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

S Shand-Brown

Project: J.P. Morgan, Canary Wharf, London


Sector: Commercial
Contractor: Cofely
Distributor: BSS Brentford
Client/Consultant: Canary Wharf Contracts
Specification: Milliken Valves and General Commissioning Valves M2733.

219

220

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

Project: Ricoh Arena, Coventry


Sector: Sports
Client: Coventry Football Club
Contractor: Haden Young
Specification: Hattersley Hook-Up and Commissioning Valves
For the past six years, Hattersley Hook-Up units and Commissioning Valves have been heating
and cooling the 32,000 seat Ricoh Arena that is home to Coventry City FC. The site also
comprises an exhibition hall, a hotel, a leisure club, a casino, and one of the UKs largest Tesco
Extra supermarkets.
Throughout the stadium Hook-Up flow management modules, part of Hattersleys extensive range
of Commissioning Valves, are providing heating and air-conditioning.
The units provide precise flow control, flow measurement, system and coil flushing and isolation
capabilities from a single compact and lightweight unit. Built from bronze and
DZR brass they can be used for chilled and heating water systems from -10C to 120C.

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

221

222

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

S Shand-Brown

Project: The Royal Marsden Hospital


Sector: Hospitals & Healthcare
Distributor: BSS
Contractor: BBESL
Specification: Hook-Ups, General Isolating Valves, Strainers, Non-Return Valves, DPCV,
Commissioning Valves, WRAS Approved Valves.

SAFETY VALVES

Safety Valves
Designed and tested to BS 6769 with third party certified
discharge capacities, NABIC valves are manufactured under the
ISO 9001 quality assurance system. Every valve is tested before
dispatch to ensure that high product quality is maintained.

1. Safe manual
testing
2. Pressure setting
locked and sealed
at factory

3. Easy inspection
& cleaning
7. Diaphragm
protected
working parts
4. High discharge
capacities certified
by AOTC

6. High degree of
seat tightness

5. Resilient PTFE
seating design

Technical Helpline: 01744 458 615


www.nabic.co.uk

223

SAFETY VALVES

Fig. 542 Safety Relief Valve


The Figure 542 Safety Valve is an extremely versatile valve,
suitable for use on hot water, steam or air. Although
designed primarily for the protection of hot water boilers,
its wide range of applications makes it an ideal valve for
stocking as a general purpose safety valve.

Features & Benefits

Resilient PTFE seating design


High degree of seat tightness
Suitable for hot water, steam and air
Diaphragm protected working parts
Safe manual testing
Easy inspection and cleaning
Pressure setting locked and sealed
Padlock available
Body material - Gunmetal
Available with Viton seat design

Approved and certified in


accordance with:
Pressure Equipment
Directive 97/23/EC (PED)
BS EN ISO 4126-1
WRAS
ISO 9001:2000
Fig. 542

Sizes from DN32 upwards are


available with flanged inlet
connections

Dimensional Drawing

NPT Thread form available on


some sizes

Pressure/Temperature Ratings
10.5 bar

MAX TEMPERATURE

195C

Rp

MAX SET PRESSURE

Dimensions
A
(mm)

B
(mm)

C
(mm)

D
(mm)

15

1/2

30

23

113

20

3/4

34

23

118

25

39

27

132

32

11/4

46

33

153

27

40

11/2

54

38

198

27

50

64

46

236

27

65

21/2

76

55

275

28

80

90

65

335

31

Rp
BSP

Rp

SIZE
DN

224

Technical Helpline: 01744 458 615


www.nabic.co.uk

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
NABIC assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information
within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

SAFETY VALVES

Fig. 542L Pressure Relief Valve


NABIC Pressure Relief Valves are intended for use
where pressure tightness is required on the discharge
side of the valve. They are ideal for pump relief, bypass
relief, outside installations and inert gases.

Features & Benefits

Resilient PTFE seating design


High degree of seat tightness
Suitable liquids and gases
Top guided working parts
Pressure tight on discharge side
Flanged inlets available
Body material - Gunmetal
Available with Viton seat design
NPT Thread form available on some sizes

Fig. 542L

Approved and certified in accordance with:


Pressure Equipment Directive 97/23/EC (PED)
BS EN ISO 4126-1

Dimensional Drawing

WRAS
ISO 9001:2000

Pressure/Temperature Ratings
10.5 bar

MAX TEMPERATURE

195C

Rp

MAX SET PRESSURE

Rp
BSP

A
(mm)

B
(mm)

C
(mm)

D
(mm)

15

1/2

30

23

113

20

3/4

34

23

118

25

39

27

132

32

11/4

46

33

180

27

40

11/2

54

38

224

26

50

64

46

263

27

65

21/2

76

55

303

28

80

90

65

366

31

SIZE
DN

Dimensions

Rp

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
NABIC assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information
within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

Technical Helpline: 01744 458 615


www.nabic.co.uk

225

SAFETY VALVES

Fig. 500T Combined Pressure and Temperature Relief Valve


The Figure 500T Combined Pressure and Temperature
Relief Valve has been designed for use on unvented hot
water supply systems, where protection against excess
temperature is required in addition to pressure protection.
Pressure and temperature elements of the valve operate
independently, thereby providing dual safety protection in
the one valve. Inlet and outlet connections are of equal
size and threaded to BS EN 10226-1 (BS21).

Features & Benefits

Resilient Viton soft seating design


High discharge capacity
Powerful thermostat
Dual safety protection
Diaphragm protected working parts
Safe manual testing
Easy inspection and cleaning
Pressure setting locked and sealed
Body material - Gunmetal

Fig. 500T

Dimensional Drawing

Approved and certified in accordance with:


Pressure Equipment Directive 97/23/EC (PED)
BS EN ISO 4126-1
WRAS
ISO 9001:2000

Rp

MAX SET PRESSURE

12.5 bar

MAX TEMPERATURE

95C

MAX WORKING TEMPERATURE

75C

Dimensions

Pressure/Temperature Ratings
B

SIZE
DN

R/Rp
BSP

A
(mm)

B
(mm)

C
(mm)

D
(mm)

15

3/4

34

48

230

81

20

39

47

240

81

25

11/4

45

56

260

81

32

11/2

54

62

350

127

40

64

71

400

127

50

21/2

76

82

430

127

226

Technical Helpline: 01744 458 615


www.nabic.co.uk

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
NABIC assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information
within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

SAFETY VALVES

Fig. 500 High Lift Safety Valve


This valve has been designed primarily for use on
unvented hot water heating systems, where a high
capacity, emergency steam relief capability is required.
High capacity and resilient PTFE seating, also make it
ideal for steam, air and inert gas applications.

Features & Benefits

Resilient PTFE seating design


High degree of seat tightness
Suitable for hot water, steam and air
High discharge capacity
Diaphragm protected working parts
Safe manual testing
Easy inspection and cleaning
Pressure setting locked and sealed
Padlock available
Body material - Gunmetal
Available with Viton seat design

Approved and certified in


accordance with:
Pressure Equipment
Directive 97/23/EC (PED)
BS EN ISO 4126-1
WRAS
ISO 9001:2000
Fig. 500

Dimensional Drawing

Sizes from DN20 upwards are available


with flanged inlet connections
NPT Thread form available on some sizes

MAX SET PRESSURE

12.5 bar

MAX TEMPERATURE

195C

Pressure/Temperature Ratings
Rp2

Rp1

SIZE
DN

Rp1
BSP

Rp2
BSP

A
(mm)

B
(mm)

C
(mm)

D
(mm)

10

3/8

1/2

26

21

101

15

1/2

3/4

33

20

120

20

3/4

39

24

134

28

25

11/4

45

30

155

30

32

11/4

11/2

54

36

201

30

40

11/2

64

41

241

32

50

21/2

76

47

267

36

65

21/2

90

60

330

36

Dimensions

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
NABIC assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information
within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

Technical Helpline: 01744 458 615


www.nabic.co.uk

227

SAFETY VALVES

Fig. 500L Pressure Relief Valve


NABIC Pressure Relief Valves are intended for use
where pressure tightness is required on the discharge
side of the valve. They are ideal for pump relief, bypass
relief, outside installations, and on cold water mains to
protect from PRV failure.

Features & Benefits

Resilient PTFE seating design


High degree of seat tightness
Suitable for liquids and gases
Top guided working parts
Pressure tight on discharge side
Flanged inlets available
Body material - Gunmetal
Available with Viton seat design
NPT Thread form available on some sizes

Fig. 500L

Approved and certified in accordance with:


Pressure Equipment Directive 97/23/EC (PED)

Dimensional Drawing

BS EN ISO 4126-1
WRAS
ISO 9001:2000

Pressure/Temperature Ratings
12.5 bar

MAX TEMPERATURE

195C

Rp 2
C

MAX SET PRESSURE

Rp1
BSP

Rp2
BSP

A
(mm)

B
(mm)

C
(mm)

D
(mm)

10

3/8

1/2

26

21

101

15

1/2

3/4

33

20

120

20

3/4

39

24

162

28

25

11/4

45

30

185

30

32

11/4

11/2

54

36

229

28

40

11/2

64

41

273

32

50

21/2

76

47

303

36

65

21/2

90

60

366

36

SIZE
DN

Dimensions

Rp 1

228

Technical Helpline: 01744 458 615


www.nabic.co.uk

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
NABIC assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information
within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

SAFETY VALVES

Fig. 500SS & 500ST Pressure Relief Valves


This version of the Figure 500 has been produced for
applications where the properties of stainless steel are
required for the service fluid being used but the working
environment does not necessitate a full stainless steel valve.

Features & Benefits


Resilient PTFE seating design

Approved and certified in


accordance with:

High degree of seat tightness


Easy inspection and cleaning
Top guided working parts
Pressure setting locked and sealed
Wetted parts - Stainless steel

Pressure Equipment
Directive 97/23/EC (PED)
BS EN ISO 4126-1
ISO 9001:2000

Body material - Gunmetal

Pressure/Temperature Ratings

Fig. 500SS

MAX SET PRESSURE

12.5 bar

MAX TEMPERATURE

195C

Dimensional Drawings

Rp

Rp

Note: The hygienic


fitting is to BS 4825.
R

Dimensions 500SS
SIZE
DN

R/Rp
BSP

A
(mm)

B
(mm)

D
A

Dimensions 500ST
C
(mm)

SIZE
DN

R/Rp
BSP

A
(mm)

B
(mm)

C
(mm)

D
(mm)
50.5

15

3/4

34

46

141

15

3/4

34

46

141

20

39

54

159

20

39

54

159

50.5

25

11/4
11/2

11/4

46

63

183

50.5
64

32
40

46

63

183

25

54

68

228

32

11/2

54

68

228

271

40

64

81

271

64

21/2

76

95

315

77.5

90

110

380

91

64

81

50

21/2

76

95

315

50

65

90

110

380

65

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
NABIC assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information
within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

Technical Helpline: 01744 458 615


www.nabic.co.uk

229

SAFETY VALVES

Fig. 520 Double Spring Safety Valve


The Figure 520 High Lift Safety Valve has been approved
to BS EN ISO 4126-1. Based on the proven design of
Figure 500 Safety Value, the high capacity and resilient
PTFE seating make Figure 520 ideal for steam, hot water,
air and inert gas applications.

Features & Benefits

Resilient PTFE seating design


High degree of seat tightness
Suitable for hot water, steam and air
High discharge capacity
Diaphragm protected working parts
Safe manual testing
Easy inspection and cleaning
Pressure setting locked and sealed
Separate outlets reduce effects of backpressure
Body material - Gunmetal
Available with Viton seat design

Fig. 520

Dimensional Drawings

Approved and certified in accordance with:


Pressure Equipment Directive 97/23/EC (PED)
BS EN ISO 4126-1
Rp

ISO 9001:2000

MAX SET PRESSURE

12.5 bar

MAX TEMPERATURE

195C

Pressure/Temperature Ratings

Dimensions
SIZE
DN

Rp
BSP

A
(mm)

B
(mm)

C
(mm)

D
(mm)

65

350

152

64

175

80

21/2

390

166

76

195

100

480

205

90

210

230

Technical Helpline: 01744 458 615


www.nabic.co.uk

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
NABIC assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information
within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

SAFETY VALVES

Fig. 255 Reduced Pressure Zone Anti-Pollution Valves


The RPZ Anti-Pollution valve is a type BA safety device
used to prevent contamination of drinking water through
siphoning or backflow up to class 4 fluid category. They
are particularly suitable for industrial and commercial
applications and can also be used for supplies to
buildings within the scope of the water regulations.

Features & Benefits


Manufactured in accordance with EN 1717
Risk of legionella is reduced as water storage
is not required
Bolted cover is removable and gives unrestricted
access to the internal components
A compact version of Figure 255 Anti-Pollution
Valve is available in two sizes, DN10 and DN15

Fig. 255

Complete with three test sample points for checking


pressure and a drain water connection

Dimensional Drawings

Body material - Gunmetal


Check valves - Plastic
Seals - EPDM
A flanged version is also available

Pressure/Temperature Ratings
MAX SET PRESSURE

10 bar

MAX TEMPERATURE

60C

MIN WORKING PRESSURE

1 bar

Dimensions
SIZE
CONNECTION
LENGTH
HEIGHT
HEIGHT
HEIGHT
HEIGHT
WIDTH
DRAIN
Kv - VALUE

d
L
H1
H2
h1
h2
D1
D2

UNITS
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
m3/h

DN15

DN20

Rp 1/2"

Rp 3/4"

210
137
166
48.5
72.5
103
50
3.05

210
137
166
48.5
72.5
103
50
4.90

DN25

DN32

DN40

DN50

Rp 1"
216
137
166
48.5
72.5
103
50
7.88

Rp 11/4"

Rp 11/2"

285
188
214
73
96
148
75
16.1

287
188
214
73
96
148
75
29.5

Rp 2"
297
188
214
73
96
148
75
33.2

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
NABIC assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information
within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

Technical Helpline: 01744 458 615


www.nabic.co.uk

231

SAFETY VALVES

(Fig. 256A only)

Fig. 256A & 256B Pipe Interrupter


The Figure 256A is classified as a DC type
suitable for protecting up to fluid category
5. Incorporating ventilation ports that are
totally unrestricted and permanent, water
is guided past these air vents using a
venturi type nozzle. As they are constantly
open to atmosphere, this stops siphonage
and allows the escape of water in the
event of backflow.
The Figure 256B is classified as a DB type
suitable for protecting up to fluid category
4. This device has a moving element which
seals the ventilation gaps during normal
flow conditions. When negative pressures
occur on the inlet side which could cause
siphonage, the membrane retracts seals
the flow ports and simultaneously vents the
outlet side of the pipe interrupter.

Fig. 256A

Dimensional Drawing

Dimensional Drawing

Features & Benefits


Fig. 256A is WRAS Approved for
use with potable water
A special DN15S version of Fig. 256A
is available for low flow conditions
Body material - Brass
Fig. 256A Venturi nozzle - Plastic
Fig. 256B Internals - Plastic
Fig. 256A & 256B O-Ring seals - EPDM
Fig. 256B Membrane - Silicon rubber

Fig. 256B

Dimensions 256A

Dimensions 256B

SIZE
DN

R
BSP

Kv

SIZE
DN

R
BSP

Kv

10

3/8

83.5

30

0.33

3/8

15S

1/2

83

30

0.33

15

1/2

91

43.5

0.9

20

3/4

88

43.5

1.14

10M
15M
20M
15F
20F

89
89
89
82
68

29
29
29
29
29

0.26
0.26
0.61
0.26
1.61

1/2
3/4
1/2
3/4

232

Technical Helpline: 01744 458 615


www.nabic.co.uk

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
NABIC assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information
within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

SAFETY VALVES

Fig. 503 Three Way Vent Valve


The Figure 503 Three Way Valve has been designed
for use on vented hot water systems, to ensure there is
a permanent connection from the boiler or calorifier to
atmosphere. Fitting a Figure 503 allows the use of a
single common vent pipe, and permits continued
operation of the system whilst maintenance is carried
out on an individual unit.

Features & Benefits

Boiler connection permanently open


Minimum water loss on changeover
Inline servicing
Dezincification resistant materials
Cassette construction
Body material - Gunmetal

Fig. 503

Pressure/Temperature Ratings
MAX SET PRESSURE

7 bar

MAX TEMPERATURE

93C

Dimensional Drawing

Rp
BSP

A
(mm)

B
(mm)

C
(mm)

D
(mm)

20

3/4

70

38

92

25

84

48

145

32

11/4

98

65

150

40

11/2

114

72

170

50

140

78

190

63

21/2

170

114

220

180

Rp

Rp
B

SIZE
DN

Dimensions

A
D

Rp

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
NABIC assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information
within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

Technical Helpline: 01744 458 615


www.nabic.co.uk

233

SAFETY VALVES

Fig. 175 Three Way Vent Cock


The Figure 175 Three Way Vent Cock has been
designed for use on vented hot water systems, to
ensure there is a permanent connection from the
boiler or calorifier to atmosphere. Fitting a Figure 175
allows the use of a single common vent pipe, and
permits continued operation of the system whilst
maintenance is carried out on an individual unit.

Features & Benefits

Boiler connection permanently open


No water loss on changeover
Ninety degree operation
Dezincification resistant materials
Body material - Gunmetal
Fig. 175

Pressure/Temperature Ratings

Dimensional Drawing

MAX SET PRESSURE

7 bar

MAX TEMPERATURE

100C

C A/F

Dimensions & Weights


SIZE
DN

R
BSP

A
(mm)

B
(mm)

C
(mm)

WEIGHT
(kg)

20

3/4

95

38

15

1.4

25

108

46

18

2.0

32

11/4

127

59

22

3.2

40

11/2

146

67

27

4.8

50

165

78

38

8.2

65

21/2

181

89

44

11.3

65

205

89

44

16

234

Technical Helpline: 01744 458 615


www.nabic.co.uk

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
NABIC assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information
within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

SAFETY VALVES

(Fig. 568 only)

Fig. 568 & 568SS Anti-Vacuum Valves


Figure 568 Anti-Vacuum Valves are used to protect drying
cylinders, calorifiers and tankers from collapse due to internal
vacuum. They are also used on steam systems, to assist
condensate drainage and to prevent suction of contents from
vats. Vacuum valves are normally fitted vertically at the top of
the vessel or pipeline being protected. Horizontal revolving
cylinders however should have a Figure 568 fitted at each
end, diametrically opposite one another.

Features & Benefits


PTFE or Viton to metal seating design which provides
excellent seat tightness
Fig. 568

Fig. 568 is WRAS Approved for use on potable water


The strengthened body complete with taper thread
ensures a tight seal between the vessel and valve
Body material - 568 - Gunmetal
Body material - 568SS - Stainless steel

Air (l/sec)
VACUUM
PRESSURE
mbar
250
500

DN15

DN20

DN25

DN32

DN40

DN50

2
3

5
9

10
17

21
32

32
53

52
71

Note: To assist selection, reference should be made to BS 853 clause 10.7

Pressure/Temperature Ratings

Fig. 568SS

MAX SET PRESSURE

13.5 bar

MAX TEMPERATURE

195C

Dimensional Drawing

Dimensions
A
(mm)

B
(mm)

C
(mm)

15

1/2

23

35

24

20

3/4

25

36

30

25

27

39

36

32

11/4

33

43

46

40

11/2

39

53

52

50

37

57

65

C A/F
A

R
BSP

SIZE
DN

Note: Flow areas available on request.


0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
NABIC assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information
within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

Technical Helpline: 01744 458 615


www.nabic.co.uk

235

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
NABIC assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information
within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

236

Technical Helpline: 01744 458 615


www.nabic.co.uk

S Shand-Brown

Project: St Pancras Renaissance Hotel, London


Sector: Hotels
Specification: NABIC Figure 500 High Lift Safety Valves.

PLANT ROOM VALVES

Plant Room Valves


Automatic Air Eliminators and Boiler Vent Valves
With a proven track record for high quality,
Brownall offers an exclusive range of Automatic Air
Eliminators (AAE) covering low, medium and high
pressure applications, complemented by the
Three-way Vent Valves and Vent Cocks for boilers.
Offering efficient performance, the Brownall range
removes inevitable and potentially dangerous air
trapped in the system. Air Eliminators are suitable
for use with water, glycol, aviation fuel, diesel and
light oils.
Installed at the highest point of the fluid carrying
system, the trapped air will enter the float chamber
of the air eliminator. This reduces the float
buoyancy and allows air to escape
through the outlet orifice.

To complement the AAE, the Univent and Vent


Cocks are installed to provide a direct connection
from the boiler to the atmosphere. Designed to
simplify the venting process, for single or multi
point boiler and calorifier installations, the range
offers savings in time and costs. Bronze body parts
enable the range to operate in high-turbulence
aerated hot water, which can be a very corrosive
environment.
All the above make Brownall the number one
choice with professional building services,
consulting engineers and specifying authorities.

1.

6.

Large oat construction


to provide maximum
re-seating force which
reduces the risk of
leakage and seals at a
minimum of 0.15 bar

Resilient PTFE seat /


Monel needle design
which keeps its shape
and form to maintain a
leak-tight seat

5.
Robust construction and
reliable operation for
industrial environments

2.
Most units are supplied
complete with an
isolating valve which
will easily isolate the
AAE to enable rapid
in-situ servicing

4.
Shell components
manufactured from
material resistant to
stress corrosion cracking
and fungal growth

3.
A range of connections
including BSP screwed
and anged

Technical Helpline: 01744 458 615


www.brownall.co.uk

237

PLANT ROOM VALVES

Automatic Air Eliminators


TyPE

PART NO.

DETAILS

Type A

AE-A

Vertical Inlet. Available Special Order

Type B

AE-B

Vertical Inlet with Integral Lockshield Isolating Valve

Type C

AE-C

Vertical Inlet with Integral Lockshield Isolating Valve & Check Valve

Type D

AE-D

Side Inlet Available Special Order

Type MPHW

AE-MPHW-015

Vertical Inlet with Integral Lockshield Isolating Valve

Type HPHW

AE-HPHW-F

BST'F' Vertical Inlet with Integral Lockshield Isolating Valve

Type HPHW

AE-HPHW-H

BST'H' Vertical Inlet with Integral Lockshield Isolating Valve

Type HPHW

AE-HPHW-16

PN16 Vertical Inlet with Integral Lockshield Isolating Valve

Type HPHW

AE-HPHW-150

Class 150 vertical inlet with Integral Lockshield Isolating Valve

Standard Pressure Applications - Type A, B, C and D

Type

Weight
kg

A
B
C

102
102
108

43
43
43

35
35
35

1.25
1.28
1.28

Technical Data
Connections

Inlet: BS EN 10226-1:2004 Rp 1/2 (Female)


Outlet: BS EN ISO 228-1:2003 G 3/8 (Male)

Pressure Rating

Up to 10 bar (150 Ibf/in2)


Non-Shock

Temp Rating

Up to 93C (200F)

Recommended Min.
Working Pressure

0.15bar (5ft eective head)

Materials of Construction
Body and Dome

Bronze (Gunmetal)

Spindle and Seating

Stainless Steel

Valve

PTFE Needle

Float

Stainless Steel

238

Technical Helpline: 01744 458 615


www.brownall.co.uk

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Brownall assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information
within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

PLANT ROOM VALVES

Medium Pressure Hot Water


Applications - MPHW

High Pressure Hot Water


Applications - HPHW

A
A

B
B

Type

Weight
kg

Type

Weight
kg

MPHW

108

43

41

2.4

BST F
BST H
PN16
Class 150

152
152
152
152

83
83
83
83

3.85
3.85
3.85
3.85

Technical Data
Connections

Inlet: BS EN 10226-1:2004
Rp 1/2 (Female)
Outlet: BS EN ISO 228-1:2003
G 3/8 (Male)

Pressure Rating

Up to 7 bar (100 Ibf/in2)

Temp Rating

Up to 149C (300F)

Recommended Min.
Working Pressure

0.15bar (5ft eective head)

Materials of Construction

Technical Data
Connections:

Pressure Rating
Temp Rating

Inlet: BS 10:2009 Table F or H 1/2 (Flanged)


Can be supplied drilled to PN16 or
Ansi Class 150
Outlet: BS EN ISO 228-1:2003 G 3/8 (Male)
HPHW/F 10.5 bar (150 ibf/in2)
HPHW/H 17 bar (250 ibf/in2)
HPHW/F 182C (360F)
HPHW/H 204C (400F)

Body and Dome

Bronze (Gunmetal)

Recommended Min.
Working Pressure

Spindle and Seating

Stainless Steel

Materials of Construction

Valve

Monel

Body and Dome

Bronze (Gunmetal)

Float

Nickel Alloy, Silver Brazed

Spindle and Seating

Stainless Steel

Valve

Monel

Float

Nickel Alloy, Silver Brazed

Service Kits (Float Assembly)


Types A, B (AE-SP-ABD) & C (AE-SP-C)

0.15bar (5ft eective head)

Types B and C Automatic Air Eliminators are manufactured with in-built isolating
valves which, when closed, allow the dome to be removed and the oat assembly
replaced, allowing rapid in-situ servicing.
Type A and D require an additional isolating valve on the inlet, to isolate it from the
system prior to removing the oat assembly.
AE-SP-BC isolator kit available for types B & C air eliminators. AE-SP-MPHW Service
kit is available for types MHPW and HPHW air eliminators.
Service kits comprise of a oat assembly (inc. needle and spindle), seat, washer
and retaining screws.
0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Brownall assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information
within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

Technical Helpline: 01744 458 615


www.brownall.co.uk

239

PLANT ROOM VALVES

Fig. 1688
Three-way Univent
Figure 1688, Three-way Univent is designed for use on
vented hot water systems to ensure that there is
always a direct connection from the boiler/ calorier
to the atmosphere. Made from body materials
resistant to stress corrosion cracking, it can be used
for single or multi-boiler installations.
In-line servicing, using Univent replacement
cartridges, allows valve maintenance to be carried out
without disturbing the pipework.
The Univent can be opened and closed using the
integral hand wheel. To close the drain port and open
the vent, turn the handwheel clockwise to its full
travel. Turn the handwheel anti-clockwise to open the
drain and close the vent.

C (max)

Technical Data
Max pressure: 7 bar
Max temperature: 93C
Connections: BS EN 10226-1:2004 Rp (Female)

Materials:
Body: Bronze (Gunmetal)
Head: Bronze (Gunmetal)
Trim: Brass
Spindle: Brass bar
Renewable Seat: EPDM

A
Nominal
Size

Product
code

C
(max)

Weight
kg

25mm (1")
32mm (11/4")
40mm (11/2")
50mm (2")
65mm (21/2")

UV-1688-025D
UV-1688-032D
UV-1688-040D
UV-1688-050D
UV-1688-065D

96
118
144
160
190

47
63
74
79
115

200
237
269
283
395

89
102
127
152
200

1.83
2.93
4.39
6.10
14.25

Univent Replacement Cartridge (Fig. 1688 only)


Replacement cartridges for the Three-way Univent valve
allow rapid in-situ servicing.

Size

Product code

25mm (1")
32mm (11/4")
40mm (11/2")
50mm (2")
65mm (21/2")

UV-SP-1688-025
UV-SP-1688-032
UV-SP-1688-040
UV-SP-1688-050
UV-SP-1688-065

240

Technical Helpline: 01744 458 615


www.brownall.co.uk

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Brownall assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information
within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

PLANT ROOM VALVES

Fig. 1988
Three-way Vent Cocks
Figure 1988 is resistant to stress corrosion cracking and used
on single, multi-boiler or calorier installations. Fitting a
Three-way Vent Cock ensures a constant connection from the
boiler or calorier to the atmosphere.
Levers are available as an optional extra.
E

Technical Data
Max pressure: 7 bar
Max temperature: 93C
Connections: BS EN 10226-1:2004 Rp (Female)

Materials
Body: Bronze (Gunmetal)

Plug: Bronze (Gunmetal)


Gland: Bronze (Gunmetal)
Normal
size
25mm (1")
32mm (11/4")
40mm (11/2")
50mm (2")

Product
code
VCN-LA-025
VCN-LA-032
VCN-LC-040
VCN-LC-050

Valve Levers

90
122
143
165

43
48
57
66

132
155
177
204

45
56
68
80

18
20
25
36

Size

Product code

25mm (1")
32mm (11/4")
40mm (11/2")
50mm (2")

VC-LA-025
VC-LA-032
VC-LC-040
VC-LC-050

Typical Multi-Boiler System


incorporating Brownall Univents/Vent Cocks Fig. 1688/1988
The use of screw-down valves for multi-boiler hot
water installations can allow the use of a single vent
pipe to serve any number of boilers. No boiler in the
system can be left in an unvented condition
irrespective of the selected settings of the valves.
At all times the vent valve ensures a full bore exit
from the boiler to atmosphere.
In operation, clockwise turning of the handwheel
closes the drain and opens the vent. Anti-clockwise
ISOLATOR VALVE

rotation of the handwheel opens the drain and


closes the vent.
Note: The diagram shown is schematic and is not
intended as a guide to the installation of the vent
valves. It is essential that vent valves are tted in
accordance with the manufacturer's
recommendations and comply with Health and
Safety regulations etc.
AUTO AIR VENT

UNIVENT VALVE

UNIVENT VALVE

UNIVENT VALVE

DRAIN

DRAIN

DRAIN

BOILER

BOILER

BOILER

EXPANSION
VESSEL

PRESSURISATION
UNIT

MCW

Please note: Three-way Univents and Three-way Vent Cocks are interchangeable.
0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Brownall assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information
within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

Technical Helpline: 01744 458 615


www.brownall.co.uk

241

Project: The Sage, Gateshead, Tyne & Wear


Sector: Arts
Contractor: Hayden Young
Specification: Hattersley Commissioning Valves.

242

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

FLANGE TABLES

Flange Tables
This information is extracted from the following
European, British and American standards:
BS EN 1092 Circular flanges for pipes, valves,
fittings and accessories, PN designated Part 1
Steel flanges.
Part 2 Cast iron flanges.
BS 4504 Flanges and bolting for pipes, valves,
and fittings metric series (for copper alloy
flanges only).
ANSI B16.1 Cast Iron pipe flanges and
flanged fittings.
ANSI B16.5 Steel pipe flanges and flanged
fittings.
ANSI B16.24 Bronze flanges and flanged
fittings BS10 Flanges and bolting for pipes,
valves and fittings.

Notes:
1. Raised joint faces are applicable to
BS EN 1092-1, BS EN 1092-2, BS10 ANSI
table H steel, and classes 150
to 1500 inclusive.
2. ANSI Class 125 refers to cast iron only.
3. ANSI 600, 900, 1500 flange thickness does
not include raised face.
4. Dimensions for flanges to BS EN 1092 are
given in millimetres only. Dimensions for
ANSI and BS 10 flanges are shown in inches
with the metric equivalent (to nearest whole
millimetre) in brackets.

Nominal Size 15mm (1/2")


BS EN 1092

PN6
PN10
PN16
PN25
PN40
PN64
ANSI
Class 125/150
Class 300
Class 600
Class 900
Class 1500
BS 10
Table A
Table D
Table E
Table F
Table H

Dia.
of
flange

Bolt
circle
diameter

No.
of
bolts

Dia.
of
bolts

Dia.
of
holes

Dia.
of raised
face(3)
Iron

Dia.
of raised
face(3)
Steel

Height
of
raised
face(3)

Grey
Cast
Iron

M10
M12
M12
M12
M12
M12

11
14
14
14
14
14

38
46
46
46
46
-

40
45
45
45
45
45

2
2
2
2
2
2

12 (1)
14 (1)
14 (1)
16 (1)
-

80
95
95
95
95
105

55
65
65
65
65
75

4
4
4
4
4
4

31/2 (89)
33/4 (95)
33/4 (95)
43/4 (121)
43/4 (121)

23/8 (60)
25/8 (67)
25/8 (67)
31/4 (83)
31/4 (83)

4
4
4
4
4

1/2

(13)
(13)
1/2 (13)
3/4 (19)
3/4 (19)

5/8

(16)
(16)
5/8 (16)
7/8 (22)
7/8 (22)
5/8

13/8 (35)
13/8 (35)
13/8 (35)
13/8 (35)
13/8 (35)

1/16

1/2

33/4 (95)
33/4 (95)
33/4 (95)
33/4 (95)
41/2 (114)

25/8 (67)
25/8 (67)
25/8 (67)
25/8 (67)
31/4 (83)

4
4
4
4
4

1/2

9/16

21/4 (57)

(13)
(13)
1/2 (13)
1/2 (13)
5/8 (16)
1/2

(14)
(14)
9/16 (14)
9/16 (14)
11/16 (17)
9/16

(2)
(2)
1/4 (6)
1/4 (6)
1/4 (6)

1/16

1/16

1/2

(13)
(13)
1/2 (13)
1/2 (13)
5/8 (16)
1/2

(2)

Thickness of flange
Copper Cast and
Alloy
Forged
Steel
6 (2)
8 (2)
9 (2)
-

12
16
16
16
16
20

5/16

7/16

1/2

1/2

(8)
(13)
-

1/4

(6)
(6)
1/4 (6)
5/16 (8)
3/8 (10)
1/4

Ductile
Cast
Iron
14
14
14
16
-

(11)
(13)
9/16 (14)
7/8 (22)
7/8 (22)

(10)
3/8 (10)
3/8 (10)
1/2 (13)

3/8

(1) These flange thicknesses are also valid for ductile iron flanges type 21-2 (2) Flange thicknesses for copper alloy are from BS 4504
(3) Copper alloy flanges are always flat-faced

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

243

FLANGE TABLES

Nominal Size 20mm (3/4")


BS EN 1092

PN6
PN10
PN16
PN25
PN40
PN64
PN100
ANSI
Class 125/150
Class 300
Class 600
Class 900
Class 1500
BS 10
Table A
Table D
Table E
Table F
Table H

Dia.
of
flange

Bolt
circle
diameter

No.
of
bolts

Dia.
of
bolts

Dia.
of
holes

Dia.
of raised
face(3)
Iron

Dia.
of raised
face(3)
Steel

Height
of
raised
face(3)

Grey
Cast
Iron

M10
M12
M12
M12
M12
M16
M16

11
14
14
14
14
18
18

48
56
56
56
56
-

50
58
58
58
58
58
58

2
2
2
2
2
2
2

14 (1)
16 (1)
16 (1)
18 (1)
-

90
105
105
105
105
130
130

65
75
75
75
75
90
90

4
4
4
4
4
4
4

37/8 (98)
45/8 (117)
45/8 (117)

23/4 (70)
31/4 (83)
31/4 (83)

4
4
4

51/8 (130)
51/8 (130)

31/2 (89)
31/2 (89)

4
4

4 (102)
4 (102)
4 (102)
4 (102)
41/2 (114)

27/8 (73)
27/8 (73)
27/8 (73)
27/8 (73)
31/4 (83)

4
4
4
4
4

1/2

(13)
(16)
5/8 (16)
3/4 (19)
3/4 (19)

5/8

5/8

3/4

(16)
(19)
3/4 (19)
7/8 (22)
7/8 (22)

111/16 (43)
111/16 (43)
111/16 (43)

111/16 (43)
111/16 (43)

1/2

9/16

21/4 (57)

(13)
(13)
1/2 (13)
1/2 (13)
5/8 (16)

(14)
(14)
9/16 (14)
9/16 (14)
11/16 (17)

1/2

9/16

1/16

1/16

(9)
(13)
-

17/32

1/2

(13)
(13)
1/2 (13)
1/2 (13)
5/8 (16)
1/2

(2)

6 (2)
8 (2)
9 (2)
11/32

(2)
(2)
1/4 (6)
1/4 (6)
1/4 (6)

1/16

Thickness of flange
Copper Cast and
Alloy
Forged
Steel

1/4

(6)
(6)
1/4 (6)
5/16 (8)
3/8 (10)
1/4

14
18
18
18
18
22
22
9/16

Ductile
Cast
Iron
16
16
16
18
-

(14)
(16)
5/8 (16)
1 (25)
1 (25)

(10)
3/8 (10)
3/8 (10)
1/2 (13)

5/8

3/8

(1) These flange thicknesses are also valid for ductile iron flanges type 21-2 (2) Flange thicknesses for copper alloy are from BS 4504
(3) Copper alloy flanges are always flat-faced

Nominal Size 25mm (1")


Dia.
of
bolts

Dia.
of
flange

Bolt
circle
diameter

No.
of
bolts

PN 6
PN10

100
115

75
85

4
4

M10
M12

11
14

58
65

60
68

3
3

2
2

14 (1)
16 (1)

14
18

16

PN16
PN25
PN40
PN64
PN100
ANSI
Class 125/150
Class 300
Class 600
Class 900
Class 1500
BS 10
Table A
Table D
Table E
Table F
Table H

115
115
115
140
140

85
85
85
100
100

4
4
4
4
4

M12
M12
M12
M16
M16

14
14
14
18
18

65
65
65
-

68
68
68
68
68

3
3
3
-

2
2
2
2
2

16 (1)
18 (1)
-

8 (2)
9 (2)
11 (2)
-

18
18
18
24
24

16
16
18
-

41/4 (114)
47/8 (124)
47/8 (124)
57/8 (149)
57/8 (149)

31/8 (79)
31/2 (89)
31/2 (89)
4 (102)
4 (102)

4
4
4
4
4

1/2

(13)
(16)
5/8 (16)
7/8 (22)
7/8 (22)

5/8

(16)
(19)
3/4 (19)
1 (25)
1 (25)

2 (51)
2 (51)
2 (51)
2 (51)
2 (51)

(2)
(2)
1/4 (6)
1/4 (6)
1/4 (6)

7/16

3/4

1/16

5/8

41/2 (114)
41/2 (114)
41/2 (114)
43/4 (121)
43/4 (121)

31/4 (83)
31/4 (83)
31/4 (83)
37/16 (87)
37/16 (87)

4
4
4
4
4

1/2

9/16

21/2 (64)

1/2

(13)
(13)
1/2 (13)
5/8 (16)
5/8 (16)
1/2

Dia.
of
holes

(14)
(14)
9/16 (14)
11/16 (17)
11/16 (17)
9/16

Dia.
Dia.
Height
Height
of raised of raised of raised of raised
face(3) face(3) face(3) face(3)
Iron
Steel
Iron
Steel

Thickness of flange
Copper Cast and
Alloy
Forged
Steel

BS EN 1092

Grey
Cast
Iron

1/16

1/16

(13)
(13)
1/2 (13)
1/2 (13)
3/4 (19)
1/2

(2)

(11)
-

3/8

(10)
(15)
-

19/32

5/16

(8)
(8)
5/16 (8)
3/8 (10)
7/16 (11)
5/16

7/16

(11)
(17)
11/16 (17)
11/8 (29)
11/8 (29)
11/16

(10)
3/8 (10)
3/8 (10)
9/16 (14)
3/8

Ductile
Cast
Iron

9/10

(14)
-

244

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

0813_v3

(1) These flange thicknesses are also valid for ductile iron flanges type 21-2
(2) Flange thicknesses for copper alloy are from BS 4504
(3) Copper alloy flanges are always flat-faced

FLANGE TABLES

Nominal Size 32mm (11/4")


BS EN 1092

PN 6
PN10
PN16
PN25
PN40
PN64
PN100
ANSI
Class 125/150
Class 300
Class 600
Class 900
Class 1500
BS 10
Table A
Table D
Table E
Table F
Table H

Dia.
of
flange

Bolt
No.
circle
of
diameter bolts

Dia.
of
bolts

Dia.
of
holes
Iron

Dia.
of
holes
Steel

Dia.
Dia.
Height
Height
of raised of raised of raised of raised
face(3) face(3) face(3) face(3)
Iron
Steel
Iron
Steel

Grey
Cast
Iron

Thickness of flange
Copper Cast and Ductile
Alloy
Forged
Cast
Steel
Iron

120
140
140
140
140
155
155

90
100
100
100
100
110
110

4
4
4
4
4
4
4

M12
M16
M16
M16
M16
M20
M20

14
19
19
19
19
-

14
18
18
18
18
22
22

69
76
76
76
76
-

70
78
78
78
78
78
78

3
3
3
3
3
-

2
2
2
2
2
2
2

16 (1)
18 (1)
18 (1)
20 (1)
-

8 (2)
9 (2)
11 (2)
-

14
18
18
18
18
26
26

18
18
18
20
-

45/8 (117)
51/4 (133)
51/4 (133)

31/2 (89)
37/8 (98)
37/8 (98)

4
4
4

1/2 (13)

5/8 (16)

5/8 (16)

1/2 (13)

5/8 (16)

1/16 (2)

5/8 (16)

3/4 (19)

3/4 (19)

13/32 (10)

3/4 (19)

21/2 (64)
21/2 (64)
21/2 (64)

1/2 (13)

1/16 (2)

5/8 (16)

13/16 (21)

61/4 (159) 43/8 (111)


61/4 (159) 43/8 (111)

4
4

7/8 (22)

1 (25)
1 (25)

21/2 (64)
21/2 (64)

1/4 (6)

7/8 (22)

11/8 (29)
11/8 (29)

43/4 (121) 37/16 (87)


43/4 (121) 37/16 (87)
43/4 (121) 37/16 (87)
51/4 (133) 37/8 (98)
51/4 (133) 37/8 (98)

4
4
4
4
4

1/2 (13)

9/16 (14)

9/16 (14)

5/16 (8)

1/2 (13)

9/16 (14)

9/16 (14)

5/8 (16)

5/16 (8)

1/2 (13)

5/8 (16)

11/16 (17) 11/16 (17)

5/8 (16)

1/2 (13)

5/8 (16)

3/8 (10)

1/2 (13)

5/8 (16)

11/16 (17) 11/16 (17)

9/16 (14)

3 (76)

5/16 (8)

9/16 (14)

5/8 (16)

1/2 (13)

1/16 (2)

7/8 (22)

7/16 (11)

11/16 (17)

5/8 (16)

1/4 (6)

1/4 (6)

(1) These flange thicknesses are also valid for ductile iron flanges type 21-2 (2) Flange thicknesses for copper alloy are from BS 4504
(3) Copper alloy flanges are always flat-faced

Nominal Size 40mm (11/2")


BS EN 1092

Dia.
of
flange

Bolt
No.
circle
of
diameter bolts

PN6
PN10

130
150

100
110

PN16
PN25
PN40
PN64
PN100
ANSI
Class 125/150
Class 300
Class 600
Class 900
Class 1500
BS 10
Table A
Table D
Table E
Table F
Table H

150
150
150
170
170
5 (127)
61/8 (156)
61/8 (156)
7 (178)
7 (178)

Dia.
of
holes
Iron

Dia.
of
holes
Steel

4
4

M12
M16

14
19

14
18

78
84

80
88

3
3

2
2

16 (1)
18 (1)

14
18

19

110
110
110
125
125

4
4
4
4
4

M16
M16
M16
M20
M20

19
19
19
-

18
18
18
22
22

84
84
84
-

88
88
88
88
88

3
3
3
-

2
2
2
2
2

18 (1)
20 (1)
-

9 (2)
11 (2)
13 (2)
-

18
18
18
28
28

19
19
19
-

37/8 (98)
41/2 (114)
41/2 (114)
47/8 (124)
47/8 (124)

4
4
4
4
4

1/2 (13)

5/8 (16)

5/8 (16)

9/16 (14)

11/16 (17)

1/16 (2)

13/16 (21)

7/8 (22)

11/8 (29)
11/8 (29)

11/16 (17)

1 (25)
1 (25)

7/16 (11)

7/8 (22)

27/8 (73)
27/8 (73)
27/8 (73)
27/8 (73)
27/8 (73)

9/16 (14)

1/16 (2)

3/4 (19)

51/4 (133) 37/8 (98)


51/4 (133) 37/8 (98)
51/4 (133) 37/8 (98)
51/2 (140) 41/8 (105)
51/2 (140) 41/8 (105)

4
4
4
4
4

1/2 (13)

9/16 (14)

9/16 (14)

3/8 (10)

1/2 (13)

9/16 (14)

9/16 (14)

5/8 (16)

3/8 (10)

1/2 (13)

5/8 (16)

11/16 (17) 11/16 (17)

5/8 (16)

1/2 (13)

5/8 (16)

7/16 (11)

1/2 (13)

5/8 (16)

11/16 (17) 11/16 (17)

9/16 (14)

31/4 (83)

3/8 (10)

9/16 (14)

5/8 (16)

1/2 (13)

1/16 (2)

7/8 (22)

1/2 (13)

11/16 (17)

3/4 (19)

7/8 (22)

Dia.
Dia.
Height
Height
of raised of raised of raised of raised
face(3) face(3) face(3) face(3)
Iron
Steel
Iron
Steel

Thickness of flange
Copper Cast and Ductile
Alloy
Forged
Cast
Steel
Iron

Dia.
of
bolts

1/4 (6)
1/4 (6)
1/4 (6)

Grey
Cast
Iron

11/4 (32)
11/4 (32)

0813_v3

(1) These flange thicknesses are also valid for ductile iron flanges type 21-2
(2) Flange thicknesses for copper alloy are from BS 4504
(3) Copper alloy flanges are always flat-faced

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

245

FLANGE TABLES

Nominal Size 50mm (2")


BS EN 1092

PN 6
PN10
PN16
PN25
PN40
PN64
PN100
ANSI
Class 125/150
Class 300
Class 600
Class 900
Class 1500
BS 10
Table A
Table D
Table E
Table F
Table H

Dia.
of
flange

Dia.
of
holes
Iron

Dia.
of
holes
Steel

4
4
4
4
4
4
4

M12
M16
M16
M16
M16
M20
M24

14
19
19
19
19
-

14
18
18
18
18
22
26

88
99
99
99
99
-

90
102
102
102
102
102
102

3
3
3
3
3
-

2
2
2
2
2
2
2

16 (1)
20 (1)
20 (1)
22 (1)
-

11 (2)
11 (2)
13 (2)
-

14
18
18
20
20
26
30

19
19
19
19
-

6 (152) 43/4 (121)


61/2 (165) 5 (127)
61/2 (165) 5 (127)

4
8
8

5/8 (16)

3/4 (19)

3/4 (19)

5/8 (16)

1/16 (2)

3/4 (19)

7/8 (22)

3/4 (19)

1/2 (13)

3/4 (19)

35/8 (92)
35/8 (92)
35/8 (92)

5/8 (16)

1/16 (2)

5/8 (16)

- 1

(25)

81/2 (216) 61/2 (165)


81/2 (216) 61/2 (165)

8
8

7/8 (22)

1 (25)
1 (25)

35/8 (92)
35/8 (92)

1/4 (6)

- 1
- 1

1/2 (38)

6 (152) 41/2 (114)


6 (152) 41/2 (114)
6 (152) 41/2 (114)
61/2 (165) 5 (127)
61/2 (165) 5 (127)

4
4
4
4
4

5/8 (16)

11/16 (17) 11/16 (17)

9/16 (14)

11/16 (17) 11/16 (17)

3/4 (19)

3/8 (10)

9/16 (14)

11/16 (17) 11/16 (17)

3/8 (10)

5/8 (16)

3/4 (19)

7/16 (11)

5/8 (16)

5/8 (16)

11/16 (17) 11/16 (17)

11/16 (17)

5/8 (16)

4 (102)

3/8 (10)

11/16 (17) 11/16 (17)

5/8 (16)

5/8 (16)

1 (25)

1/2 (13)

3/4 (19)

110
125
125
125
125
135
145

5/8 (16)

7/8 (22)

Dia.
Dia.
Height
Height
of raised of raised of raised of raised
face(3) face(3) face(3) face(3)
Iron
Steel
Iron
Steel

Thickness of flange
Copper Cast and Ductile
Alloy
Forged
Cast
Steel
Iron

Dia.
of
bolts

140
165
165
165
165
180
195

Bolt
No.
circle
of
diameter bolts

1/4 (6)

1/4 (6)

1/16 (2)

Grey
Cast
Iron

1/2 (38)

(1) These flange thicknesses are also valid for ductile iron flanges type 21-2 (2) Flange thicknesses for copper alloy are from BS 4504
(3) Copper alloy flanges are always flat-faced

Nominal Size 65mm (21/2")


BS EN 1092

PN 6
PN 10
PN 16
PN 25
PN 40
PN 64
PN 100
ANSI
Class 125/150
Class 300
Class 600
Class 900
Class 1500
BS 10
Table A
Table D
Table E
Table F
Table H

Dia.
of
flange

Bolt
No.
circle
of
diameter bolts

Dia.
of
bolts

Dia.
of
holes
Iron

Dia.
of
holes
Steel

Dia.
Dia.
Height
Height
of raised of raised of raised of raised
face(3) face(3) face(3) face(3)
Iron
Steel
Iron
Steel

Grey
Cast
Iron

160
185
185
185
185
205
220

130
145
145
145
145
160
170

4
4 (2)
4 (2)
8
8
8
8

M12
M16
M16
M16
M16
M20
M24

14
19
19
19
19
-

14
18
18
18
18
22
26

108
118
118
118
118
-

110
122
122
122
122
122
122

2
2
2
2
2
2
2

3
3
3
3
3
-

16 (1)
20 (1)
20 (1)
24 (1)
-

7 (178)
71/2 (191)
71/2 (191)
95/8 (244)
95/8 (244)

51/2 (140)
57/8 (149)
57/8 (149)
71/2 (191)
71/2 (191)

4
8
8
8
8

5/8 (16)

3/4 (19)

3/4 (19)

41/8 (105)
41/8 (105)
41/8 (105)
41/8 (105)
41/8 (105)

1/16 (2)

7/8 (22)

61/2 (165) 5 (127)


61/2 (165) 5 (127)
61/2 (165) 5 (127)
71/4 (184) 53/4 (146)
71/4 (184) 53/4 (146)

4
4
4
8
8

5/8 (16)

11/16 (17) 11/16 (17)

5/8 (16)

11/16 (17) 11/16 (17)

5/8 (16)

11/16 (17) 11/16 (17)

5/8 (16)

11/16 (17) 11/16 (17)

5/8 (16)

11/16 (17) 11/16 (17)

41/2 (114)

3/4 (19)
3/4 (19)

1 (25)
1 (25)

7/8 (22)
11/8 (29)
11/8 (29)

Thickness of flange
Copper Cast and Ductile
Alloy
Forged
Cast
Steel
Iron
13
13
14
-

14
18
18
22
22
26
34

19
19
19
19
-

11/16 (17)

9/16 (14)

11/16 (17)

13/16 (21)

1 (25)
11/8 (29)
15/8 (41)
15/8 (41)

11/16 (17)

7/16 (11)

11/16 (17)

7/16 (11)

9/16 (14)

3/4 (19)

7/16 (11)

9/16 (14)

3/4 (19)

1/2 (13)

5/8 (16)

1/16 (2)

1 (25)

9/16 (14)

3/4 (19)

1/16 (2)
1/4 (6)
1/4 (6)
1/4 (6)

246

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

0813_v3

(1) These flange thicknesses are also valid for ductile iron flanges type 21-2
(2) Steel flanges in this DN and PN may be supplied with 8 holes. For compliance with these, equivalent cast iron flanges may
be supplied with 8 holes as special order and after agreement between manufacturer and customer
(3) Flange thicknesses for copper alloy are from BS 4504 (4) Copper alloy flanges are always flat-faced

FLANGE TABLES

Nominal Size 80mm (3")


BS EN 1092

PN 6
PN10
PN16
PN25
PN40
PN64
PN100
ANSI
Class 125/150
Class 300
Class 600
Class 900
Class 1500
BS 10
Table A
Table D
Table E
Table F
Table H

Dia.
of
flange

Dia.
of
bolts

Dia.
of
holes
Iron

Dia.
of
holes
Steel

4
8
8
8
8
8
8

M16
M16
M16
M16
M16
M20
M24

19
19
19
19
19
-

18
18
18
18
18
22
26

124
132
132
132
132
-

128
138
138
138
138
138
138

3
3
3
3
3
-

2
2
2
2
2
2
2

18 (1)
22 (1)
22 (1)
26 (1)
-

71/2 (191) 6 (152)


81/4 (210) 65/8 (168)
81/4 (210) 65/8 (168)

4
8
8

5/8 (16)

3/4 (19)

3/4 (19)

7/8 (22)

5 (127)
5 (127)
5 (127)

1/16 (2)

7/8 (22)

1/16 (2)

3/4 (19)

91/2 (241) 71/2 (192)


101/2 (267) 8 (203)

8
8

7/8 (22)

1 (25)
11/4 (32)

5 (127)
5 (127)

1/4 (6)

71/4 (184)
71/4 (184)
71/4 (184)
8 (203)
8 (203)

4
4
4
8
8

5/8 (16)

11/16 (17) 11/16 (17)

5/8 (16)

11/16 (17) 11/16 (17)

5/8 (16)

11/16 (17) 11/16 (17)

5/8 (16)

11/16 (17) 11/16 (17)

5/8 (16)

11/16 (17) 11/16 (17)

5 (127)

190
200
200
200
200
215
230

Bolt
No.
circle
of
diameter bolts
150
160
160
160
160
170
180

53/4 (146)
53/4 (146)
53/4 (146)
61/2 (165)
61/2 (165)

3/4 (19)

11/8 (29)

Dia.
Dia.
Height
Height
of raised of raised of raised of raised
face(3) face(3) face(3) face(3)
Iron
Steel
Iron
Steel

Grey
Cast
Iron

Thickness of flange
Copper Cast and Ductile
Alloy
Forged
Cast
Steel
Iron
13 (2)
14 (2)
16 (2)
-

16
20
20
24
24
28
36

19
19
19
19
-

3/4 (19)

5/8 (16)

29/32 (23)

3/4 (19)
11/8 (29)
11/4 (32)

11/2 (38)
17/8 (48)

11/16 (17)

1/2 (13)

3/4 (19)

1/2 (13)

9/16 (14)

3/4 (19)

1/2 (13)

9/16 (14)

3/4 (19)

9/16 (14)

5/8 (16)

1/16 (2)

11/8 (29)

5/8 (16)

7/8 (22)

1/4 (6)

1/4 (6)

(1) These flange thicknesses are also valid for ductile iron flanges type 21-2 (2) Flange thicknesses for copper alloy are from BS 4504
(3) Copper alloy flanges are always flat-faced

Nominal Size 100mm (4")


BS EN 1092

PN 6
PN10
PN16
PN25
PN40
PN64
PN100
ANSI
Class 125/150
Class 300
Class 600
Class 900
Class 1500
BS 10
Table A
Table D
Table E
Table F
Table H

Dia.
of
flange

Bolt
No.
circle
of
diameter bolts

Dia.
of
bolts

Dia.
of
holes
Iron

Dia.
of
holes
Steel

Dia.
Dia.
Height
Height
of raised of raised of raised of raised
face(3) face(3) face(3) face(3)
Iron
Steel
Iron
Steel

Grey
Cast
Iron

Thickness of flange
Copper Cast and Ductile
Alloy
Forged
Cast
Steel
Iron

210
220
220
235
235
250
265

170
180
180
190
190
200
210

4
8
8
8
8
8
8

M16
M16
M16
M20
M20
M24
M27

19
19
19
23
23
-

18
18
18
22
22
26
30

144
156
156
156
156
-

148
158
158
162
162
162
162

3
3
3
3
3
-

2
2
2
2
2
2
2

18 (1)
24 (1)
24 (1)
28 (1)
-

16 (2)
17 (2)
19 (2)
-

16
20
20
24
24
30
40

19
19
19
19
-

9 (229)
10 (254)
103/4 (273)
111/2 (292)
121/4 (311)

71/2 (191)
77/8 (200)
81/2 (216)
91/4 (235)
91/2 (241)

8
8
8
8
8

5/8 (16)

3/4 (19)

3/4 (19)

63/16 (157)
63/16 (157)
63/16 (157)
63/16 (157)
63/16 (157)

15/16 (24)

11/16 (17)

15/16 (24)

1/16 (2)

7/8 (22)

11/16 (27)

11/4 (32)
11/2 (38)
13/4 (44)
21/8 (54)

81/2 (216) 7 (178)


81/2 (216) 7 (178)
81/2 (216) 7 (178)
9 (229) 71/2 (191)
9 (229) 71/2 (191)

4
4
8
8
8

6 (152)

3/4 (19)

5/8 (16)

3/4 (19)

5/8 (16)

11/16 (17)

7/8 (22)

5/8 (16)

11/16 (17)

7/8 (22)

11/16 (17)

3/4 (19)

1/16 (2)

11/4 (32)

3/4 (19)

1 (25)

3/4 (19)
7/8 (22)
11/8 (29)
11/4 (32)

1 (25)
11/4 (32)
13/8 (35)

5/8 (16)

11/16 (17) 11/16 (17)

5/8 (16)

11/16 (17) 11/16 (17)

5/8 (16)

11/16 (17) 11/16 (17)

5/8 (16)

11/16 (17) 11/16 (17)

5/8 (16)

11/16 (17) 11/16 (17)

1/16 (2)
1/4 (6)
1/4 (6)
1/4 (6)

0813_v3

(1) These flange thicknesses are also valid for ductile iron flanges type 21-2 (2) Flange thicknesses for copper alloy are from BS 4504
(3) Copper alloy flanges are always flat-faced

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

247

FLANGE TABLES

Nominal Size 125mm (5")


BS EN 1092

PN 6
PN10
PN16
PN25
PN40
PN64
PN100
ANSI
Class 125/150
Class 300
Class 600
Class 900
Class 1500
BS 10
Table A
Table D
Table E
Table F
Table H

Dia.
of
flange

Dia.
of
holes
Iron

Dia.
of
holes
Steel

8
8
8
8
8
8
8

M16
M16
M16
M24
M24
M27
M30

19
19
19
28
28
-

18
18
18
26
26
30
33

174
184
184
184
184
-

178
188
188
188
188
188
188

3
3
3
3
3
-

2
2
2
2
2
2
2

20 (1)
26 (1)
26 (1)
30 (1)
-

18
22
22
26
26
34
40

19
19
19
23.5
-

10 (254) 81/2 (216)


11 (279) 91/4 (235)
13 (330) 101/2 (267)

8
8
8

3/4 (19)

7/8 (22)

7/8 (22)
7/8 (22)

11/8 (29)

1/16 (2)

1 (25)

75/16 (186)
75/16 (186)
75/16 (186)

5/16 (24)

1/16 (2)

3/4 (19)

3/4 (19)
11/8 (29)
-

5/16 (24)
13/8 (35)
13/4 (44)

133/4 (349) 11 (279)


143/4 (375) 111/2 (292)

8
8

11/4 (32)
11/2 (38)

13/8 (35)
15/8 (41)

75/16 (186)
75/16 (186)

1/4 (6)

2 (51)
27/8 (73)

81/4 (210)
81/4 (210)
81/4 (210)
91/4 (235)
91/4 (235)

4
8
8
8
8

5/8 (16)

11/16 (17) 11/16 (17)

5/8 (16)

11/16 (17) 11/16 (17)

5/8 (16)

11/16 (17) 11/16 (17)

7 (178)

10 (254)
10 (254)
10 (254)
11 (279)
11 (279)

200
210
210
220
220
240
250

3/4 (19)

7/8 (22)

7/8 (22)

3/4 (19)

7/8 (22)

7/8 (22)

Dia.
Dia.
Height
Height
of raised of raised of raised of raised
face(3) face(3) face(3) face(3)
Iron
Steel
Iron
Steel

Thickness of flange
Copper Cast and Ductile
Alloy
Forged
Cast
Steel
Iron

Dia.
of
bolts

240
250
250
270
270
295
315

Bolt
No.
circle
of
diameter bolts

1/4 (6)

1/4 (6)

1/16 (2)

Grey
Cast
Iron

3/4 (19)

11/16 (17)

13/16 (21)

11/16 (17)

11/16 (17)

7/8 (22)

11/16 (17)

11/16 (17)

1 (25)
13/8 (35)

3/4 (19)

7/8 (22)
11/8 (29)

7/8 (22)

(1) These flange thicknesses are also valid for ductile iron flanges type 21-2
(2) Copper alloy flanges are always flat-faced

Nominal Size 150mm (6")


BS EN 1092

PN6
PN10
PN16
PN25
PN40
PN64
PN100
ANSI
Class 125/150
Class 300
Class 600
Class 900
Class 1500
BS 10
Table A
Table D
Table E
Table F
Table H

Dia.
of
flange

Bolt
No.
circle
of
diameter bolts

Dia.
of
bolts

Dia.
of
holes
Iron

Dia.
of
holes
Steel

Dia.
Dia.
Height
Height
of raised of raised of raised of raised
face(3) face(3) face(3) face(3)
Iron
Steel
Iron
Steel

Grey
Cast
Iron

Thickness of flange
Copper Cast and Ductile
Alloy
Forged
Cast
Steel
Iron

265
285
285
300
300
345
355

225
240
240
250
250
280
290

8
8
8
8
8
8
12

M16
M20
M20
M24
M24
M30
M30

19
23
23
28
28
-

18
22
22
26
26
33
33

199
211
211
211
211
-

202
212
212
218
218
218
218

3
3
3
3
3
-

2
2
2
2
2
2
2

20 (1)
26 (1)
26 (1)
34 (1)
-

18
22
22
28
28
36
44

19
19
20
26
-

11 (279)
121/2 (318)
14 (356)
15 (381)
151/2 (394)

91/2 (241)
105/8 (270)
111/2 (292)
121/2 (318)
121/2 (318)

8
12
12
12
12

3/4 (19)

7/8 (22)

7/8 (22)
7/8 (22)

81/2 (216)
81/2 (216)
81/2 (216)
81/2 (216)
81/2 (216)

1 (25)
-

13/16 (21)

1/16 (2)

3/4 (19)

1 (25)
17/16 (37)
17/8 (48)
23/16 (56)
31/4 (83)

81/4 (210)

13/16 (21)

11/16 (17)

13/16 (21)

11/16 (17)

11/16 (17)

7/8 (22)

11/16 (17)

11/16 (17)

1 (25)
13/8 (35)

7/8 (22)

7/8 (22)
11/8 (29)

11 (279) 91/4 (235) 4


11 (279) 91/4 (235) 8
11 (279) 91/4 (235) 8
12 (305) 101/4 (260) 12
12 (305) 101/4 (260) 12

1 (25)
11/8 (29)
13/8 (35)

11/8 (29)
11/4 (32)
11/2 (38)

5/8 (16)

11/16 (17) 11/16 (17)

5/8 (16)

11/16 (17) 11/16 (17)

3/4 (19)

7/8 (22)

7/8 (22)

3/4 (19)

7/8 (22)

7/8 (22)

3/4 (19)

7/8 (22)

7/8 (22)

1/16 (2)
1/4 (6)
1/4 (6)
1/4 (6)

1/16 (2)

13/16 (30)

1 (25)

248

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

0813_v3

(1) These flange thicknesses are also valid for ductile iron flanges type 21-2
(2) Copper alloy flanges are always flat-faced

FLANGE TABLES

Nominal Size 200mm (8")


BS EN 1092

PN 6
PN10
PN16
PN25
PN40
PN64
PN100
ANSI
Class 125/150
Class 300
Class 600
Class 900
Class 1500
BS 10
Table A
Table D
Table E
Table F
Table H

Dia.
of
flange
320
340
340
360
375
415
430

Bolt
No.
circle
of
diameter bolts

Dia.
of
bolts

Dia.
of
holes
Iron

Dia.
of
holes
Steel

8
8
12
12
12
12
12

M16
M20
M20
M24
M27
M33
M33

19
23
23
28
31
-

18
22
22
26
30
36
36

254
266
266
274
284
-

258
268
268
278
285
285
285

3
3
3
3
3
-

2
2
2
2
2
2
2

8
12
12

3/4 (19)

7/8 (22)

7/8 (22)

11/8 (29)

1 (25)
11/4 (32)

105/8 (270)
105/8 (270)
105/8 (270)

1/16 (2)

7/8 (22)

12
12

13/8 (35)
15/8 (41)

11/2 (38)
13/4 (44)

105/8 (270)
105/8 (270)

1/4 (6)

111/2 (292) 8
111/2 (292) 8
111/2 (292) 8
123/4 (324) 12
123/4 (324) 12

5/8 (16)

11/16 (17) 11/16 (17)

5/8 (16)

11/16 (17) 11/16 (17)

101/4 (260)

280
295
295
310
320
345
360

131/2 (343) 113/4 (298)


15 (381) 13 (330)
161/2 (419) 133/4 (349)
181/2 (470) 151/2 (394)
19 (438) 151/2 (394)
131/4 (337)
131/4 (337)
131/4 (337)
141/2 (368)
141/2 (368)

3/4 (19)

7/8 (22)

7/8 (22)

3/4 (19)

7/8 (22)

7/8 (22)

3/4 (19)

7/8 (22)

7/8 (22)

Dia.
Dia.
Height
Height
of raised of raised of raised of raised
face(3) face(3) face(3) face(3)
Iron
Steel
Iron
Steel

1/16 (2)
1/4 (6)

1/4 (6)

1/16 (2)

Grey
Cast
Iron
22 (1)
26 (1)
30 (1)
34 (1)
-

Thickness of flange
Copper Cast and Ductile
Alloy
Forged
Cast
Steel
Iron
-

20
24
24
30
34
42
52

20
20
22
30
-

11/8 (29) 15/16 (24) 11/8 (29)


13/8 (35) 15/8 (41)
23/16 (56)

21/2 (64)
35/8 (92)

7/8 (22)

3/4 (19)

1/2 (13)

7/8 (22)

3/4 (19)

3/4 (19)

3/4 (19)
1 (25)
11/8 (29) 1 (25)
11/2 (38) 11/4 (32)

3/4 (19)

1 (25)
11/4 (32)

(1) These flange thicknesses are also valid for ductile iron flanges type 21-2
(2) Copper alloy flanges are always flat-faced

Nominal Size 250mm (10")


BS EN 1092

PN6
PN10
PN16
PN25
PN40
PN64
PN100
ANSI
Class 125/150
Class 300
Class 600
Class 900
Class 1500
BS 10
Table A
Table D
Table E
Table F
Table H

Dia.
of
flange

Bolt
No.
circle
of
diameter bolts

Dia.
of
bolts

Dia.
of
holes
Iron

Dia.
of
holes
Steel

Dia.
Dia.
Height
Height
of raised of raised of raised of raised
face(3) face(3) face(3) face(3)
Iron
Steel
Iron
Steel

Grey
Cast
Iron

Thickness of flange
Copper Cast and Ductile
Alloy
Forged
Cast
Steel
Iron

375
395 (2)
405 (2)
425
450
470
505

335
350
355
370
385
400
430

12
12
12
12
12
12
12

M16
M20
M24
M27
M30
M33
M36

19
23
28
31
34
-

18
22
26
30
33
36
39

309
319
319
330
345
-

312
320
320
335
345
345
345

3
3
3
3
3
-

2
2
2
2
2
2
2

24 (1)
28 (1)
32 (1)
-

22
26
26
32
38
46
60

22
22
24.5
34.5
-

16 (406)
171/2 (445)
20 (508)
211/2 (546)
23 (584)

141/4 (362)
151/4 (387)
17 (432)
181/2 (470)
19 (483)

12
16
16
16
12

7/8 (22)

1 (25)
-

1 (25)
11/8 (29)
13/8 (35)
11/2 (38)
2 (51)

123/4 (324)
123/4 (324)
123/4 (324)
123/4 (324)
123/4 (324)

1/16 (2)

1 (25)
11/4 (32)
13/8 (35)
17/8 (41)

13/16 (30)
-

1 (25)
-

13/16 (30)
17/8 (41)
21/2 (64)
23/4 (70)
41/4 (108)

16 (406)
16 (406)
16 (406)
17 (432)
17 (432)

14 (356)
14 (356)
14 (356)
15 (381)
15 (381)

8
8
12
12
12

3/4 (19)

7/8 (22)

7/8 (22)

7/8 (22)

7/8 (22)

3/4 (19)

7/8 (22)

7/8 (22)

7/8 (22)

1 (25)
1 (25)

1 (25)
1 (25)

121/4 (311)

3/4 (19)

7/8 (22)

1/16 (2)
1/4 (6)
1/4 (6)
1/4 (6)

1/16 (2)

15/16 (24)

3/4 (19)
3/4 (19)
1 (25)
7/8 (22)
1 (25)
11/8 (29) 1 (25)
15/8 (41) 13/8 (35)

3/4 (19)
7/8 (22)

1 (25)
13/8 (35)

0813_v3

(1) These flange thicknesses are also valid for ductile iron flanges type 21-2
(2) For ductile iron pipes and fittings the outside diameters shall be: for PN10, D = 400mm, for PN16, D = 400mm
(3) Copper alloy flanges are always flat-faced

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

249

FLANGE TABLES

Nominal Size 300mm (12")


BS EN 1092

PN6
PN10
PN16
PN25
PN40
PN64
PN100
ANSI
Class 125/150
Class 300
Class 600
Class 900
Class 1500
BS 10
Table A
Table D
Table E
Table F
Table H

Dia.
of
flange

Dia.
of
bolts

Dia.
of
holes
Iron

Dia.
of
holes
Steel

M20
M20
M24
M27
M30
M33
M39

23
23
28
31
34
-

22
22
26
30
33
36
42

363
370
370
389
409
-

365
370
378
395
410
410
410

4
4
4
4
4
-

2
2
2
2
2
2
2

19 (483) 17 (432) 12
201/2 (521) 173/4 (451) 16
22 (559) 191/4 (489) 20
24 (610) 21 (533) 20
261/2 (673) 221/2 (571) 16

7/8 (22)
11/8 (29)
11/4 (32)

1 (25)
-

1 (25)
11/4 (32)
13/8 (35)

15 (381)
15 (381)
15 (381)

1/16 (2)

13/8 (35)
2 (51)

11/2 (38)
21/8 (54)

15 (381)
15 (381)

1/4 (6)

18 (457)
18 (457)
18 (457)
191/4 (489)
191/4 (489)

3/4 (19)

7/8 (22)

7/8 (22)

3/4 (19)

7/8 (22)

7/8 (22)

7/8 (22)

1 (25)
1 (25)
1 (25)

1 (25)
1 (25)
1 (25)

141/4 (362)

440
445 (2)
460 (2)
485
515
530
585

Bolt
No.
circle
of
diameter bolts
395
400
410
430
450
460
500

16 (406)
16 (406)
16 (406)
171/4 (438)
171/4 (438)

12
12
12
16
16
16
16

8
12
12
16
16

7/8 (22)
7/8 (22)

Dia.
Dia.
Height
Height
of raised of raised of raised of raised
face(3) face(3) face(3) face(3)
Iron
Steel
Iron
Steel

1/16 (2)
1/4 (6)

1/4 (6)

1/16 (2)

Grey
Cast
Iron
24 (1)
28 (1)
32 (1)
40 (1)
-

Thickness of flange
Copper Cast and Ductile
Alloy
Forged
Cast
Steel
Iron
-

11/4 (32) 11/16 (27)


-

15/16 (24)

7/8 (22)
7/8 (22)
1 (25)
11/8 (29) 1 (25)
11/4 (32) 11/8 (29)
13/4 (44) 11/2 (38)

22
26
28
34
42
52
68

24.5
24.5
27.5
39.5
-

11/4 (32)
2 (51)
25/8 (67)

31/8 (80)
47/8 (124)

7/8 (22)

1 (25)
11/8 (29)
11/2 (38)

(1) These flange thicknesses are also valid for ductile iron flanges type 21-2
(2) For ductile iron pipes and fittings the outside diameter shall be: for PN10, D = 455mm; for PN16, D = 455 mm
(3) Copper alloy flanges are always flat-faced

Nominal Size 350mm (14")


BS EN 1092

PN6
PN10
PN16
PN25
PN40
PN64
PN100
ANSI
Class 125/150
Class 300
Class 600
Class 900
Class 1500
BS 10
Table A
Table D
Table E
Table F
Table H

Dia.
of
flange

Bolt
No.
circle
of
diameter bolts

Dia.
of
holes
Iron

Dia.
of
holes
Steel

M20
M20
M24
M30
M33
M36
M45

23
23
28
34
37
-

22
22
26
33
36
39
48

413
429
429
448
465
-

415
430
438
450
465
465
465

4
4
4
4
4
-

2
2
2
2
2
2
2

26 (1)
30 (1)
36 (1)
44 (1)
-

22
26
30
38
46
56
74

24.5
26.5
30
44
-

11/8 (29)
11/4 (32)
11/2 (38)
15/8 (41)
23/8 (60)

161/4 (413)
161/4 (413)
161/4 (413)
161/4 (413)
161/4 (413)

1/16 (2)

13/8 (35)
-

13/8 (35)
21/8 (54)
23/4 (70)
3/8 (86)
51/4 (133)

1 (25)
1 (25)
1 (25)
1 (25)
7/8 (22)
1 (25)
1 (25)
1 (25) 11/8 (29) 11/8 (29)
1 (25) 11/8 (29) 11/8 (29)

161/2 (419)

1 (25)
1 (25)
11/4 (32)
15/8 (41)

490
505
520
555
580
600
655

445
460
470
490
510
525
560

12
16
16
16
16
16
16

21 (533)
23 (584)
233/4 (603)
251/4 (641)
291/2 (749)

183/4 (476)
201/4 (514)
203/4 (527)
22 (559)
25 (635)

12
20
20
20
16

1 (25) 11/8 (29)


11/8 (29)
13/8 (35)
11/2 (38)
21/4 (57)
-

203/4 (527)
203/4 (527)
203/4 (527)
213/4 (552)
213/4 (552)

181/2 (470)
181/2 (470)
181/2 (470)
191/2 (495)
191/2 (495)

8
12
12
16
16

7/8 (22)
7/8 (22)

Dia.
Dia.
Height
Height
of raised of raised of raised of raised
face(3) face(3) face(3) face(3)
Iron
Steel
Iron
Steel

Thickness of flange
Copper Cast and Ductile
Alloy
Forged
Cast
Steel
Iron

Dia.
of
bolts

1/16 (2)
1/4 (6)
1/4 (6)
1/4 (6)

1/16 (2)

Grey
Cast
Iron

1 (25)
1 (25)
11/8 (29) 1 (25)
11/4 (32) 1 (25)
13/8 (35) 11/4 (32)
17/8 (48) 15/8 (41)

250

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

0813_v3

(1) These flange thicknesses are also valid for ductile iron flanges type 21-2
(2) Copper alloy flanges are always flat-faced

FLANGE TABLES

Nominal Size 400mm (16")


BS EN 1092

PN6
PN10
PN16
PN25
PN40
PN64
PN100
ANSI
Class 125/150
Class 300
Class 600
Class 900
Class 1500
BS 10
Table A
Table D
Table E
Table F
Table H

Dia.
of
flange
540
565
580
620
660
670
715

Bolt
No.
circle
of
diameter bolts
495
515
525
550
585
585
620

16
16
16
16
16
16
16

Dia.
of
bolts

Dia.
of
holes
Iron

Dia.
of
holes
Steel

M20
M24
M27
M33
M36
M39
M45

23
28
31
37
41
-

22
26
30
36
39
42
48

Dia.
Dia.
Height
Height
of raised of raised of raised of raised
face(3) face(3) face(3) face(3)
Iron
Steel
Iron
Steel
465
482
490
505
535
535
535

4
4
4
4
4
-

2
2
2
2
2
2
2

28 (1)
32 (1)
38 (1)
48 (1)
-

22
26
32
40
50
60
78

24.5
28
32
48
-

17/16 (37)
-

17/16 (37)
21/4 (57)
3 (76)

31/2 (89)
53/4 (146)

1 (25)
1 (25)
11/4 (32)
13/4 (44)

1 (25) 11/8 (29) 11/8 (29)


11/4 (32)
13/8 (35)
11/2 (38)
15/8 (41)

181/2 (470)
181/2 (470)
181/2 (470)

1/16 (2)

273/4 (705) 241/4 (616) 20


321/2 (826) 273/4 (705) 16

15/8 (41)
21/2 (64)

13/4 (44)
25/8 (67)

181/2 (470)
181/2 (470)

1/4 (6)

223/4 (578)
223/4 (578)
223/4 (578)
24 (610)
24 (610)

7/8 (22)

1 (25)
1 (25)
1 (25)
1 (25)
7/8 (22)
1 (25)
1 (25)
1 (25) 11/8 (29) 11/8 (29)
1 (25) 11/8 (29) 11/8 (29)

19 (483)

201/2 (521)
201/2 (521)
201/2 (521)
213/4 (552)
213/4 (552)

12
12
12
20
20

7/8 (22)

Thickness of flange
Copper Cast and Ductile
Alloy
Forged
Cast
Steel
Iron

463
480
480
503
535
-

231/2 (597) 211/4 (540) 16


251/2 (648) 221/2 (572) 20
27 (686) 233/4 (603) 20

Grey
Cast
Iron

1/16 (2)
1/4 (6)

1/4 (6)

1/16 (2)

11/16 (27) 1 (25)


11/8 (29) 1 (25)
11/4 (32) 1 (25)
13/8 (35) 11/4 (32)
2 (51) 13/4 (44)

(1) These flange thicknesses are also valid for ductile iron flanges type 21-2
(2) Copper alloy flanges are always flat-faced

Nominal Size 450mm (18")


BS EN 1092

PN6
PN10
PN16
PN25
PN40
PN64
PN100
ANSI
Class 125/150
Class 300
Class 600
Class 900
Class 1500
BS 10
Table A
Table D
Table E
Table F
Table H

Dia.
of
flange

Bolt
No.
circle
of
diameter bolts

Dia.
Dia.
Height
Height
of raised of raised of raised of raised
face(3) face(3) face(3) face(3)
Iron
Steel
Iron
Steel

Thickness of flange
Copper Cast and Ductile
Alloy
Forged
Cast
Steel
Iron

Dia.
of
bolts

Dia.
of
holes
Iron

Dia.
of
holes
Steel

M20
M24
M27
M33
M36
-

23
28
31
37
41
-

22
26
30
36
39
-

518
530
548
548
560
-

520
532
550
555
560
-

4
4
4
4
4
-

2
2
2
2
2
-

28 (1)
32 (1)
40 (1)
50 (1)
-

22
28
40
46
57
-

25.5
30
34.5
49
-

19/16 (40)
-

19/16 (40)
23/8 (60)
31/4 (83)
4 (102)
63/8 (162)

11/16 (27)
11/4 (32)
13/8 (35)
11/2 (38)
21/8 (54)

11/16 (27)
11/8 (29)
11/8 (29)
13/8 (35)
17/8 (48)

11/8 (29)
11/8 (29)
13/8 (35)
17/8 (48)

595
615
640
670
685
-

550
565
585
600
610
-

16
20
20
20
20
-

25 (635)
28 (711)
291/4 (743)
31 (787)
36 (914)

223/4 (578)
243/4 (629)
253/4 (654)
27 (686)
301/2 (775)

16
24
20
20
16

11/8 (29) 11/4 (32)


11/4 (32)
15/8 (41)
17/8 (48)
23/4 (70)
-

11/4 (32)
13/8 (35)
13/4 (44)
2 (51)
27/8 (73)

21 (533)
21 (533)
21 (533)
21 (533)
21 (533)

1/16 (2)

251/4 (641)
251/4 (641)
251/4 (641)
261/2 (673)
261/2 (673)

23 (584)
23 (584)
23 (584)
24 (610)
24 (610)

12
12
16
20
20

7/8 (22)

1 (25)
1 (25)
1 (25)
11/4 (32)
11/4 (32)

21 (533)

7/8 (22)
7/8 (22)
11/8 (29)
11/8 (29)

1/16 (2)
1/4 (6)
1/4 (6)
1/4 (6)

1/16 (2)

Grey
Cast
Iron

0813_v3

(1) These flange thicknesses are also valid for ductile iron flanges type 21-2
(2) Copper alloy flanges are always flat-faced

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

251

FLANGE TABLES

Nominal Size 500mm (20")


BS EN 1092

PN6
PN10
PN16
PN25
PN40
PN64
PN100
ANSI
Class 125/150
Class 300
Class 600
Class 900
Class 1500
BS 10
Table A
Table D
Table E
Table F
Table H

Dia.
of
flange
645
670
715
730
755
800
870

Bolt
No.
circle
of
diameter bolts
600
620
650
660
670
705
760

20
20
20
20
20
20
20

Dia.
of
bolts

Dia.
of
holes
Iron

Dia.
of
holes
Steel

M20
M24
M30
M33
M39
M45
M52

23
28
34
37
44
-

22
26
33
36
42
48
56

Grey
Cast
Iron

Thickness of flange
Copper Cast and Ductile
Alloy
Forged
Cast
Steel
Iron

568
582
609
609
615
-

570
585
610
615
615
615
615

4
4
4
4
4
-

2
2
2
2
2
2
2

30 (1)
34 (1)
42 (1)
52 (1)
-

24 (2)
28 (2)
44 (2)
48 (2)
57 (2)
68 (2)
94 (2)

26.5
31.5
36.5
52
-

11/8 (29) 11/4 (32) 11/4 (32)


11/4 (32)
13/8 (35)
15/8 (41)
13/4 (44)

23 (584)
23 (584)
23 (584)

1/16 (2)

111/16 (43)
-

111/16 (43)
21/2 (64)
31/2 (89)

21/8 (54)
31/8 (79)

23 (584)
23 (584)

1/4 (6)

41/4 (108)
7 (178)

1 (25)
1 (25)
1 (25)
1 (25)
7/8 (22)
1 (25)
1 (25)
11/8 (29) 11/4 (32) 11/4 (32)
11/8 (29) 11/4 (32) 11/4 (32)

231/2 (597)

11/8 (29)
11/4 (32)
11/2 (38)
15/8 (41)
21/4 (57)

11/8 (29)
11/4 (32)
11/4 (32)
11/2 (38)
2 (51)

11/4 (32)
11/2 (38)
2 (51)

271/2 (699) 25 (635)


301/2 (775) 27 (686)
32 (813) 281/2 (724)
333/4 (857) 291/2 (749)
383/4 (984) 323/4 (832)

20
24
24
20
16

2 (51)
3 (76)

273/4 (705)
273/4 (705)
273/4 (705)
29 (737)
29 (737)

12
16
16
24
24

7/8 (22)

251/4 (641)
251/4 (641)
251/4 (641)
261/2 (673)
261/2 (673)

Dia.
Dia.
Height
Height
of raised of raised of raised of raised
face(3) face(3) face(3) face(3)
Iron
Steel
Iron
Steel

7/8 (22)

1/16 (2)
1/4 (6)

1/4 (6)

1/16 (2)

(1) These flange thicknesses are also valid for ductile iron flanges type 21-2
(2) These flange thicknesses are changed substantially as a result of the flange calculation method used in BS EN 1092-1
(3) Copper alloy flanges are always flat-faced

Nominal Size 600mm (24")


BS EN 1092

PN6
PN10
PN16
PN25
PN40
PN64
ANSI
Class 125/150
Class 300
Class 600
Class 900
Class 1500
BS 10
Table A
Table D
Table E
Table F
Table H

Dia.
of
flange
755
780
840
845
890
930

Bolt
No.
circle
of
diameter bolts
705
725
770
770
795
820

20
20
20
20
20
20

Dia.
Dia.
Height
Height
of raised of raised of raised of raised
face(3) face(3) face(3) face(3)
Iron
Steel
Iron
Steel

Dia.
of
holes
Iron

Dia.
of
holes
Steel

M24
M27
M33
M36
M45
M52

28
31
37
41
50
-

26
30
36
39
48
56

667
682
720
720
735
-

670
685
725
720
735
735

5
5
5
5
5
-

2
2
2
2
2
2

30 (1)
36 (1)
48 (1)
-

30
34
54
58
72
76

30
36
42
58
-

17/8 (48)
-

17/8 (48)
23/4 (70)
4 (102)
51/2 (140)
8 (203)

13/16 (30)
13/8 (35)
15/8 (41)
13/4 (44)
21/2 (64)

13/16 (30)
13/8 (35)
11/2 (38)
15/8 (41)
21/4 (57)

13/8 (35)
11/2 (38)
15/8 (41)
21/4 (57)

32 (813) 291/2 (749)


36 (914) 32 (813)
37 (940) 33 (838)
41 (1041) 351/2 (902)
46 (1168) 39 (991)

20
24
24
20
16

11/4 (32) 13/8 (35)


11/2 (38)
17/8 (48)
21/2 (64)
31/2 (89)
-

13/8 (35)
15/8 (41)
2 (51)
25/8 (67)
35/8 (92)

271/4 (692)
271/4 (692)
271/4 (692)
271/4 (692)
271/4 (692)

1/16 (2)

321/2 (826)
321/2 (826)
321/2 (826)
331/2 (851)
331/2 (851)

12
16
16
24
24

1 (25)
1 (25)
11/8 (29)
11/4 (32)
11/4 (32)

11/8 (29)
11/8 (29)
11/4 (32)
11/4 (32)
13/8 (35)

11/8 (29)
11/8 (29)
11/4 (32)
13/8 (35)
13/8 (35)

271/2 (699)

293/4 (756)
293/4 (756)
293/4 (756)
303/4 (781)
303/4 (781)

Thickness of flange
Copper Cast and Ductile
Alloy
Forged
Cast
Steel
Iron

Dia.
of
bolts

1/16 (2)
1/4 (6)
1/4 (6)
1/4 (6)

1/16 (2)

Grey
Cast
Iron

252

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

0813_v3

(1) These flange thicknesses are also valid for ductile iron flanges type 21-2
(2) These flange thicknesses are changed substantially as a result of the flange calculation method used in BS EN 1092-1
(3) Copper alloy flanges are always flat-faced

TYPICAL KV VALUES

Typical Kv Values
BALL VALVE

CHECK VALVE

STRAINER

ie. Fig. 100

ie. Fig. 47

ie. Fig. 807

Size
15
20
25
32
40
50

Kv
31
45
63
102
375
420

Size
15
20
25
32
40
50

Kv
6.61
17.75
29.35
37.82
62.1
114

Size
15
20
25
32
40
50

BUTTERFLY VALVE

CHECK VALVE

STRAINER

ie. Fig. 970

ie. Fig. M651

ie. Fig. 820

Size
65
80
100
125
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
600

Kv
227
350
696
1186
1832
3638
6194
9570
8163
12083
14169
18512
24208

Size
65
80
100
125
150
200
250
300

GATE VALVE

GLOBE VALVE

ie. Fig. 30

ie. Fig. 5

Size
15
20
25
32
40
50

Kv
14
32
57
90
129
230

Size
15
20
25
32
40
50

GATE VALVE

GLOBE VALVE

ie. Fig. M541

ie. Fig. 731

Size
65
80
100
125
150
200
250
300

Kv
360
519
923
1443
2077
3693
5771
8310

Size
65
80
100
125
150
200
250
300

Kv
187
496
599
799
1428
2129
2725
3850

Size
50
65
80
100
125
150
200
250
300

Kv
5.6
8.5
15.1
26.4
31.9
52.5

Kv
59
93
136
229
363
499
817
1361
1928

FOR BRONZE
COMMISSIONING VALVES
Kv
3.05
5.71
10
14.22
18.79
34.23

See pages 46 and 47

FOR IRON
COMMISSIONING VALVES
See page 45

Kv
71
109
168
264
380
676
1065
1515

0813_v3

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

253

Project: Sir Charles


Parsons School, Newcastle
Sector: Education
Client: Newcastle City
Council
Civil Engineer: Sir Robert
McAlpine
HVAC Contractor: Integral
Distributor: BSS
(Newcastle) Ltd.
Specification: A range of
Hattersley Isolating and
Commissioning Valves.
A wide range of Hattersley
valves, including Fig. 1732
commissioning valves,
have been installed in
Charles Parsons School,
Walker. The secondary
school was regenerated as
part of the Governments
Building Schools for the
Future (BSF) programme
and was one of 16 schools
redeveloped in the
Newcastle-Upon-Tyne
area. Valves were installed
in the new purpose-built
accommodation to provide
heating, ventilation and air
conditioning throughout
the building.
Sir Charles Parsons
School is a large school for
students with special
educational needs and so
along with classrooms, the
building also houses
sensory rooms and stateof-the-art swimming and
therapy pools. The
Hattersley valves are
preferred because of their
weight and space saving.

254

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

QUALITY ASSURANCE

Quality Assurance
WRc Evaluation and Testing Centre
The WRc Evaluation and Testing Centre is
responsible for the Water Regulations Advisory
Scheme, with testing and approval of water fittings
meeting the requirements of the United Kingdom
Water Regulations/Bylaws (Scotland).
Valves for use in public water supply systems and
domestic situations must not contravene the United
Kingdom Water Regulations. Valves which are
designated WRAS Approved Product and listed in
the Water Fittings and Materials Directory will not
contravene those bylaws.
Many Hattersley valves have been tested and
certified as being WRAS Approved Products and are
listed in the Water Fittings and Materials Directory.

The Kitemark
The Kitemark is a registered trademark owned by
British Standards Institution and may only be used
by manufacturers who are approved licensees and
whose products fully comply with the individual
product standards.
Annual product audits and regular surveillance
visits by BSI ensure continuing compliance with
specification requirements and confirm acceptable
Quality Systems to BS EN ISO 9000.

Firm of Assessed Capability


BS EN/ISO 9001 is the reference Standard for Quality Systems.

CE Mark
The symbol shown is the European mark for product certification.

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

255

256

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

S Shand-Brown

Project: Great Sutton Street (Data Centre), London


Sector: Commercial
Distributor: Pipe Center Slough
Contractor: Gratte
Specification: General Valves (Large bore up to 350mm in very large quantities),
Strainers (Figure 807 - 820), Non-Return Valves (Figure M651), Isolation Valves (Figure 970G,
100 and 100EXT), Standard Commissioning Valves (Figure MH733 - M2000).

HATTERSLEY PROJECTS

Hattersley Projects
Project

Sector

The Cube, Birmingham

Mixed Use

Henrietta House, London

Commercial

Sea Containers House, London

Commercial

48

The Baltic Arts Centre, Gateshead, Tyne & Wear

Arts

50

Wembley WO5 Development, London

Commercial

61

One Reading Central, Reading, Berkshire

Commercial

74

County Hall, Trowbridge

Public Sector

78

Gulf Hotel, Bahrain

Hotels

98

Galleria Mall, Amman, Jordan

Retail

128

Blackfriars Railway Station, London

Infrastructure

148

Wheelock Square Tower, Shanghai

Commercial

150

Terminal 5, Heathrow Airport, London

Infrastructure

154

Leadenhall, London

Commercial

173

North East Energy Recovery Centre (NEERC)


Billingham, Stockton-on-Tees

Public Sector

174

The Place (next to The Shard), London

Commercial

176

European Bank for Reconstruction and Development

Commercial

196

Queen Elizabeth Hospital, Birmingham

Hospitals & Healthcare

204

J.P. Morgan, Canary Wharf, London

Commercial

219

Ricoh Arena, Coventry

Sports

220

The Royal Marsden Hospital

Hospitals & Healthcare

222

St Pancras Renaissance Hotel, London

Hotels

236

The Sage, Gateshead, Tyne & Wear

Arts

242

Sir Charles Parsons School, Newcastle

Education

254

Great Sutton Street (Data Centre), London

Commercial

256

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

Page

Cover

257

FIGURE NUMBER INDEX

Figure Number Index


Fig. No.

Page

Fig. No.

Page

BALANCING VALVES
Balancing Automatic
1050 ..................................................18
1051 ..................................................19
2050 ..................................................20

Balancing Static
631 ....................................................22
750 ....................................................23
1000 ..................................................24
1000L ................................................25
1000M ...............................................25
1432 ..................................................26
1432L ................................................26
1432C ...............................................26
1432LC .............................................26
1732 ..................................................27
1732M ...............................................27
1732L ................................................27
1732C ...............................................27
1732MC ............................................27
1732LC .............................................27
S1832................................................28
S1832M.............................................28
S1832L..............................................28
1200DR .............................................29
M2000..........................................30-31
M3000 ...............................................32
M4000 ...............................................33
MH733 ..............................................34
MH737 ..............................................35
953 ....................................................36
953G .................................................36
973 ....................................................37
973G .................................................37
4983G ...............................................38
5953 ..................................................39
5953G ...............................................39
5973 ..................................................40
5973G ...............................................40
4993G ..........................................41-44

Fig. No.

Page

TRADITIONAL VALVES
Differential Pressure
Control Valves
F400..................................................53
R400..................................................53
DPF1732 ...........................................54
302 ....................................................56

Hook-Up II
C266 .................................................62
H266 .................................................62
C268 .................................................63
H268 .................................................63
C267 .................................................64
H267 .................................................64
C269 .................................................65
H269 .................................................65
C262 .................................................66
H262 .................................................66
C264 .................................................67
H264 .................................................67

Air Vents/De-Aerators
775 ....................................................84

Ball Valves
100 ....................................................86
100EXT .............................................86
100TH ...............................................87
100LS................................................87
100C .................................................88
100CEXT...........................................88
100CTH.............................................89
100CLS .............................................89
100YL................................................90
100CYL .............................................91
108C .................................................92
113 ....................................................93
100HU...............................................94
107HU...............................................95
1807 ..................................................96
1807C ...............................................97

Hook-Up II & PICV

Butterfly Valves

366P..................................................68
366PF................................................68
1366P................................................69
1366PF..............................................69
368P..................................................70
368PF................................................70
1368P................................................71
1368PF..............................................71
370P..................................................72
370PF................................................72
1370P................................................73
1370PF..............................................73

950 ..................................................100
950G ...............................................100
970 ..................................................101
970G ...............................................101
950W...............................................102
950WG............................................102
970W...............................................103
970WG............................................103
951 ..................................................104
951G ...............................................104
971 ..................................................105
971G ...............................................105
980 ..................................................106
4970 ................................................107
4970G .............................................107
4990 ................................................108
4990G ......................................109-114

Pressure Independent
Control Valves
305 ....................................................76
305F..................................................77

MultiComm
MultiComm ..................................79-80

ProComm
ProComm ....................................81-82

258

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

FIGURE NUMBER INDEX

Fig. No.

Page

Fig. No.

Page

Check Valves

Globe Valves

42 ....................................................116
47 ....................................................117
48 ....................................................118
49 ....................................................119
249 ..................................................120
249C ...............................................120
761 ..................................................121
1013 ................................................122
3047 ................................................123
M650 ...............................................124
M651 ...............................................125
M653 ...............................................126
860 ..................................................127
865 ..................................................127

C4 ...................................................156
5 ......................................................157
5N ...................................................158
5NLS ...............................................158
13 ....................................................159
23 ....................................................160
17 ....................................................161
731 ..................................................162

Gate Valves
33X..................................................130
33XLS .............................................130
30 ....................................................131
30LS................................................131
30C .................................................132
30CLS .............................................132
C31 .................................................133
33 ....................................................134
669 ..................................................135
28 ....................................................136
35 ....................................................137
609 ..................................................138
C618 ...............................................139
M549 ...............................................140
549E................................................140
M552 ...............................................141
552E................................................141
M511 ...............................................142
M541 ...............................................143
541E................................................143
M544 ...............................................144
544E................................................144
M540 ...............................................145
501 ..................................................146
504 ..................................................147

Gland Cocks/Drain Taps


370 ..................................................152
371 ..................................................152
81HU...............................................153

Fig. No.

Page

PUBLIC HEALTH RANGE


Ball Valve
108C ...............................................206

Check Valves
249 ..................................................207
249C ...............................................207

Non-Return Valves
761 ..................................................208

Lubricated Plug Valves

Pressure Reducing Valves

170M ...............................................165
171M ...............................................165
200M ...............................................166
201M ...............................................166
200R................................................167
201R................................................167
200L/T.............................................168
201T................................................168
201TG .............................................168
221T................................................168
401M ...............................................169

416 ..................................................209

Press-Fit Valves
1432.PF...........................................182
1732.PF...........................................183
100.PF.............................................184
47.PF...............................................185
817.PF.............................................186

Radiator Valves
3150 ................................................189
3250 ................................................190
3300LS............................................191
3400LS............................................192
3180 ................................................193
3280 ................................................194
75/RS ..............................................195
70/RT ..............................................195

Strainers
817 ..................................................198
807 ..................................................199
907 ..................................................199
1807 ................................................200
1807C .............................................201
820 ..................................................202
920 ..................................................202
811 ..................................................203
911 ..................................................203

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

425 ..................................................210

Thermal Circulation Valves


2900.........................................214-216
2910.........................................214-216

Thermostatic Mixing Valves


77 ....................................................217
78 ....................................................218

NABIC
542 ..................................................224
542L ................................................225
500T................................................226
500 ..................................................227
500L ................................................228
500SS .............................................229
500ST..............................................229
520 ..................................................230
255 ..................................................231
256A................................................232
256B................................................232
503 ..................................................233
175 ..................................................234
568 ..................................................235
568SS .............................................235

BROWNALL
AAE - Standard Pressure ...............238
AAE - High Pressure.......................239
AAE - Medium Pressure .................239
Service Kits .....................................239
1688 ................................................240
1988 ................................................241

259

Distributor details

To visit our
Video Library
go to:

www.youtube.com/user/hattersleyvalves

PO BOX 719, IPSWICH IP1 9DU


HOME SALES: +44 (0)1744 458 670
EXPORT SALES: +44 (0)1744 458 671
TECHNICAL HELPLINE: 0845 604 1790
FAX: +44 (0)1744 26912
EMAIL: uksales@hattersley.com
EMAIL: export@hattersley.com
EMAIL: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com

www.hattersley.com

www.flowoffluids.com

Visit www.flowoffluids.com to order your


copy of the New Technical Paper 410.

Designed and manufactured under quality management


systems in accordance with BS EN 9001:2008.
For full terms and conditions, please visit our website.
We hope our communications have an impact on you - but not
the environment - we have taken steps to ensure this brochure
is printed on Forestry Stewardship Council material and the
paper is made by an elemental chlorine free process.

www.cranebsu.com

0813_v3

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of
publishing. Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any
misinterpretation of the information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

You might also like